File: | tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp |
Warning: | line 837, column 51 Potential leak of memory pointed to by field 'DiagStorage' |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===--- SemaCUDA.cpp - Semantic Analysis for CUDA constructs -------------===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure | |||
4 | // | |||
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source | |||
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. | |||
7 | // | |||
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
9 | /// \file | |||
10 | /// \brief This file implements semantic analysis for CUDA constructs. | |||
11 | /// | |||
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
13 | ||||
14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
15 | #include "clang/AST/Decl.h" | |||
16 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" | |||
17 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" | |||
18 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaDiagnostic.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" | |||
23 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" | |||
24 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" | |||
25 | using namespace clang; | |||
26 | ||||
27 | void Sema::PushForceCUDAHostDevice() { | |||
28 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 28, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
29 | ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth++; | |||
30 | } | |||
31 | ||||
32 | bool Sema::PopForceCUDAHostDevice() { | |||
33 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 33, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
34 | if (ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth == 0) | |||
35 | return false; | |||
36 | ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth--; | |||
37 | return true; | |||
38 | } | |||
39 | ||||
40 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, | |||
41 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, | |||
42 | SourceLocation GGGLoc) { | |||
43 | FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl(); | |||
44 | if (!ConfigDecl) | |||
45 | return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) | |||
46 | << "cudaConfigureCall"); | |||
47 | QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType(); | |||
48 | ||||
49 | DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context) | |||
50 | DeclRefExpr(ConfigDecl, false, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc); | |||
51 | MarkFunctionReferenced(LLLLoc, ConfigDecl); | |||
52 | ||||
53 | return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, ExecConfig, GGGLoc, nullptr, | |||
54 | /*IsExecConfig=*/true); | |||
55 | } | |||
56 | ||||
57 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Sema::IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr) { | |||
58 | bool HasHostAttr = false; | |||
59 | bool HasDeviceAttr = false; | |||
60 | bool HasGlobalAttr = false; | |||
61 | bool HasInvalidTargetAttr = false; | |||
62 | while (Attr) { | |||
63 | switch(Attr->getKind()){ | |||
64 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAGlobal: | |||
65 | HasGlobalAttr = true; | |||
66 | break; | |||
67 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAHost: | |||
68 | HasHostAttr = true; | |||
69 | break; | |||
70 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDADevice: | |||
71 | HasDeviceAttr = true; | |||
72 | break; | |||
73 | case AttributeList::AT_CUDAInvalidTarget: | |||
74 | HasInvalidTargetAttr = true; | |||
75 | break; | |||
76 | default: | |||
77 | break; | |||
78 | } | |||
79 | Attr = Attr->getNext(); | |||
80 | } | |||
81 | if (HasInvalidTargetAttr) | |||
82 | return CFT_InvalidTarget; | |||
83 | ||||
84 | if (HasGlobalAttr) | |||
85 | return CFT_Global; | |||
86 | ||||
87 | if (HasHostAttr && HasDeviceAttr) | |||
88 | return CFT_HostDevice; | |||
89 | ||||
90 | if (HasDeviceAttr) | |||
91 | return CFT_Device; | |||
92 | ||||
93 | return CFT_Host; | |||
94 | } | |||
95 | ||||
96 | template <typename A> | |||
97 | static bool hasAttr(const FunctionDecl *D, bool IgnoreImplicitAttr) { | |||
98 | return D->hasAttrs() && llvm::any_of(D->getAttrs(), [&](Attr *Attribute) { | |||
99 | return isa<A>(Attribute) && | |||
100 | !(IgnoreImplicitAttr && Attribute->isImplicit()); | |||
101 | }); | |||
102 | } | |||
103 | ||||
104 | /// IdentifyCUDATarget - Determine the CUDA compilation target for this function | |||
105 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Sema::IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, | |||
106 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr) { | |||
107 | // Code that lives outside a function is run on the host. | |||
108 | if (D == nullptr) | |||
109 | return CFT_Host; | |||
110 | ||||
111 | if (D->hasAttr<CUDAInvalidTargetAttr>()) | |||
112 | return CFT_InvalidTarget; | |||
113 | ||||
114 | if (D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | |||
115 | return CFT_Global; | |||
116 | ||||
117 | if (hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>(D, IgnoreImplicitHDAttr)) { | |||
118 | if (hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>(D, IgnoreImplicitHDAttr)) | |||
119 | return CFT_HostDevice; | |||
120 | return CFT_Device; | |||
121 | } else if (hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>(D, IgnoreImplicitHDAttr)) { | |||
122 | return CFT_Host; | |||
123 | } else if (D->isImplicit() && !IgnoreImplicitHDAttr) { | |||
124 | // Some implicit declarations (like intrinsic functions) are not marked. | |||
125 | // Set the most lenient target on them for maximal flexibility. | |||
126 | return CFT_HostDevice; | |||
127 | } | |||
128 | ||||
129 | return CFT_Host; | |||
130 | } | |||
131 | ||||
132 | // * CUDA Call preference table | |||
133 | // | |||
134 | // F - from, | |||
135 | // T - to | |||
136 | // Ph - preference in host mode | |||
137 | // Pd - preference in device mode | |||
138 | // H - handled in (x) | |||
139 | // Preferences: N:native, SS:same side, HD:host-device, WS:wrong side, --:never. | |||
140 | // | |||
141 | // | F | T | Ph | Pd | H | | |||
142 | // |----+----+-----+-----+-----+ | |||
143 | // | d | d | N | N | (c) | | |||
144 | // | d | g | -- | -- | (a) | | |||
145 | // | d | h | -- | -- | (e) | | |||
146 | // | d | hd | HD | HD | (b) | | |||
147 | // | g | d | N | N | (c) | | |||
148 | // | g | g | -- | -- | (a) | | |||
149 | // | g | h | -- | -- | (e) | | |||
150 | // | g | hd | HD | HD | (b) | | |||
151 | // | h | d | -- | -- | (e) | | |||
152 | // | h | g | N | N | (c) | | |||
153 | // | h | h | N | N | (c) | | |||
154 | // | h | hd | HD | HD | (b) | | |||
155 | // | hd | d | WS | SS | (d) | | |||
156 | // | hd | g | SS | -- |(d/a)| | |||
157 | // | hd | h | SS | WS | (d) | | |||
158 | // | hd | hd | HD | HD | (b) | | |||
159 | ||||
160 | Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference | |||
161 | Sema::IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, | |||
162 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { | |||
163 | assert(Callee && "Callee must be valid.")(static_cast <bool> (Callee && "Callee must be valid." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Callee && \"Callee must be valid.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 163, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
164 | CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller); | |||
165 | CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee); | |||
166 | ||||
167 | // If one of the targets is invalid, the check always fails, no matter what | |||
168 | // the other target is. | |||
169 | if (CallerTarget == CFT_InvalidTarget || CalleeTarget == CFT_InvalidTarget) | |||
170 | return CFP_Never; | |||
171 | ||||
172 | // (a) Can't call global from some contexts until we support CUDA's | |||
173 | // dynamic parallelism. | |||
174 | if (CalleeTarget == CFT_Global && | |||
175 | (CallerTarget == CFT_Global || CallerTarget == CFT_Device)) | |||
176 | return CFP_Never; | |||
177 | ||||
178 | // (b) Calling HostDevice is OK for everyone. | |||
179 | if (CalleeTarget == CFT_HostDevice) | |||
180 | return CFP_HostDevice; | |||
181 | ||||
182 | // (c) Best case scenarios | |||
183 | if (CalleeTarget == CallerTarget || | |||
184 | (CallerTarget == CFT_Host && CalleeTarget == CFT_Global) || | |||
185 | (CallerTarget == CFT_Global && CalleeTarget == CFT_Device)) | |||
186 | return CFP_Native; | |||
187 | ||||
188 | // (d) HostDevice behavior depends on compilation mode. | |||
189 | if (CallerTarget == CFT_HostDevice) { | |||
190 | // It's OK to call a compilation-mode matching function from an HD one. | |||
191 | if ((getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && CalleeTarget == CFT_Device) || | |||
192 | (!getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && | |||
193 | (CalleeTarget == CFT_Host || CalleeTarget == CFT_Global))) | |||
194 | return CFP_SameSide; | |||
195 | ||||
196 | // Calls from HD to non-mode-matching functions (i.e., to host functions | |||
197 | // when compiling in device mode or to device functions when compiling in | |||
198 | // host mode) are allowed at the sema level, but eventually rejected if | |||
199 | // they're ever codegened. TODO: Reject said calls earlier. | |||
200 | return CFP_WrongSide; | |||
201 | } | |||
202 | ||||
203 | // (e) Calling across device/host boundary is not something you should do. | |||
204 | if ((CallerTarget == CFT_Host && CalleeTarget == CFT_Device) || | |||
205 | (CallerTarget == CFT_Device && CalleeTarget == CFT_Host) || | |||
206 | (CallerTarget == CFT_Global && CalleeTarget == CFT_Host)) | |||
207 | return CFP_Never; | |||
208 | ||||
209 | llvm_unreachable("All cases should've been handled by now.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("All cases should've been handled by now." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 209); | |||
210 | } | |||
211 | ||||
212 | void Sema::EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( | |||
213 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, | |||
214 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches) { | |||
215 | if (Matches.size() <= 1) | |||
216 | return; | |||
217 | ||||
218 | using Pair = std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>; | |||
219 | ||||
220 | // Gets the CUDA function preference for a call from Caller to Match. | |||
221 | auto GetCFP = [&](const Pair &Match) { | |||
222 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Match.second); | |||
223 | }; | |||
224 | ||||
225 | // Find the best call preference among the functions in Matches. | |||
226 | CUDAFunctionPreference BestCFP = GetCFP(*std::max_element( | |||
227 | Matches.begin(), Matches.end(), | |||
228 | [&](const Pair &M1, const Pair &M2) { return GetCFP(M1) < GetCFP(M2); })); | |||
229 | ||||
230 | // Erase all functions with lower priority. | |||
231 | llvm::erase_if(Matches, | |||
232 | [&](const Pair &Match) { return GetCFP(Match) < BestCFP; }); | |||
233 | } | |||
234 | ||||
235 | /// When an implicitly-declared special member has to invoke more than one | |||
236 | /// base/field special member, conflicts may occur in the targets of these | |||
237 | /// members. For example, if one base's member __host__ and another's is | |||
238 | /// __device__, it's a conflict. | |||
239 | /// This function figures out if the given targets \param Target1 and | |||
240 | /// \param Target2 conflict, and if they do not it fills in | |||
241 | /// \param ResolvedTarget with a target that resolves for both calls. | |||
242 | /// \return true if there's a conflict, false otherwise. | |||
243 | static bool | |||
244 | resolveCalleeCUDATargetConflict(Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Target1, | |||
245 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget Target2, | |||
246 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget *ResolvedTarget) { | |||
247 | // Only free functions and static member functions may be global. | |||
248 | assert(Target1 != Sema::CFT_Global)(static_cast <bool> (Target1 != Sema::CFT_Global) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Target1 != Sema::CFT_Global", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 248, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
249 | assert(Target2 != Sema::CFT_Global)(static_cast <bool> (Target2 != Sema::CFT_Global) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Target2 != Sema::CFT_Global", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 249, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
250 | ||||
251 | if (Target1 == Sema::CFT_HostDevice) { | |||
252 | *ResolvedTarget = Target2; | |||
253 | } else if (Target2 == Sema::CFT_HostDevice) { | |||
254 | *ResolvedTarget = Target1; | |||
255 | } else if (Target1 != Target2) { | |||
256 | return true; | |||
257 | } else { | |||
258 | *ResolvedTarget = Target1; | |||
259 | } | |||
260 | ||||
261 | return false; | |||
262 | } | |||
263 | ||||
264 | bool Sema::inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, | |||
265 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, | |||
266 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, | |||
267 | bool ConstRHS, | |||
268 | bool Diagnose) { | |||
269 | llvm::Optional<CUDAFunctionTarget> InferredTarget; | |||
270 | ||||
271 | // We're going to invoke special member lookup; mark that these special | |||
272 | // members are called from this one, and not from its caller. | |||
273 | ContextRAII MethodContext(*this, MemberDecl); | |||
274 | ||||
275 | // Look for special members in base classes that should be invoked from here. | |||
276 | // Infer the target of this member base on the ones it should call. | |||
277 | // Skip direct and indirect virtual bases for abstract classes. | |||
278 | llvm::SmallVector<const CXXBaseSpecifier *, 16> Bases; | |||
279 | for (const auto &B : ClassDecl->bases()) { | |||
280 | if (!B.isVirtual()) { | |||
281 | Bases.push_back(&B); | |||
282 | } | |||
283 | } | |||
284 | ||||
285 | if (!ClassDecl->isAbstract()) { | |||
286 | for (const auto &VB : ClassDecl->vbases()) { | |||
287 | Bases.push_back(&VB); | |||
288 | } | |||
289 | } | |||
290 | ||||
291 | for (const auto *B : Bases) { | |||
292 | const RecordType *BaseType = B->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
293 | if (!BaseType) { | |||
294 | continue; | |||
295 | } | |||
296 | ||||
297 | CXXRecordDecl *BaseClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl()); | |||
298 | Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult SMOR = | |||
299 | LookupSpecialMember(BaseClassDecl, CSM, | |||
300 | /* ConstArg */ ConstRHS, | |||
301 | /* VolatileArg */ false, | |||
302 | /* RValueThis */ false, | |||
303 | /* ConstThis */ false, | |||
304 | /* VolatileThis */ false); | |||
305 | ||||
306 | if (!SMOR.getMethod()) | |||
307 | continue; | |||
308 | ||||
309 | CUDAFunctionTarget BaseMethodTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(SMOR.getMethod()); | |||
310 | if (!InferredTarget.hasValue()) { | |||
311 | InferredTarget = BaseMethodTarget; | |||
312 | } else { | |||
313 | bool ResolutionError = resolveCalleeCUDATargetConflict( | |||
314 | InferredTarget.getValue(), BaseMethodTarget, | |||
315 | InferredTarget.getPointer()); | |||
316 | if (ResolutionError) { | |||
317 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
318 | Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(), | |||
319 | diag::note_implicit_member_target_infer_collision) | |||
320 | << (unsigned)CSM << InferredTarget.getValue() << BaseMethodTarget; | |||
321 | } | |||
322 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAInvalidTargetAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
323 | return true; | |||
324 | } | |||
325 | } | |||
326 | } | |||
327 | ||||
328 | // Same as for bases, but now for special members of fields. | |||
329 | for (const auto *F : ClassDecl->fields()) { | |||
330 | if (F->isInvalidDecl()) { | |||
331 | continue; | |||
332 | } | |||
333 | ||||
334 | const RecordType *FieldType = | |||
335 | Context.getBaseElementType(F->getType())->getAs<RecordType>(); | |||
336 | if (!FieldType) { | |||
337 | continue; | |||
338 | } | |||
339 | ||||
340 | CXXRecordDecl *FieldRecDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FieldType->getDecl()); | |||
341 | Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult SMOR = | |||
342 | LookupSpecialMember(FieldRecDecl, CSM, | |||
343 | /* ConstArg */ ConstRHS && !F->isMutable(), | |||
344 | /* VolatileArg */ false, | |||
345 | /* RValueThis */ false, | |||
346 | /* ConstThis */ false, | |||
347 | /* VolatileThis */ false); | |||
348 | ||||
349 | if (!SMOR.getMethod()) | |||
350 | continue; | |||
351 | ||||
352 | CUDAFunctionTarget FieldMethodTarget = | |||
353 | IdentifyCUDATarget(SMOR.getMethod()); | |||
354 | if (!InferredTarget.hasValue()) { | |||
355 | InferredTarget = FieldMethodTarget; | |||
356 | } else { | |||
357 | bool ResolutionError = resolveCalleeCUDATargetConflict( | |||
358 | InferredTarget.getValue(), FieldMethodTarget, | |||
359 | InferredTarget.getPointer()); | |||
360 | if (ResolutionError) { | |||
361 | if (Diagnose) { | |||
362 | Diag(ClassDecl->getLocation(), | |||
363 | diag::note_implicit_member_target_infer_collision) | |||
364 | << (unsigned)CSM << InferredTarget.getValue() | |||
365 | << FieldMethodTarget; | |||
366 | } | |||
367 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAInvalidTargetAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
368 | return true; | |||
369 | } | |||
370 | } | |||
371 | } | |||
372 | ||||
373 | if (InferredTarget.hasValue()) { | |||
374 | if (InferredTarget.getValue() == CFT_Device) { | |||
375 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
376 | } else if (InferredTarget.getValue() == CFT_Host) { | |||
377 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
378 | } else { | |||
379 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
380 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
381 | } | |||
382 | } else { | |||
383 | // If no target was inferred, mark this member as __host__ __device__; | |||
384 | // it's the least restrictive option that can be invoked from any target. | |||
385 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
386 | MemberDecl->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
387 | } | |||
388 | ||||
389 | return false; | |||
390 | } | |||
391 | ||||
392 | bool Sema::isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { | |||
393 | if (!CD->isDefined() && CD->isTemplateInstantiation()) | |||
394 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(Loc, CD->getFirstDecl()); | |||
395 | ||||
396 | // (E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5) A constructor for a class type is considered | |||
397 | // empty at a point in the translation unit, if it is either a | |||
398 | // trivial constructor | |||
399 | if (CD->isTrivial()) | |||
400 | return true; | |||
401 | ||||
402 | // ... or it satisfies all of the following conditions: | |||
403 | // The constructor function has been defined. | |||
404 | // The constructor function has no parameters, | |||
405 | // and the function body is an empty compound statement. | |||
406 | if (!(CD->hasTrivialBody() && CD->getNumParams() == 0)) | |||
407 | return false; | |||
408 | ||||
409 | // Its class has no virtual functions and no virtual base classes. | |||
410 | if (CD->getParent()->isDynamicClass()) | |||
411 | return false; | |||
412 | ||||
413 | // The only form of initializer allowed is an empty constructor. | |||
414 | // This will recursively check all base classes and member initializers | |||
415 | if (!llvm::all_of(CD->inits(), [&](const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { | |||
416 | if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = | |||
417 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(CI->getInit())) | |||
418 | return isEmptyCudaConstructor(Loc, CE->getConstructor()); | |||
419 | return false; | |||
420 | })) | |||
421 | return false; | |||
422 | ||||
423 | return true; | |||
424 | } | |||
425 | ||||
426 | bool Sema::isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *DD) { | |||
427 | // No destructor -> no problem. | |||
428 | if (!DD) | |||
429 | return true; | |||
430 | ||||
431 | if (!DD->isDefined() && DD->isTemplateInstantiation()) | |||
432 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(Loc, DD->getFirstDecl()); | |||
433 | ||||
434 | // (E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5) A destructor for a class type is considered | |||
435 | // empty at a point in the translation unit, if it is either a | |||
436 | // trivial constructor | |||
437 | if (DD->isTrivial()) | |||
438 | return true; | |||
439 | ||||
440 | // ... or it satisfies all of the following conditions: | |||
441 | // The destructor function has been defined. | |||
442 | // and the function body is an empty compound statement. | |||
443 | if (!DD->hasTrivialBody()) | |||
444 | return false; | |||
445 | ||||
446 | const CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = DD->getParent(); | |||
447 | ||||
448 | // Its class has no virtual functions and no virtual base classes. | |||
449 | if (ClassDecl->isDynamicClass()) | |||
450 | return false; | |||
451 | ||||
452 | // Only empty destructors are allowed. This will recursively check | |||
453 | // destructors for all base classes... | |||
454 | if (!llvm::all_of(ClassDecl->bases(), [&](const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS) { | |||
455 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
456 | return isEmptyCudaDestructor(Loc, RD->getDestructor()); | |||
457 | return true; | |||
458 | })) | |||
459 | return false; | |||
460 | ||||
461 | // ... and member fields. | |||
462 | if (!llvm::all_of(ClassDecl->fields(), [&](const FieldDecl *Field) { | |||
463 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Field->getType() | |||
464 | ->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() | |||
465 | ->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
466 | return isEmptyCudaDestructor(Loc, RD->getDestructor()); | |||
467 | return true; | |||
468 | })) | |||
469 | return false; | |||
470 | ||||
471 | return true; | |||
472 | } | |||
473 | ||||
474 | // With -fcuda-host-device-constexpr, an unattributed constexpr function is | |||
475 | // treated as implicitly __host__ __device__, unless: | |||
476 | // * it is a variadic function (device-side variadic functions are not | |||
477 | // allowed), or | |||
478 | // * a __device__ function with this signature was already declared, in which | |||
479 | // case in which case we output an error, unless the __device__ decl is in a | |||
480 | // system header, in which case we leave the constexpr function unattributed. | |||
481 | // | |||
482 | // In addition, all function decls are treated as __host__ __device__ when | |||
483 | // ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth > 0 (corresponding to code within a | |||
484 | // #pragma clang force_cuda_host_device_begin/end | |||
485 | // pair). | |||
486 | void Sema::maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *NewD, | |||
487 | const LookupResult &Previous) { | |||
488 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 488, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
489 | ||||
490 | if (ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth > 0) { | |||
491 | if (!NewD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) | |||
492 | NewD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
493 | if (!NewD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) | |||
494 | NewD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
495 | return; | |||
496 | } | |||
497 | ||||
498 | if (!getLangOpts().CUDAHostDeviceConstexpr || !NewD->isConstexpr() || | |||
499 | NewD->isVariadic() || NewD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() || | |||
500 | NewD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || NewD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) | |||
501 | return; | |||
502 | ||||
503 | // Is D a __device__ function with the same signature as NewD, ignoring CUDA | |||
504 | // attributes? | |||
505 | auto IsMatchingDeviceFn = [&](NamedDecl *D) { | |||
506 | if (UsingShadowDecl *Using = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)) | |||
507 | D = Using->getTargetDecl(); | |||
508 | FunctionDecl *OldD = D->getAsFunction(); | |||
509 | return OldD && OldD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && | |||
510 | !OldD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() && | |||
511 | !IsOverload(NewD, OldD, /* UseMemberUsingDeclRules = */ false, | |||
512 | /* ConsiderCudaAttrs = */ false); | |||
513 | }; | |||
514 | auto It = llvm::find_if(Previous, IsMatchingDeviceFn); | |||
515 | if (It != Previous.end()) { | |||
516 | // We found a __device__ function with the same name and signature as NewD | |||
517 | // (ignoring CUDA attrs). This is an error unless that function is defined | |||
518 | // in a system header, in which case we simply return without making NewD | |||
519 | // host+device. | |||
520 | NamedDecl *Match = *It; | |||
521 | if (!getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Match->getLocation())) { | |||
522 | Diag(NewD->getLocation(), | |||
523 | diag::err_cuda_unattributed_constexpr_cannot_overload_device) | |||
524 | << NewD->getName(); | |||
525 | Diag(Match->getLocation(), | |||
526 | diag::note_cuda_conflicting_device_function_declared_here); | |||
527 | } | |||
528 | return; | |||
529 | } | |||
530 | ||||
531 | NewD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
532 | NewD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
533 | } | |||
534 | ||||
535 | // In CUDA, there are some constructs which may appear in semantically-valid | |||
536 | // code, but trigger errors if we ever generate code for the function in which | |||
537 | // they appear. Essentially every construct you're not allowed to use on the | |||
538 | // device falls into this category, because you are allowed to use these | |||
539 | // constructs in a __host__ __device__ function, but only if that function is | |||
540 | // never codegen'ed on the device. | |||
541 | // | |||
542 | // To handle semantic checking for these constructs, we keep track of the set of | |||
543 | // functions we know will be emitted, either because we could tell a priori that | |||
544 | // they would be emitted, or because they were transitively called by a | |||
545 | // known-emitted function. | |||
546 | // | |||
547 | // We also keep a partial call graph of which not-known-emitted functions call | |||
548 | // which other not-known-emitted functions. | |||
549 | // | |||
550 | // When we see something which is illegal if the current function is emitted | |||
551 | // (usually by way of CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, CUDADiagIfHostCode, or | |||
552 | // CheckCUDACall), we first check if the current function is known-emitted. If | |||
553 | // so, we immediately output the diagnostic. | |||
554 | // | |||
555 | // Otherwise, we "defer" the diagnostic. It sits in Sema::CUDADeferredDiags | |||
556 | // until we discover that the function is known-emitted, at which point we take | |||
557 | // it out of this map and emit the diagnostic. | |||
558 | ||||
559 | Sema::CUDADiagBuilder::CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, | |||
560 | unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *Fn, | |||
561 | Sema &S) | |||
562 | : S(S), Loc(Loc), DiagID(DiagID), Fn(Fn), | |||
563 | ShowCallStack(K == K_ImmediateWithCallStack || K == K_Deferred) { | |||
564 | switch (K) { | |||
565 | case K_Nop: | |||
566 | break; | |||
567 | case K_Immediate: | |||
568 | case K_ImmediateWithCallStack: | |||
569 | ImmediateDiag.emplace(S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)); | |||
570 | break; | |||
571 | case K_Deferred: | |||
572 | assert(Fn && "Must have a function to attach the deferred diag to.")(static_cast <bool> (Fn && "Must have a function to attach the deferred diag to." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Fn && \"Must have a function to attach the deferred diag to.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 572, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
573 | PartialDiag.emplace(S.PDiag(DiagID)); | |||
574 | break; | |||
575 | } | |||
576 | } | |||
577 | ||||
578 | // Print notes showing how we can reach FD starting from an a priori | |||
579 | // known-callable function. | |||
580 | static void EmitCallStackNotes(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | |||
581 | auto FnIt = S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.find(FD); | |||
582 | while (FnIt != S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.end()) { | |||
583 | DiagnosticBuilder Builder( | |||
584 | S.Diags.Report(FnIt->second.Loc, diag::note_called_by)); | |||
585 | Builder << FnIt->second.FD; | |||
586 | Builder.setForceEmit(); | |||
587 | ||||
588 | FnIt = S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.find(FnIt->second.FD); | |||
589 | } | |||
590 | } | |||
591 | ||||
592 | Sema::CUDADiagBuilder::~CUDADiagBuilder() { | |||
593 | if (ImmediateDiag) { | |||
594 | // Emit our diagnostic and, if it was a warning or error, output a callstack | |||
595 | // if Fn isn't a priori known-emitted. | |||
596 | bool IsWarningOrError = S.getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( | |||
597 | DiagID, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Warning; | |||
598 | ImmediateDiag.reset(); // Emit the immediate diag. | |||
599 | if (IsWarningOrError && ShowCallStack) | |||
600 | EmitCallStackNotes(S, Fn); | |||
601 | } else if (PartialDiag) { | |||
602 | assert(ShowCallStack && "Must always show call stack for deferred diags.")(static_cast <bool> (ShowCallStack && "Must always show call stack for deferred diags." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ShowCallStack && \"Must always show call stack for deferred diags.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 602, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
603 | S.CUDADeferredDiags[Fn].push_back({Loc, std::move(*PartialDiag)}); | |||
604 | } | |||
605 | } | |||
606 | ||||
607 | // Do we know that we will eventually codegen the given function? | |||
608 | static bool IsKnownEmitted(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | |||
609 | // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated. | |||
610 | if (FD->isDependentContext()) | |||
611 | return false; | |||
612 | ||||
613 | // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly, | |||
614 | // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted. | |||
615 | // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this | |||
616 | // doesn't count for our purposes here.) | |||
617 | Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); | |||
618 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host) | |||
619 | return false; | |||
620 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && | |||
621 | (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global)) | |||
622 | return false; | |||
623 | ||||
624 | // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's | |||
625 | // known-emitted. | |||
626 | // | |||
627 | // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we | |||
628 | // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will be | |||
629 | // emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline". | |||
630 | FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition(); | |||
631 | ||||
632 | if (Def && | |||
633 | !isDiscardableGVALinkage(S.getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def))) | |||
634 | return true; | |||
635 | ||||
636 | // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of | |||
637 | // known-emitted functions. | |||
638 | return S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0; | |||
639 | } | |||
640 | ||||
641 | Sema::CUDADiagBuilder Sema::CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, | |||
642 | unsigned DiagID) { | |||
643 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 643, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
644 | CUDADiagBuilder::Kind DiagKind = [&] { | |||
645 | switch (CurrentCUDATarget()) { | |||
646 | case CFT_Global: | |||
647 | case CFT_Device: | |||
648 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate; | |||
649 | case CFT_HostDevice: | |||
650 | // An HD function counts as host code if we're compiling for host, and | |||
651 | // device code if we're compiling for device. Defer any errors in device | |||
652 | // mode until the function is known-emitted. | |||
653 | if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { | |||
654 | return IsKnownEmitted(*this, dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | |||
655 | ? CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack | |||
656 | : CUDADiagBuilder::K_Deferred; | |||
657 | } | |||
658 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop; | |||
659 | ||||
660 | default: | |||
661 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop; | |||
662 | } | |||
663 | }(); | |||
664 | return CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Loc, DiagID, | |||
665 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), *this); | |||
666 | } | |||
667 | ||||
668 | Sema::CUDADiagBuilder Sema::CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, | |||
669 | unsigned DiagID) { | |||
670 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 670, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
671 | CUDADiagBuilder::Kind DiagKind = [&] { | |||
672 | switch (CurrentCUDATarget()) { | |||
673 | case CFT_Host: | |||
674 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate; | |||
675 | case CFT_HostDevice: | |||
676 | // An HD function counts as host code if we're compiling for host, and | |||
677 | // device code if we're compiling for device. Defer any errors in device | |||
678 | // mode until the function is known-emitted. | |||
679 | if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) | |||
680 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop; | |||
681 | ||||
682 | return IsKnownEmitted(*this, dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) | |||
683 | ? CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack | |||
684 | : CUDADiagBuilder::K_Deferred; | |||
685 | default: | |||
686 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop; | |||
687 | } | |||
688 | }(); | |||
689 | return CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Loc, DiagID, | |||
690 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), *this); | |||
691 | } | |||
692 | ||||
693 | // Emit any deferred diagnostics for FD and erase them from the map in which | |||
694 | // they're stored. | |||
695 | static void EmitDeferredDiags(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { | |||
696 | auto It = S.CUDADeferredDiags.find(FD); | |||
697 | if (It == S.CUDADeferredDiags.end()) | |||
698 | return; | |||
699 | bool HasWarningOrError = false; | |||
700 | for (PartialDiagnosticAt &PDAt : It->second) { | |||
701 | const SourceLocation &Loc = PDAt.first; | |||
702 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD = PDAt.second; | |||
703 | HasWarningOrError |= S.getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( | |||
704 | PD.getDiagID(), Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Warning; | |||
705 | DiagnosticBuilder Builder(S.Diags.Report(Loc, PD.getDiagID())); | |||
706 | Builder.setForceEmit(); | |||
707 | PD.Emit(Builder); | |||
708 | } | |||
709 | S.CUDADeferredDiags.erase(It); | |||
710 | ||||
711 | // FIXME: Should this be called after every warning/error emitted in the loop | |||
712 | // above, instead of just once per function? That would be consistent with | |||
713 | // how we handle immediate errors, but it also seems like a bit much. | |||
714 | if (HasWarningOrError) | |||
715 | EmitCallStackNotes(S, FD); | |||
716 | } | |||
717 | ||||
718 | // Indicate that this function (and thus everything it transtively calls) will | |||
719 | // be codegen'ed, and emit any deferred diagnostics on this function and its | |||
720 | // (transitive) callees. | |||
721 | static void MarkKnownEmitted(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OrigCaller, | |||
722 | FunctionDecl *OrigCallee, SourceLocation OrigLoc) { | |||
723 | // Nothing to do if we already know that FD is emitted. | |||
724 | if (IsKnownEmitted(S, OrigCallee)) { | |||
725 | assert(!S.CUDACallGraph.count(OrigCallee))(static_cast <bool> (!S.CUDACallGraph.count(OrigCallee) ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!S.CUDACallGraph.count(OrigCallee)" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 725, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
726 | return; | |||
727 | } | |||
728 | ||||
729 | // We've just discovered that OrigCallee is known-emitted. Walk our call | |||
730 | // graph to see what else we can now discover also must be emitted. | |||
731 | ||||
732 | struct CallInfo { | |||
733 | FunctionDecl *Caller; | |||
734 | FunctionDecl *Callee; | |||
735 | SourceLocation Loc; | |||
736 | }; | |||
737 | llvm::SmallVector<CallInfo, 4> Worklist = {{OrigCaller, OrigCallee, OrigLoc}}; | |||
738 | llvm::SmallSet<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, 4> Seen; | |||
739 | Seen.insert(OrigCallee); | |||
740 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { | |||
741 | CallInfo C = Worklist.pop_back_val(); | |||
742 | assert(!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) &&(static_cast <bool> (!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) && "Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) && \"Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 743, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) | |||
743 | "Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.")(static_cast <bool> (!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) && "Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!IsKnownEmitted(S, C.Callee) && \"Worklist should not contain known-emitted functions.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 743, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
744 | S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns[C.Callee] = {C.Caller, C.Loc}; | |||
745 | EmitDeferredDiags(S, C.Callee); | |||
746 | ||||
747 | // If this is a template instantiation, explore its callgraph as well: | |||
748 | // Non-dependent calls are part of the template's callgraph, while dependent | |||
749 | // calls are part of to the instantiation's call graph. | |||
750 | if (auto *Templ = C.Callee->getPrimaryTemplate()) { | |||
751 | FunctionDecl *TemplFD = Templ->getAsFunction(); | |||
752 | if (!Seen.count(TemplFD) && !S.CUDAKnownEmittedFns.count(TemplFD)) { | |||
753 | Seen.insert(TemplFD); | |||
754 | Worklist.push_back( | |||
755 | {/* Caller = */ C.Caller, /* Callee = */ TemplFD, C.Loc}); | |||
756 | } | |||
757 | } | |||
758 | ||||
759 | // Add all functions called by Callee to our worklist. | |||
760 | auto CGIt = S.CUDACallGraph.find(C.Callee); | |||
761 | if (CGIt == S.CUDACallGraph.end()) | |||
762 | continue; | |||
763 | ||||
764 | for (std::pair<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, SourceLocation> FDLoc : | |||
765 | CGIt->second) { | |||
766 | FunctionDecl *NewCallee = FDLoc.first; | |||
767 | SourceLocation CallLoc = FDLoc.second; | |||
768 | if (Seen.count(NewCallee) || IsKnownEmitted(S, NewCallee)) | |||
769 | continue; | |||
770 | Seen.insert(NewCallee); | |||
771 | Worklist.push_back( | |||
772 | {/* Caller = */ C.Callee, /* Callee = */ NewCallee, CallLoc}); | |||
773 | } | |||
774 | ||||
775 | // C.Callee is now known-emitted, so we no longer need to maintain its list | |||
776 | // of callees in CUDACallGraph. | |||
777 | S.CUDACallGraph.erase(CGIt); | |||
778 | } | |||
779 | } | |||
780 | ||||
781 | bool Sema::CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee) { | |||
782 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 782, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
783 | assert(Callee && "Callee may not be null.")(static_cast <bool> (Callee && "Callee may not be null." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Callee && \"Callee may not be null.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
784 | // FIXME: Is bailing out early correct here? Should we instead assume that | |||
785 | // the caller is a global initializer? | |||
786 | FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | |||
787 | if (!Caller) | |||
| ||||
788 | return true; | |||
789 | ||||
790 | // If the caller is known-emitted, mark the callee as known-emitted. | |||
791 | // Otherwise, mark the call in our call graph so we can traverse it later. | |||
792 | bool CallerKnownEmitted = IsKnownEmitted(*this, Caller); | |||
793 | if (CallerKnownEmitted) | |||
794 | MarkKnownEmitted(*this, Caller, Callee, Loc); | |||
795 | else { | |||
796 | // If we have | |||
797 | // host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, | |||
798 | // the HD function does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by | |||
799 | // omitting at the call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures | |||
800 | // that, when compiling for host, only HD functions actually called from the | |||
801 | // host get marked as known-emitted. | |||
802 | if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice || IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) != CFT_Global) | |||
803 | CUDACallGraph[Caller].insert({Callee, Loc}); | |||
804 | } | |||
805 | ||||
806 | CUDADiagBuilder::Kind DiagKind = [&] { | |||
807 | switch (IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee)) { | |||
808 | case CFP_Never: | |||
809 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate; | |||
810 | case CFP_WrongSide: | |||
811 | assert(Caller && "WrongSide calls require a non-null caller")(static_cast <bool> (Caller && "WrongSide calls require a non-null caller" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Caller && \"WrongSide calls require a non-null caller\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 811, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
812 | // If we know the caller will be emitted, we know this wrong-side call | |||
813 | // will be emitted, so it's an immediate error. Otherwise, defer the | |||
814 | // error until we know the caller is emitted. | |||
815 | return CallerKnownEmitted ? CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack | |||
816 | : CUDADiagBuilder::K_Deferred; | |||
817 | default: | |||
818 | return CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop; | |||
819 | } | |||
820 | }(); | |||
821 | ||||
822 | if (DiagKind == CUDADiagBuilder::K_Nop) | |||
823 | return true; | |||
824 | ||||
825 | // Avoid emitting this error twice for the same location. Using a hashtable | |||
826 | // like this is unfortunate, but because we must continue parsing as normal | |||
827 | // after encountering a deferred error, it's otherwise very tricky for us to | |||
828 | // ensure that we only emit this deferred error once. | |||
829 | if (!LocsWithCUDACallDiags.insert({Caller, Loc}).second) | |||
830 | return true; | |||
831 | ||||
832 | CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Loc, diag::err_ref_bad_target, Caller, *this) | |||
833 | << IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) << Callee << IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller); | |||
834 | CUDADiagBuilder(DiagKind, Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl, | |||
835 | Caller, *this) | |||
836 | << Callee; | |||
837 | return DiagKind != CUDADiagBuilder::K_Immediate && | |||
| ||||
838 | DiagKind != CUDADiagBuilder::K_ImmediateWithCallStack; | |||
839 | } | |||
840 | ||||
841 | void Sema::CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method) { | |||
842 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 842, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
843 | if (Method->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>() || Method->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) | |||
844 | return; | |||
845 | FunctionDecl *CurFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); | |||
846 | if (!CurFn) | |||
847 | return; | |||
848 | CUDAFunctionTarget Target = IdentifyCUDATarget(CurFn); | |||
849 | if (Target == CFT_Global || Target == CFT_Device) { | |||
850 | Method->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
851 | } else if (Target == CFT_HostDevice) { | |||
852 | Method->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
853 | Method->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); | |||
854 | } | |||
855 | } | |||
856 | ||||
857 | void Sema::checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, | |||
858 | const LookupResult &Previous) { | |||
859 | assert(getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation")(static_cast <bool> (getLangOpts().CUDA && "Should only be called during CUDA compilation" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getLangOpts().CUDA && \"Should only be called during CUDA compilation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/lib/Sema/SemaCUDA.cpp" , 859, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); | |||
860 | CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(NewFD); | |||
861 | for (NamedDecl *OldND : Previous) { | |||
862 | FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldND->getAsFunction(); | |||
863 | if (!OldFD) | |||
864 | continue; | |||
865 | ||||
866 | CUDAFunctionTarget OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(OldFD); | |||
867 | // Don't allow HD and global functions to overload other functions with the | |||
868 | // same signature. We allow overloading based on CUDA attributes so that | |||
869 | // functions can have different implementations on the host and device, but | |||
870 | // HD/global functions "exist" in some sense on both the host and device, so | |||
871 | // should have the same implementation on both sides. | |||
872 | if (NewTarget != OldTarget && | |||
873 | ((NewTarget == CFT_HostDevice) || (OldTarget == CFT_HostDevice) || | |||
874 | (NewTarget == CFT_Global) || (OldTarget == CFT_Global)) && | |||
875 | !IsOverload(NewFD, OldFD, /* UseMemberUsingDeclRules = */ false, | |||
876 | /* ConsiderCudaAttrs = */ false)) { | |||
877 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cuda_ovl_target) | |||
878 | << NewTarget << NewFD->getDeclName() << OldTarget << OldFD; | |||
879 | Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); | |||
880 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); | |||
881 | break; | |||
882 | } | |||
883 | } | |||
884 | } | |||
885 | ||||
886 | template <typename AttrTy> | |||
887 | static void copyAttrIfPresent(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, | |||
888 | const FunctionDecl &TemplateFD) { | |||
889 | if (AttrTy *Attribute = TemplateFD.getAttr<AttrTy>()) { | |||
890 | AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context); | |||
891 | Clone->setInherited(true); | |||
892 | FD->addAttr(Clone); | |||
893 | } | |||
894 | } | |||
895 | ||||
896 | void Sema::inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, | |||
897 | const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD) { | |||
898 | const FunctionDecl &TemplateFD = *TD.getTemplatedDecl(); | |||
899 | copyAttrIfPresent<CUDAGlobalAttr>(*this, FD, TemplateFD); | |||
900 | copyAttrIfPresent<CUDAHostAttr>(*this, FD, TemplateFD); | |||
901 | copyAttrIfPresent<CUDADeviceAttr>(*this, FD, TemplateFD); | |||
902 | } |
1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | // |
10 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
11 | // builds ASTs. |
12 | // |
13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
14 | |
15 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
16 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
17 | |
18 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
50 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
51 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
52 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
53 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
54 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
56 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
57 | #include <deque> |
58 | #include <memory> |
59 | #include <string> |
60 | #include <vector> |
61 | |
62 | namespace llvm { |
63 | class APSInt; |
64 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
65 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
66 | class SmallBitVector; |
67 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
68 | } |
69 | |
70 | namespace clang { |
71 | class ADLResult; |
72 | class ASTConsumer; |
73 | class ASTContext; |
74 | class ASTMutationListener; |
75 | class ASTReader; |
76 | class ASTWriter; |
77 | class ArrayType; |
78 | class AttributeList; |
79 | class BindingDecl; |
80 | class BlockDecl; |
81 | class CapturedDecl; |
82 | class CXXBasePath; |
83 | class CXXBasePaths; |
84 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
85 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
86 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
87 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
88 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
89 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
90 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
91 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
92 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
93 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
94 | class CXXTemporary; |
95 | class CXXTryStmt; |
96 | class CallExpr; |
97 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
98 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
99 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
100 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
101 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
102 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
103 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
104 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
105 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
106 | class Decl; |
107 | class DeclAccessPair; |
108 | class DeclContext; |
109 | class DeclRefExpr; |
110 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
111 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
112 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
113 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
114 | class Designation; |
115 | class EnableIfAttr; |
116 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
117 | class Expr; |
118 | class ExtVectorType; |
119 | class FormatAttr; |
120 | class FriendDecl; |
121 | class FunctionDecl; |
122 | class FunctionProtoType; |
123 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
124 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
125 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
126 | class InitListExpr; |
127 | class InitializationKind; |
128 | class InitializationSequence; |
129 | class InitializedEntity; |
130 | class IntegerLiteral; |
131 | class LabelStmt; |
132 | class LambdaExpr; |
133 | class LangOptions; |
134 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
135 | class LookupResult; |
136 | class MacroInfo; |
137 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
138 | class ModuleLoader; |
139 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
140 | class NamedDecl; |
141 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
142 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
143 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
144 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
145 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
146 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
147 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
148 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
149 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
150 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
151 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
152 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
153 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
154 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
155 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
156 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
157 | class OMPClause; |
158 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
159 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
160 | class OverloadExpr; |
161 | class ParenListExpr; |
162 | class ParmVarDecl; |
163 | class Preprocessor; |
164 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
165 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
166 | class QualType; |
167 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
168 | class Stmt; |
169 | class StringLiteral; |
170 | class SwitchStmt; |
171 | class TemplateArgument; |
172 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
173 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
174 | class TemplateDecl; |
175 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
176 | class TemplateParameterList; |
177 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
178 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
179 | class Token; |
180 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
181 | class TypedefDecl; |
182 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
183 | class TypeLoc; |
184 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
185 | class UnqualifiedId; |
186 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
187 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
188 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
189 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
190 | class UsingDecl; |
191 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
192 | class ValueDecl; |
193 | class VarDecl; |
194 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
195 | class VisibilityAttr; |
196 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
197 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
198 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
199 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
200 | |
201 | namespace sema { |
202 | class AccessedEntity; |
203 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
204 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
205 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
206 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
207 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
208 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
209 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
210 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
211 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
212 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
213 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
214 | } |
215 | |
216 | namespace threadSafety { |
217 | class BeforeSet; |
218 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
219 | } |
220 | |
221 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
222 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
223 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
224 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
225 | |
226 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
227 | /// file. |
228 | struct FileNullability { |
229 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
230 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
231 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
232 | |
233 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
234 | /// placing fix-its. |
235 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
236 | |
237 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
238 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
239 | |
240 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
241 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
242 | }; |
243 | |
244 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
245 | /// information in that file. |
246 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
247 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
248 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
249 | |
250 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
251 | struct { |
252 | FileID File; |
253 | FileNullability Nullability; |
254 | } Cache; |
255 | |
256 | public: |
257 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
258 | // Check the single-element cache. |
259 | if (file == Cache.File) |
260 | return Cache.Nullability; |
261 | |
262 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
263 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
264 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
265 | } |
266 | |
267 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
268 | Cache.File = file; |
269 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
270 | return Cache.Nullability; |
271 | } |
272 | }; |
273 | |
274 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
275 | class Sema { |
276 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
277 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
278 | |
279 | ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. |
280 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
281 | |
282 | ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
283 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
284 | |
285 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
286 | |
287 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
288 | |
289 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
290 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
291 | /// not have external linkage. |
292 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
293 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
294 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
295 | return true; |
296 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
297 | // of the new declaration here. |
298 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
299 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() &&(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 300, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
300 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl")(static_cast <bool> (Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && \"should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 300, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
301 | return true; |
302 | } |
303 | return false; |
304 | } |
305 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
306 | |
307 | public: |
308 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
309 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
310 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
311 | |
312 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
313 | FPOptions FPFeatures; |
314 | |
315 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
316 | Preprocessor &PP; |
317 | ASTContext &Context; |
318 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
319 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
320 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
321 | |
322 | /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
323 | bool CollectStats; |
324 | |
325 | /// \brief Code-completion consumer. |
326 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
327 | |
328 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
329 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
330 | |
331 | /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
332 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
333 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
334 | |
335 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
336 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
337 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
338 | |
339 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
340 | |
341 | /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
342 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
343 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
344 | |
345 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
346 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
347 | |
348 | /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
349 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
350 | |
351 | /// \brief pragma clang section kind |
352 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
353 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
354 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
355 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
356 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
357 | PCSK_Text = 4 |
358 | }; |
359 | |
360 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
361 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
362 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
363 | }; |
364 | |
365 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
366 | std::string SectionName; |
367 | bool Valid = false; |
368 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
369 | |
370 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
371 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
372 | StringLiteral* Name); |
373 | }; |
374 | |
375 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
376 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
377 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
378 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
379 | |
380 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
381 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
382 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
383 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
384 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
385 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
386 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
387 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
388 | }; |
389 | |
390 | template<typename ValueType> |
391 | struct PragmaStack { |
392 | struct Slot { |
393 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
394 | ValueType Value; |
395 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
396 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
397 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
398 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
399 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
400 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
401 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
402 | }; |
403 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
404 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
405 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
406 | ValueType Value); |
407 | |
408 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
409 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
410 | // |
411 | // struct S { |
412 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
413 | // void Method {} |
414 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
415 | // }; |
416 | // |
417 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
418 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
419 | // syntax. |
420 | // |
421 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
422 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
423 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) &&(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
424 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!")(static_cast <bool> ((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop ) && "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && \"Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 424, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
425 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
426 | } |
427 | |
428 | // Constructors. |
429 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
430 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
431 | |
432 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
433 | |
434 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
435 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
436 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
437 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
438 | }; |
439 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
440 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
441 | |
442 | /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
443 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
444 | /// |
445 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
446 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
447 | /// structors |
448 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
449 | /// objects |
450 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode> VtorDispStack; |
451 | // #pragma pack. |
452 | // Sentinel to represent when the stack is set to mac68k alignment. |
453 | static const unsigned kMac68kAlignmentSentinel = ~0U; |
454 | PragmaStack<unsigned> PackStack; |
455 | // The current #pragma pack values and locations at each #include. |
456 | struct PackIncludeState { |
457 | unsigned CurrentValue; |
458 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
459 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
460 | }; |
461 | SmallVector<PackIncludeState, 8> PackIncludeStack; |
462 | // Segment #pragmas. |
463 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
464 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
465 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
466 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
467 | |
468 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
469 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
470 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
471 | public: |
472 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
473 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
474 | |
475 | private: |
476 | Sema &S; |
477 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
478 | bool ShouldAct; |
479 | }; |
480 | |
481 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
482 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
483 | |
484 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
485 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
486 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
487 | |
488 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
489 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
490 | |
491 | /// \brief This represents the stack of attributes that were pushed by |
492 | /// \#pragma clang attribute. |
493 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
494 | SourceLocation Loc; |
495 | AttributeList *Attribute; |
496 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
497 | bool IsUsed; |
498 | }; |
499 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
500 | |
501 | /// \brief The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
502 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
503 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
504 | |
505 | /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
506 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
507 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
508 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
509 | |
510 | /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
511 | /// |
512 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
513 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
514 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
515 | |
516 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
517 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
518 | |
519 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
520 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The |
521 | /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. |
522 | SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
523 | |
524 | /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs |
525 | /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not |
526 | /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue |
527 | /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions |
528 | /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each |
529 | /// full expression. |
530 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; |
531 | |
532 | /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested |
533 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
534 | /// |
535 | /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first |
536 | /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo |
537 | /// that's used to parse every top-level function. |
538 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
539 | |
540 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
541 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
542 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
543 | |
544 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
545 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
546 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
547 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
548 | |
549 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
550 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
551 | |
552 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
553 | |
554 | /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
555 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
556 | |
557 | /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
558 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
559 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
560 | |
561 | /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
562 | /// |
563 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
564 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
565 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
566 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
567 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
568 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
569 | |
570 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
571 | |
572 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
573 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
574 | /// same list more than once. |
575 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
576 | |
577 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
578 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
579 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
580 | |
581 | /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
582 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
583 | |
584 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
585 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
586 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
587 | |
588 | /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
589 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
590 | |
591 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
592 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
593 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
594 | |
595 | /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
596 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
597 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
598 | |
599 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
600 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
601 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
602 | |
603 | /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
604 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
605 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
606 | |
607 | /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
608 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
609 | /// function. |
610 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
611 | DelayedExceptionSpecChecks; |
612 | |
613 | /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both |
614 | /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception |
615 | /// specifications, along with the function type containing their |
616 | /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications |
617 | /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to |
618 | /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and |
619 | /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. |
620 | SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> |
621 | DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
622 | |
623 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
624 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
625 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
626 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
627 | |
628 | /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
629 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
630 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
631 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
632 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
633 | void *OpaqueParser; |
634 | |
635 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
636 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
637 | void *P) { |
638 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
639 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
640 | OpaqueParser = P; |
641 | } |
642 | |
643 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
644 | |
645 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
646 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
647 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
648 | }; |
649 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
650 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
651 | |
652 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
653 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
654 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
655 | /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
656 | /// diagnostics should go. |
657 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
658 | |
659 | public: |
660 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
661 | |
662 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
663 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
664 | |
665 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
666 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
667 | |
668 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
669 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
670 | return CurPool; |
671 | } |
672 | |
673 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
674 | /// collected in this pool. |
675 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
676 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
677 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
678 | CurPool = &pool; |
679 | return state; |
680 | } |
681 | |
682 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
683 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
684 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
685 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
686 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
687 | } |
688 | |
689 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
690 | /// not delayed. |
691 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
692 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
693 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
694 | CurPool = nullptr; |
695 | return state; |
696 | } |
697 | |
698 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
699 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
700 | assert(CurPool == nullptr)(static_cast <bool> (CurPool == nullptr) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("CurPool == nullptr", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 700, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
701 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
702 | } |
703 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
704 | |
705 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
706 | class ContextRAII { |
707 | private: |
708 | Sema &S; |
709 | DeclContext *SavedContext; |
710 | ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; |
711 | QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
712 | |
713 | public: |
714 | ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
715 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
716 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
717 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) |
718 | { |
719 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context")(static_cast <bool> (ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextToPush && \"pushing null context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 719, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
720 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
721 | if (NewThisContext) |
722 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
723 | } |
724 | |
725 | void pop() { |
726 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
727 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
728 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
729 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
730 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
731 | } |
732 | |
733 | ~ContextRAII() { |
734 | pop(); |
735 | } |
736 | }; |
737 | |
738 | /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
739 | /// a function body. |
740 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
741 | Sema &S; |
742 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
743 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
744 | |
745 | public: |
746 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
747 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
748 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
749 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
750 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
751 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
752 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
753 | else |
754 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC))(static_cast <bool> (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 754, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
755 | } |
756 | |
757 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
758 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext)(static_cast <bool> (!PushedCodeSynthesisContext) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!PushedCodeSynthesisContext", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 758, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
759 | |
760 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
761 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
762 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
763 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
764 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
765 | |
766 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
767 | } |
768 | |
769 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
770 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
771 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
772 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
773 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
774 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
775 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
776 | } |
777 | }; |
778 | |
779 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
780 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
781 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
782 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
783 | |
784 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
785 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
786 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
787 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
788 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
789 | |
790 | |
791 | /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
792 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
793 | |
794 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
795 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
796 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
797 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
798 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
799 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
800 | |
801 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
802 | |
803 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
804 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
805 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
806 | Scope *TUScope; |
807 | |
808 | /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
809 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
810 | |
811 | /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
812 | /// standard library. |
813 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
814 | |
815 | /// \brief The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
816 | /// standard library. |
817 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
818 | |
819 | /// \brief The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
820 | /// of the standard library resides. |
821 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
822 | |
823 | /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
824 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
825 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
826 | |
827 | /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
828 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
829 | |
830 | /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
831 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
832 | |
833 | /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
834 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
835 | |
836 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
837 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
838 | |
839 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
840 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
841 | |
842 | /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
843 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
844 | |
845 | /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
846 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
847 | |
848 | /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
849 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
850 | |
851 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
852 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
853 | |
854 | /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
855 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
856 | |
857 | /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
858 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
859 | |
860 | /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
861 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
862 | |
863 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
864 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
865 | |
866 | /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
867 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
868 | |
869 | /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
870 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
871 | |
872 | /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
873 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
874 | |
875 | /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. |
876 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
877 | |
878 | /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
879 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
880 | |
881 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
882 | /// have been declared. |
883 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
884 | |
885 | /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract |
886 | /// references to fields. This is really a |
887 | bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; |
888 | |
889 | /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
890 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
891 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
892 | /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
893 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
894 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
895 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
896 | /// run time. |
897 | Unevaluated, |
898 | |
899 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
900 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
901 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
902 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
903 | UnevaluatedList, |
904 | |
905 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
906 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
907 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
908 | DiscardedStatement, |
909 | |
910 | /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
911 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
912 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
913 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
914 | |
915 | /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
916 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
917 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
918 | ConstantEvaluated, |
919 | |
920 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
921 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
922 | /// expression at run time. |
923 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
924 | |
925 | /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
926 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
927 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
928 | /// |
929 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
930 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
931 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
932 | /// until the default argument is used. |
933 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
934 | }; |
935 | |
936 | /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested |
937 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
938 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
939 | /// \brief The expression evaluation context. |
940 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
941 | |
942 | /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
943 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
944 | |
945 | /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. |
946 | bool IsDecltype; |
947 | |
948 | /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
949 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
950 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
951 | |
952 | /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
953 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
954 | unsigned NumTypos; |
955 | |
956 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
957 | |
958 | /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
959 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
960 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
961 | |
962 | /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
963 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
964 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
965 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
966 | |
967 | /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions |
968 | /// and block literals within this context. |
969 | /// |
970 | /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts |
971 | /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals. |
972 | std::unique_ptr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering; |
973 | |
974 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
975 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
976 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
977 | |
978 | /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
979 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
980 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
981 | |
982 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
983 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
984 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
985 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
986 | bool IsDecltype) |
987 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
988 | IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), |
989 | NumTypos(0), |
990 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { } |
991 | |
992 | /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently |
993 | /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling. |
994 | MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx); |
995 | |
996 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
997 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
998 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
999 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
1000 | } |
1001 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
1002 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
1003 | } |
1004 | }; |
1005 | |
1006 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
1007 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
1008 | |
1009 | /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
1010 | /// block literal. |
1011 | /// |
1012 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
1013 | /// block literal. |
1014 | /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl |
1015 | /// associated with the context, if relevant. |
1016 | MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
1017 | const DeclContext *DC, |
1018 | Decl *&ManglingContextDecl); |
1019 | |
1020 | |
1021 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
1022 | /// function. |
1023 | /// |
1024 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
1025 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
1026 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1027 | public: |
1028 | enum Kind { |
1029 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
1030 | Ambiguous, |
1031 | Success |
1032 | }; |
1033 | |
1034 | private: |
1035 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
1036 | |
1037 | public: |
1038 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
1039 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
1040 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
1041 | |
1042 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
1043 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
1044 | |
1045 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
1046 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
1047 | }; |
1048 | |
1049 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
1050 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
1051 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
1052 | public: |
1053 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
1054 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
1055 | {} |
1056 | }; |
1057 | |
1058 | /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
1059 | /// for C++ records. |
1060 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
1061 | |
1062 | /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
1063 | /// attribute. |
1064 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
1065 | |
1066 | /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
1067 | /// |
1068 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
1069 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
1070 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
1071 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
1072 | /// checks. |
1073 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
1074 | |
1075 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
1076 | |
1077 | /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
1078 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
1079 | |
1080 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
1081 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
1082 | |
1083 | /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
1084 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
1085 | /// |
1086 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
1087 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
1088 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
1089 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
1090 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
1091 | |
1092 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
1093 | // argument locations. |
1094 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
1095 | |
1096 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
1097 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
1098 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
1099 | |
1100 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
1101 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
1102 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
1103 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
1104 | |
1105 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
1106 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
1107 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
1108 | |
1109 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
1110 | /// the end of translation unit. |
1111 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
1112 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
1113 | |
1114 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
1115 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
1116 | |
1117 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
1118 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
1119 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
1120 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
1121 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
1122 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
1123 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
1124 | |
1125 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
1126 | /// of -Wselector. |
1127 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
1128 | |
1129 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
1130 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
1131 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
1132 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
1133 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
1134 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
1135 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
1136 | CXXDestructor, |
1137 | CXXInvalid |
1138 | }; |
1139 | |
1140 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
1141 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
1142 | |
1143 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
1144 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
1145 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
1146 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
1147 | |
1148 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
1149 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
1150 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
1151 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
1152 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
1153 | |
1154 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
1155 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
1156 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
1157 | |
1158 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
1159 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
1160 | |
1161 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
1162 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
1163 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
1164 | |
1165 | /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
1166 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
1167 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
1168 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
1169 | |
1170 | /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound |
1171 | /// statements. |
1172 | class FPContractStateRAII { |
1173 | public: |
1174 | FPContractStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.FPFeatures) {} |
1175 | ~FPContractStateRAII() { S.FPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; } |
1176 | |
1177 | private: |
1178 | Sema& S; |
1179 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
1180 | }; |
1181 | |
1182 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
1183 | |
1184 | public: |
1185 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
1186 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
1187 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
1188 | ~Sema(); |
1189 | |
1190 | /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
1191 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
1192 | void Initialize(); |
1193 | |
1194 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
1195 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
1196 | FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } |
1197 | |
1198 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
1199 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
1200 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
1201 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
1202 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
1203 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
1204 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
1205 | |
1206 | ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
1207 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
1208 | /// |
1209 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
1210 | /// |
1211 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
1212 | |
1213 | void PrintStats() const; |
1214 | |
1215 | /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
1216 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
1217 | /// |
1218 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
1219 | /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is |
1220 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
1221 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
1222 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
1223 | /// well. |
1224 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
1225 | Sema &SemaRef; |
1226 | unsigned DiagID; |
1227 | |
1228 | public: |
1229 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
1230 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
1231 | |
1232 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
1233 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
1234 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
1235 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
1236 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op |
1237 | // in that case anwyay. |
1238 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default; |
1239 | |
1240 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { |
1241 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
1242 | if (!isActive()) return; |
1243 | |
1244 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying |
1245 | // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it |
1246 | // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
1247 | // |
1248 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
1249 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
1250 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
1251 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
1252 | // eliminate that code. |
1253 | FlushCounts(); |
1254 | Clear(); |
1255 | |
1256 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
1257 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
1258 | } |
1259 | |
1260 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
1261 | template<typename T> |
1262 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<( |
1263 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
1264 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
1265 | BaseDiag << Value; |
1266 | return Diag; |
1267 | } |
1268 | }; |
1269 | |
1270 | /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. |
1271 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { |
1272 | DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); |
1273 | return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. |
1277 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); |
1278 | |
1279 | /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. |
1280 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
1281 | |
1282 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
1283 | |
1284 | /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
1285 | std::string |
1286 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1287 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
1288 | |
1289 | /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
1290 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
1291 | |
1292 | /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
1293 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
1294 | |
1295 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
1296 | |
1297 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
1298 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
1299 | |
1300 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
1301 | |
1302 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
1303 | |
1304 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
1305 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
1306 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
1307 | |
1308 | /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
1309 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
1310 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
1311 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
1312 | |
1313 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
1314 | RecordDecl *RD, |
1315 | CapturedRegionKind K); |
1316 | void |
1317 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
1318 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
1319 | const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr); |
1320 | |
1321 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
1322 | return FunctionScopes.back(); |
1323 | } |
1324 | |
1325 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const { |
1326 | if (FunctionScopes.empty()) |
1327 | return nullptr; |
1328 | |
1329 | for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) { |
1330 | if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e])) |
1331 | continue; |
1332 | return FunctionScopes[e]; |
1333 | } |
1334 | return nullptr; |
1335 | } |
1336 | |
1337 | template <typename ExprT> |
1338 | void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) { |
1339 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) |
1340 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead); |
1341 | } |
1342 | |
1343 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
1344 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
1345 | |
1346 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
1347 | |
1348 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
1349 | |
1350 | /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. |
1351 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
1352 | |
1353 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
1354 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
1355 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
1356 | /// lambda scopes. |
1357 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
1358 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
1359 | |
1360 | /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
1361 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
1362 | |
1363 | /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
1364 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
1365 | |
1366 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
1367 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
1368 | |
1369 | void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); |
1370 | |
1371 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1372 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
1373 | // |
1374 | |
1375 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
1376 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1377 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
1378 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
1379 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
1380 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1381 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
1382 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1383 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
1384 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
1385 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
1386 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
1387 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1388 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
1389 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
1390 | |
1391 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1392 | |
1393 | /// \brief Build a function type. |
1394 | /// |
1395 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
1396 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
1397 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
1398 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
1399 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
1400 | /// |
1401 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
1402 | /// |
1403 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
1404 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
1405 | /// function parameters. |
1406 | /// |
1407 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
1408 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
1409 | /// type that will have function type. |
1410 | /// |
1411 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
1412 | /// type, if known. |
1413 | /// |
1414 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
1415 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
1416 | /// |
1417 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
1418 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
1419 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
1420 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
1421 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
1422 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
1423 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
1424 | |
1425 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
1426 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1427 | DeclarationName Entity); |
1428 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
1429 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
1430 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
1431 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
1432 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
1433 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1434 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
1435 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1436 | |
1437 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
1438 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
1439 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, |
1440 | TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); |
1441 | |
1442 | /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
1443 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
1444 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
1445 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
1446 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
1447 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
1448 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); |
1449 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
1450 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
1451 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
1452 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
1453 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
1454 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
1455 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
1456 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1457 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1458 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1459 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
1460 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
1461 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
1462 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
1463 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
1464 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
1465 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1466 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1467 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
1468 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
1469 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
1470 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
1471 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
1472 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
1473 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
1474 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
1475 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
1476 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
1477 | |
1478 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1479 | |
1480 | /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
1481 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
1482 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
1483 | |
1484 | /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
1485 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
1486 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1487 | |
1488 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
1489 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
1490 | }; |
1491 | |
1492 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
1493 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
1494 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
1495 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
1496 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
1497 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
1498 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
1499 | return II; |
1500 | } |
1501 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
1502 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
1503 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
1504 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
1505 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
1506 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
1507 | |
1508 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
1509 | unsigned DiagID; |
1510 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
1511 | |
1512 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
1513 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
1514 | llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
1515 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
1516 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
1517 | (void)Dummy; |
1518 | } |
1519 | |
1520 | public: |
1521 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
1522 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
1523 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser")(static_cast <bool> (DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagID != 0 && \"no diagnostic for type diagnoser\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1523, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1524 | } |
1525 | |
1526 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
1527 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
1528 | emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
1529 | DB << T; |
1530 | } |
1531 | }; |
1532 | |
1533 | private: |
1534 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1535 | TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
1536 | |
1537 | struct ModuleScope { |
1538 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
1539 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
1540 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
1541 | }; |
1542 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
1543 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
1544 | |
1545 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
1546 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
1547 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
1548 | } |
1549 | |
1550 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
1551 | |
1552 | public: |
1553 | /// \brief Get the module owning an entity. |
1554 | Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity) { return Entity->getOwningModule(); } |
1555 | |
1556 | /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
1557 | /// visible at the specified location. |
1558 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
1559 | |
1560 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); } |
1561 | |
1562 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
1563 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1564 | return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
1565 | } |
1566 | |
1567 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
1568 | bool |
1569 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
1570 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
1571 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
1572 | } |
1573 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
1574 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
1575 | |
1576 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
1577 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
1578 | |
1579 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
1580 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
1581 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
1582 | |
1583 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
1584 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
1585 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
1586 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
1587 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
1588 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
1589 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
1590 | } |
1591 | |
1592 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
1593 | bool |
1594 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
1595 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1596 | |
1597 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
1598 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
1599 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
1600 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
1601 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1602 | |
1603 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
1604 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
1605 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
1606 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
1607 | |
1608 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
1609 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
1610 | /// an extension warning. |
1611 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
1612 | const NamedDecl *B); |
1613 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
1614 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
1615 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
1616 | |
1617 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
1618 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr); |
1619 | } |
1620 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1621 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1622 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1623 | unsigned DiagID); |
1624 | |
1625 | template <typename... Ts> |
1626 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1627 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1628 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1629 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1630 | } |
1631 | |
1632 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
1633 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1634 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
1635 | |
1636 | template <typename... Ts> |
1637 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
1638 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1639 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); |
1640 | } |
1641 | |
1642 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
1643 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
1644 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
1645 | |
1646 | template <typename... Ts> |
1647 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
1648 | const Ts &...Args) { |
1649 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
1650 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
1651 | } |
1652 | |
1653 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
1654 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); |
1655 | |
1656 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1657 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
1658 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
1659 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
1660 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
1661 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
1662 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
1663 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1664 | |
1665 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1666 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
1667 | // |
1668 | |
1669 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
1670 | SkipBodyInfo() |
1671 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
1672 | New(nullptr) {} |
1673 | bool ShouldSkip; |
1674 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
1675 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
1676 | NamedDecl *New; |
1677 | }; |
1678 | |
1679 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
1680 | |
1681 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
1682 | |
1683 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
1684 | |
1685 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1686 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
1687 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
1688 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
1689 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
1690 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
1691 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
1692 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
1693 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
1694 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
1695 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
1696 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
1697 | Scope *S, |
1698 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
1699 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
1700 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
1701 | |
1702 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
1703 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
1704 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
1705 | /// scope during instantiation. |
1706 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
1707 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
1708 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
1709 | |
1710 | /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
1711 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
1712 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
1713 | NC_Unknown, |
1714 | NC_Error, |
1715 | NC_Keyword, |
1716 | NC_Type, |
1717 | NC_Expression, |
1718 | NC_NestedNameSpecifier, |
1719 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
1720 | NC_VarTemplate, |
1721 | NC_FunctionTemplate |
1722 | }; |
1723 | |
1724 | class NameClassification { |
1725 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
1726 | ExprResult Expr; |
1727 | TemplateName Template; |
1728 | ParsedType Type; |
1729 | |
1730 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
1731 | |
1732 | public: |
1733 | NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} |
1734 | |
1735 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
1736 | |
1737 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
1738 | |
1739 | static NameClassification Error() { |
1740 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
1741 | } |
1742 | |
1743 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
1744 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
1745 | } |
1746 | |
1747 | static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { |
1748 | return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); |
1749 | } |
1750 | |
1751 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1752 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
1753 | Result.Template = Name; |
1754 | return Result; |
1755 | } |
1756 | |
1757 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1758 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
1759 | Result.Template = Name; |
1760 | return Result; |
1761 | } |
1762 | |
1763 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
1764 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
1765 | Result.Template = Name; |
1766 | return Result; |
1767 | } |
1768 | |
1769 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
1770 | |
1771 | ParsedType getType() const { |
1772 | assert(Kind == NC_Type)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Type) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Type", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1772, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1773 | return Type; |
1774 | } |
1775 | |
1776 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
1777 | assert(Kind == NC_Expression)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_Expression) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_Expression", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1777, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1778 | return Expr; |
1779 | } |
1780 | |
1781 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
1782 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1783 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate)(static_cast <bool> (Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || Kind == NC_VarTemplate" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1783, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1784 | return Template; |
1785 | } |
1786 | |
1787 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
1788 | switch (Kind) { |
1789 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
1790 | return TNK_Type_template; |
1791 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
1792 | return TNK_Function_template; |
1793 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
1794 | return TNK_Var_template; |
1795 | default: |
1796 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.")::llvm::llvm_unreachable_internal("unsupported name classification." , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 1796); |
1797 | } |
1798 | } |
1799 | }; |
1800 | |
1801 | /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
1802 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
1803 | /// |
1804 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
1805 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
1806 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
1807 | /// |
1808 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
1809 | /// |
1810 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
1811 | /// |
1812 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
1813 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
1814 | /// |
1815 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
1816 | /// |
1817 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
1818 | /// disambiguate the name. |
1819 | /// |
1820 | /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary |
1821 | /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an |
1822 | /// expression. |
1823 | /// |
1824 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
1825 | NameClassification |
1826 | ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
1827 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, |
1828 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
1829 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr); |
1830 | |
1831 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
1832 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
1833 | ClassTemplate, |
1834 | FunctionTemplate, |
1835 | VarTemplate, |
1836 | AliasTemplate, |
1837 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
1838 | DependentTemplate |
1839 | }; |
1840 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
1841 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
1842 | |
1843 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
1844 | /// template-name. |
1845 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E) { |
1846 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
1847 | return false; |
1848 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
1849 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1850 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
1851 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
1852 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
1853 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
1854 | return false; |
1855 | } |
1856 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
1857 | SourceLocation Less, |
1858 | SourceLocation Greater); |
1859 | |
1860 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1861 | |
1862 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1863 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
1864 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
1865 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
1866 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
1867 | DeclarationName Name, |
1868 | SourceLocation Loc); |
1869 | void |
1870 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
1871 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
1872 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1873 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1874 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1875 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
1876 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
1877 | |
1878 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
1879 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
1880 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1881 | const LookupResult &R); |
1882 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
1883 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
1884 | const LookupResult &R); |
1885 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
1886 | |
1887 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
1888 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
1889 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
1890 | |
1891 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
1892 | |
1893 | private: |
1894 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
1895 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
1896 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
1897 | |
1898 | public: |
1899 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
1900 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
1901 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
1902 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
1903 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
1904 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1905 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1906 | LookupResult &Previous); |
1907 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
1908 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
1909 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
1910 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1911 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1912 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1913 | bool &AddToScope, |
1914 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
1915 | NamedDecl * |
1916 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1917 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
1918 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
1919 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
1920 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
1921 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
1922 | Expr *Init); |
1923 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
1924 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
1925 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
1926 | |
1927 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
1928 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1929 | LookupResult &Previous, |
1930 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1931 | bool &AddToScope); |
1932 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1933 | |
1934 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
1935 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); |
1936 | |
1937 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
1938 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1939 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1940 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
1941 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
1942 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
1943 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
1944 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
1945 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
1946 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
1947 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
1948 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
1949 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
1950 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
1951 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1952 | QualType T); |
1953 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1954 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
1955 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
1956 | StorageClass SC); |
1957 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1958 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1959 | Expr *defarg); |
1960 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
1961 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
1962 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
1963 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1964 | bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
1965 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
1966 | |
1967 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
1968 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
1969 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
1970 | |
1971 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
1972 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
1973 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
1974 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
1975 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
1976 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
1977 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
1978 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
1979 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
1980 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
1981 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1982 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1983 | |
1984 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
1985 | /// documentation comments. |
1986 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
1987 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
1988 | |
1989 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1990 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
1991 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
1992 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
1993 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1994 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
1995 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
1996 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1997 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
1998 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
1999 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
2000 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
2001 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
2002 | } |
2003 | |
2004 | /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
2005 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
2006 | /// code for that function. |
2007 | /// |
2008 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
2009 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
2010 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
2011 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
2012 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
2013 | |
2014 | /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
2015 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
2016 | /// code for that function. |
2017 | /// |
2018 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
2019 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
2020 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
2021 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
2022 | |
2023 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
2024 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
2025 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
2026 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
2027 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
2028 | |
2029 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
2030 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
2031 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
2032 | |
2033 | /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
2034 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
2035 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
2036 | |
2037 | /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
2038 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
2039 | /// specified threshold. |
2040 | void |
2041 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2042 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
2043 | |
2044 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
2045 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
2046 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
2047 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2048 | |
2049 | /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
2050 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, |
2051 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
2052 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
2053 | |
2054 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
2055 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
2056 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
2057 | Partition, ///< 'module partition X;' |
2058 | }; |
2059 | |
2060 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
2061 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
2062 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2063 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
2064 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2065 | |
2066 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
2067 | /// |
2068 | /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. |
2069 | /// |
2070 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
2071 | /// |
2072 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
2073 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, |
2074 | ModuleIdPath Path); |
2075 | |
2076 | /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
2077 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
2078 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2079 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2080 | |
2081 | /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule. |
2082 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2083 | /// \brief The parser has left a submodule. |
2084 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
2085 | |
2086 | /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
2087 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
2088 | /// |
2089 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
2090 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
2091 | /// has forgotten to import. |
2092 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
2093 | Module *Mod); |
2094 | |
2095 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
2096 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
2097 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
2098 | Declaration, |
2099 | Definition, |
2100 | DefaultArgument, |
2101 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
2102 | PartialSpecialization |
2103 | }; |
2104 | |
2105 | /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
2106 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
2107 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2108 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
2109 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
2110 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
2111 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
2112 | |
2113 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
2114 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2115 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
2116 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
2117 | |
2118 | /// \brief We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
2119 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
2120 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
2121 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
2122 | |
2123 | /// \brief We've found a use of a template specialization that would select a |
2124 | /// partial specialization. Check that the partial specialization is visible, |
2125 | /// and diagnose if not. |
2126 | void checkPartialSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, |
2127 | NamedDecl *Spec); |
2128 | |
2129 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2130 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
2131 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
2132 | } |
2133 | |
2134 | /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. |
2135 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2136 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Scope actions. |
2139 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
2140 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
2141 | |
2142 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2143 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2144 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
2145 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
2146 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
2147 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
2148 | |
2149 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2150 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2151 | RecordDecl *Record, |
2152 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
2153 | |
2154 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
2155 | RecordDecl *Record); |
2156 | |
2157 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
2158 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
2159 | enum NonTagKind { |
2160 | NTK_NonStruct, |
2161 | NTK_NonClass, |
2162 | NTK_NonUnion, |
2163 | NTK_NonEnum, |
2164 | NTK_Typedef, |
2165 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
2166 | NTK_Template, |
2167 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
2168 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
2169 | }; |
2170 | |
2171 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
2172 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
2173 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
2174 | |
2175 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
2176 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
2177 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
2178 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
2179 | |
2180 | enum TagUseKind { |
2181 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
2182 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
2183 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
2184 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
2185 | }; |
2186 | |
2187 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
2188 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2189 | SourceLocation NameLoc, AttributeList *Attr, |
2190 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
2191 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
2192 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
2193 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
2194 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
2195 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
2196 | |
2197 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
2198 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2199 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2200 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
2201 | AttributeList *Attr, |
2202 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
2203 | |
2204 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
2205 | unsigned TagSpec, |
2206 | TagUseKind TUK, |
2207 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2208 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
2209 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
2210 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
2211 | |
2212 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2213 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
2214 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
2215 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2216 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
2217 | |
2218 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2219 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2220 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2221 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
2222 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
2223 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2224 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2225 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2226 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
2227 | AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); |
2228 | |
2229 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
2230 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
2231 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
2232 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2233 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
2234 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
2235 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
2236 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
2237 | |
2238 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
2239 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
2240 | |
2241 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
2242 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
2243 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2244 | |
2245 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
2246 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
2247 | }; |
2248 | |
2249 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
2250 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
2251 | bool Diagnose = false); |
2252 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
2253 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2254 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
2255 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
2256 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
2257 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
2258 | |
2259 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
2260 | void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
2261 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, |
2262 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
2263 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
2264 | |
2265 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
2266 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
2267 | /// struct, or union). |
2268 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2269 | |
2270 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
2271 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
2272 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
2273 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
2274 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
2275 | |
2276 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
2277 | |
2278 | /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
2279 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
2280 | |
2281 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
2282 | |
2283 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
2284 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
2285 | /// member declarations. |
2286 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2287 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
2288 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
2289 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
2290 | |
2291 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
2292 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
2293 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
2294 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
2295 | |
2296 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
2297 | |
2298 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
2299 | |
2300 | /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
2301 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
2302 | /// |
2303 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
2304 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2305 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
2306 | |
2307 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
2308 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
2309 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
2310 | |
2311 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
2312 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
2313 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2314 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2315 | Expr *val); |
2316 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
2317 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
2318 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
2319 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
2320 | |
2321 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
2322 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
2323 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
2324 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
2325 | |
2326 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
2327 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2328 | AttributeList *Attrs, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2329 | Expr *Val); |
2330 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
2331 | Decl *EnumDecl, |
2332 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, |
2333 | Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); |
2334 | |
2335 | DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); |
2336 | |
2337 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
2338 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2339 | void PopDeclContext(); |
2340 | |
2341 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
2342 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
2343 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2344 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
2345 | |
2346 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
2347 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
2348 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
2349 | |
2350 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
2351 | |
2352 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
2353 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
2354 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2355 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
2356 | |
2357 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
2358 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
2359 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2360 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
2361 | |
2362 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
2363 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
2364 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
2365 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
2366 | |
2367 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
2368 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
2369 | |
2370 | /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the |
2371 | /// top level scope. |
2372 | /// |
2373 | /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. |
2374 | /// |
2375 | /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. |
2376 | void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); |
2377 | |
2378 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
2379 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
2380 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
2381 | /// |
2382 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
2383 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
2384 | /// directly within it. |
2385 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
2386 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
2387 | |
2388 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
2389 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
2390 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
2391 | |
2392 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
2393 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
2394 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2395 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
2396 | |
2397 | /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
2398 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
2399 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
2400 | /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
2401 | AMK_None, |
2402 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
2403 | /// an exact match. |
2404 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
2405 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
2406 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
2407 | AMK_Override, |
2408 | /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
2409 | /// a protocol requirement. |
2410 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
2411 | }; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
2414 | AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2415 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, |
2416 | bool Implicit, |
2417 | VersionTuple Introduced, |
2418 | VersionTuple Deprecated, |
2419 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, |
2420 | bool IsUnavailable, |
2421 | StringRef Message, |
2422 | bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
2423 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, |
2424 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2425 | TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2426 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2427 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2428 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2429 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, |
2430 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2431 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2432 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, StringRef Uuid); |
2433 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2434 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2435 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2436 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2437 | MSInheritanceAttr * |
2438 | mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
2439 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex, |
2440 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
2441 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2442 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
2443 | int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2444 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, |
2445 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2446 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2447 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2448 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2449 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2450 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2451 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2452 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2453 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, |
2454 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2455 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2456 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
2457 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); |
2458 | |
2459 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
2460 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
2461 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
2462 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
2463 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
2464 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2465 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
2466 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2467 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
2468 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
2469 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
2470 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
2471 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
2472 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
2473 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
2474 | |
2475 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
2476 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
2477 | enum AssignmentAction { |
2478 | AA_Assigning, |
2479 | AA_Passing, |
2480 | AA_Returning, |
2481 | AA_Converting, |
2482 | AA_Initializing, |
2483 | AA_Sending, |
2484 | AA_Casting, |
2485 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
2486 | }; |
2487 | |
2488 | /// C++ Overloading. |
2489 | enum OverloadKind { |
2490 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
2491 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
2492 | Ovl_Overload, |
2493 | |
2494 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
2495 | /// an existing declaration. |
2496 | Ovl_Match, |
2497 | |
2498 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
2499 | /// non-function. |
2500 | Ovl_NonFunction |
2501 | }; |
2502 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
2503 | FunctionDecl *New, |
2504 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
2505 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
2506 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
2507 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
2508 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true); |
2509 | |
2510 | /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current |
2511 | /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. |
2512 | /// |
2513 | /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside |
2514 | /// an available function, false otherwise. |
2515 | bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2516 | |
2517 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
2518 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2519 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2520 | bool AllowExplicit, |
2521 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2522 | bool CStyle, |
2523 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
2524 | |
2525 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2526 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2527 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2528 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2529 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2530 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2531 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2532 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
2533 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2534 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2535 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2536 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
2537 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
2538 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
2539 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
2540 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
2541 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
2542 | |
2543 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
2544 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
2545 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2546 | CastKind &Kind, |
2547 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
2548 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
2549 | bool Diagnose = true); |
2550 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2551 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
2552 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
2553 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2554 | CastKind &Kind, |
2555 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
2556 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
2557 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2558 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
2559 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
2560 | QualType &ResultTy); |
2561 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
2562 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
2563 | |
2564 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2565 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
2566 | QualType ResultType, |
2567 | Expr *Value, |
2568 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
2569 | |
2570 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2571 | ExprResult Init); |
2572 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
2573 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
2574 | ExprResult Init, |
2575 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
2576 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
2577 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
2578 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2579 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2580 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
2581 | |
2582 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
2583 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
2584 | |
2585 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
2586 | enum CCEKind { |
2587 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
2588 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
2589 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
2590 | CCEK_NewExpr, ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator. |
2591 | CCEK_ConstexprIf ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
2592 | }; |
2593 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2594 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2595 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
2596 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
2597 | |
2598 | /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
2599 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
2600 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2601 | public: |
2602 | bool Suppress; |
2603 | bool SuppressConversion; |
2604 | |
2605 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
2606 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
2607 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
2608 | |
2609 | /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
2610 | /// for this conversion. |
2611 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
2612 | |
2613 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2614 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2615 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2616 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2617 | |
2618 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
2619 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2620 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2621 | |
2622 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
2623 | /// is explicit. |
2624 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
2625 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2626 | |
2627 | /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
2628 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2629 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2630 | |
2631 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
2632 | /// functions. |
2633 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2634 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2635 | |
2636 | /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
2637 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2638 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2639 | |
2640 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
2641 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
2642 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
2643 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
2644 | |
2645 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
2646 | }; |
2647 | |
2648 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
2649 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
2650 | |
2651 | public: |
2652 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
2653 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
2654 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
2655 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
2656 | |
2657 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
2658 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
2659 | |
2660 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2661 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
2662 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
2663 | } |
2664 | |
2665 | /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
2666 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
2667 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
2668 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
2669 | }; |
2670 | |
2671 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
2672 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
2673 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
2674 | |
2675 | |
2676 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
2677 | OS_Array, |
2678 | OS_Dictionary, |
2679 | OS_Error |
2680 | }; |
2681 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
2682 | |
2683 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
2684 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
2685 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
2686 | LK_Array, |
2687 | LK_Dictionary, |
2688 | LK_Numeric, |
2689 | LK_Boxed, |
2690 | LK_String, |
2691 | LK_Block, |
2692 | LK_None |
2693 | }; |
2694 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
2695 | |
2696 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
2697 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
2698 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
2699 | NamedDecl *Member); |
2700 | |
2701 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
2702 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
2703 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
2704 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
2705 | |
2706 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, |
2707 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2708 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2709 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2710 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2711 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2712 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
2713 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2714 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
2715 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2716 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2717 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
2718 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2719 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2720 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
2721 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2722 | QualType ObjectType, |
2723 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2724 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2725 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2726 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false); |
2727 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
2728 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2729 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
2730 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2731 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2732 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2733 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2734 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
2735 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None); |
2736 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
2737 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2738 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2739 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2740 | QualType ObjectType, |
2741 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
2742 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2743 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2744 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2745 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2746 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2747 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2748 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2749 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2750 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2751 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
2752 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2753 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2754 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
2755 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2756 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2757 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, |
2758 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
2759 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, |
2760 | QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
2761 | Expr::Classification |
2762 | ObjectClassification = {}); |
2763 | void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2764 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2765 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2766 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2767 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2768 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2769 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2770 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
2771 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2772 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2773 | Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
2774 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2775 | bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
2776 | bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
2777 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
2778 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2779 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
2780 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
2781 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2782 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2783 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2784 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2785 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2786 | SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); |
2787 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2788 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2789 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
2790 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
2791 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
2792 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2793 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
2794 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
2795 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2796 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2797 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2798 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
2799 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2800 | |
2801 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
2802 | void NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
2803 | QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2804 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2805 | |
2806 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
2807 | // the expression Expr |
2808 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
2809 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
2810 | |
2811 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
2812 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
2813 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2814 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
2815 | |
2816 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
2817 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
2818 | /// |
2819 | /// \param AllowTopLevelCond Whether to allow the result to be the |
2820 | /// complete top-level condition. |
2821 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> |
2822 | findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond, bool AllowTopLevelCond); |
2823 | |
2824 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2825 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2826 | /// |
2827 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
2828 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
2829 | /// |
2830 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2831 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2832 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
2833 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
2834 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2835 | |
2836 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
2837 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
2838 | /// |
2839 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
2840 | /// of a function. |
2841 | /// |
2842 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
2843 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
2844 | SourceLocation Loc); |
2845 | |
2846 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
2847 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
2848 | /// |
2849 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
2850 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
2851 | bool Complain = false, |
2852 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
2853 | |
2854 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
2855 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
2856 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
2857 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
2858 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
2859 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
2860 | QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
2861 | |
2862 | FunctionDecl * |
2863 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
2864 | QualType TargetType, |
2865 | bool Complain, |
2866 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
2867 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
2868 | |
2869 | FunctionDecl * |
2870 | resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, |
2871 | DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
2872 | |
2873 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate( |
2874 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
2875 | |
2876 | FunctionDecl * |
2877 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
2878 | bool Complain = false, |
2879 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
2880 | |
2881 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
2882 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
2883 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
2884 | bool Complain = false, |
2885 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
2886 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
2887 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
2888 | |
2889 | |
2890 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
2891 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2892 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2893 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
2894 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
2895 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
2896 | |
2897 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2898 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2899 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
2900 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
2901 | |
2902 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
2903 | // range-based for loop. |
2904 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
2905 | FRS_Success, |
2906 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
2907 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
2908 | }; |
2909 | |
2910 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
2911 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
2912 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2913 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
2914 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2915 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
2916 | |
2917 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
2918 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2919 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2920 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2921 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2922 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
2923 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
2924 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
2925 | |
2926 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
2927 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
2928 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
2929 | ExprResult *Result); |
2930 | |
2931 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2932 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2933 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2934 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
2935 | |
2936 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2937 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
2938 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
2939 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
2940 | bool RequiresADL = true); |
2941 | |
2942 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
2943 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
2944 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
2945 | |
2946 | ExprResult |
2947 | BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
2948 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2949 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2950 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2951 | ExprResult |
2952 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
2953 | MultiExprArg Args, |
2954 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
2955 | |
2956 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
2957 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
2958 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
2959 | |
2960 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
2961 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
2962 | /// that best represents the call. |
2963 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
2964 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
2965 | |
2966 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
2967 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
2968 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
2969 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
2970 | void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); |
2971 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
2972 | |
2973 | /// \name Name lookup |
2974 | /// |
2975 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
2976 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
2977 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
2978 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
2979 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
2980 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
2981 | /// |
2982 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
2983 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
2984 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
2985 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
2986 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
2987 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
2988 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
2989 | /// |
2990 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
2991 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
2992 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
2993 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
2994 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
2995 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
2996 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
2997 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
2998 | //@{ |
2999 | |
3000 | /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
3001 | enum LookupNameKind { |
3002 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
3003 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
3004 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
3005 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
3006 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
3007 | /// structs, and unions. |
3008 | LookupTagName, |
3009 | /// Label name lookup. |
3010 | LookupLabel, |
3011 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
3012 | /// class/struct/union members. |
3013 | LookupMemberName, |
3014 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
3015 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
3016 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
3017 | LookupOperatorName, |
3018 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
3019 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
3020 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
3021 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
3022 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
3023 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
3024 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
3025 | LookupNamespaceName, |
3026 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
3027 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
3028 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
3029 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
3030 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
3031 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
3032 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
3033 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
3034 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
3035 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
3036 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
3037 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
3038 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
3039 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
3040 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
3041 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
3042 | /// \brief Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
3043 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
3044 | /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. |
3045 | LookupAnyName |
3046 | }; |
3047 | |
3048 | /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
3049 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
3050 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
3051 | /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
3052 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
3053 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
3054 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
3055 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
3056 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
3057 | /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
3058 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
3059 | /// may also be found. |
3060 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
3061 | }; |
3062 | |
3063 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
3064 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
3065 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
3066 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
3067 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
3068 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
3069 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
3070 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
3071 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
3072 | } |
3073 | |
3074 | /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
3075 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
3076 | /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. |
3077 | LOLR_Error, |
3078 | /// \brief The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
3079 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
3080 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
3081 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
3082 | LOLR_Cooked, |
3083 | /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
3084 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
3085 | LOLR_Raw, |
3086 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3087 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
3088 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
3089 | LOLR_Template, |
3090 | /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
3091 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
3092 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
3093 | LOLR_StringTemplate |
3094 | }; |
3095 | |
3096 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
3097 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
3098 | bool ConstArg, |
3099 | bool VolatileArg, |
3100 | bool RValueThis, |
3101 | bool ConstThis, |
3102 | bool VolatileThis); |
3103 | |
3104 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
3105 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
3106 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
3107 | |
3108 | private: |
3109 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
3110 | |
3111 | struct TypoExprState { |
3112 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
3113 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
3114 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
3115 | TypoExprState(); |
3116 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3117 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
3118 | }; |
3119 | |
3120 | /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
3121 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
3122 | |
3123 | /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
3124 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
3125 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3126 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC); |
3127 | |
3128 | // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
3129 | // |
3130 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
3131 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
3132 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
3133 | |
3134 | /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
3135 | /// source. |
3136 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
3137 | |
3138 | /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
3139 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
3140 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
3141 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
3142 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3143 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3144 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3145 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3146 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
3147 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
3148 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
3149 | |
3150 | public: |
3151 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
3152 | |
3153 | /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
3154 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
3155 | |
3156 | /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
3157 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
3158 | /// |
3159 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
3160 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
3161 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
3162 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3163 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
3164 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3165 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3166 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
3167 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
3168 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3169 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
3170 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
3171 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
3172 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3173 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
3174 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
3175 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3176 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
3177 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
3178 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3179 | |
3180 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
3181 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
3182 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
3183 | |
3184 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
3185 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
3186 | |
3187 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3188 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3189 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3190 | unsigned Quals); |
3191 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3192 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3193 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
3194 | unsigned Quals); |
3195 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
3196 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
3197 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
3198 | |
3199 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
3200 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, |
3201 | ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
3202 | bool AllowRaw, |
3203 | bool AllowTemplate, |
3204 | bool AllowStringTemplate, |
3205 | bool DiagnoseMissing); |
3206 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
3207 | |
3208 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
3209 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
3210 | |
3211 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3212 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3213 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3214 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3215 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
3216 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
3217 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
3218 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
3219 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
3220 | |
3221 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
3222 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
3223 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
3224 | }; |
3225 | |
3226 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3227 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
3228 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3229 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3230 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3231 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3232 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3233 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
3234 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
3235 | |
3236 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
3237 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
3238 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
3239 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
3240 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
3241 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
3242 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
3243 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
3244 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
3245 | |
3246 | /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
3247 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
3248 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
3249 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
3250 | /// |
3251 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
3252 | /// |
3253 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
3254 | /// initializer. |
3255 | /// |
3256 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
3257 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
3258 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
3259 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
3260 | ExprResult |
3261 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3262 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3263 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
3264 | |
3265 | ExprResult |
3266 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, |
3267 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3268 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter); |
3269 | } |
3270 | |
3271 | ExprResult |
3272 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
3273 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
3274 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
3275 | return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter); |
3276 | } |
3277 | |
3278 | ExprResult |
3279 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, |
3280 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { |
3281 | return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter); |
3282 | } |
3283 | |
3284 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3285 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3286 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3287 | |
3288 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
3289 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
3290 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
3291 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
3292 | |
3293 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
3294 | |
3295 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
3296 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
3297 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
3298 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
3299 | |
3300 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
3301 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
3302 | |
3303 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
3304 | |
3305 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
3306 | //@} |
3307 | |
3308 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
3309 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3310 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
3311 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
3312 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
3313 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3314 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
3315 | Scope *S); |
3316 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3317 | |
3318 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
3319 | |
3320 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
3321 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3322 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
3323 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
3324 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3325 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, |
3326 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
3327 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
3328 | const AttributeList *AttrList); |
3329 | |
3330 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
3331 | |
3332 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
3333 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
3334 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
3335 | /// type as valid. |
3336 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
3337 | |
3338 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); |
3339 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
3340 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
3341 | bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); |
3342 | bool CheckNoCallerSavedRegsAttr(const AttributeList &attr); |
3343 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr, |
3344 | unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str, |
3345 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
3346 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3347 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
3348 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
3349 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
3350 | MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling); |
3351 | |
3352 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
3353 | |
3354 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
3355 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
3356 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
3357 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
3358 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3359 | |
3360 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
3361 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
3362 | // one that came from a typedef. |
3363 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T); |
3364 | |
3365 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
3366 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
3367 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
3368 | |
3369 | /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given |
3370 | /// type. |
3371 | /// |
3372 | /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be |
3373 | /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately. |
3374 | /// |
3375 | /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add. |
3376 | /// |
3377 | /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier. |
3378 | /// |
3379 | /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was |
3380 | /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C |
3381 | /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an |
3382 | /// underscored type specifier. |
3383 | /// |
3384 | /// \param allowArrayTypes Whether to accept nullability specifiers on an |
3385 | /// array type (e.g., because it will decay to a pointer). |
3386 | /// |
3387 | /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise. |
3388 | bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability, |
3389 | SourceLocation nullabilityLoc, |
3390 | bool isContextSensitive, |
3391 | bool allowArrayTypes); |
3392 | |
3393 | /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
3394 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, |
3395 | SourceRange Range); |
3396 | |
3397 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3398 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3399 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3400 | |
3401 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3402 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
3403 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3404 | |
3405 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
3406 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
3407 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3408 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
3409 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
3410 | |
3411 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
3412 | |
3413 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
3414 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
3415 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
3416 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
3417 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3418 | |
3419 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
3420 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
3421 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3422 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3423 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
3424 | |
3425 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
3426 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
3427 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3428 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3429 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
3430 | |
3431 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
3432 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
3433 | |
3434 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
3435 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
3436 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
3437 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
3438 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3439 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
3440 | |
3441 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
3442 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
3443 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
3444 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
3445 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
3446 | |
3447 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
3448 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
3449 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
3450 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
3451 | |
3452 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
3453 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
3454 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
3455 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3456 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
3457 | |
3458 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
3459 | /// class extensions. |
3460 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
3461 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3462 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3463 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3464 | Selector GetterSel, |
3465 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3466 | Selector SetterSel, |
3467 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3468 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3469 | unsigned &Attributes, |
3470 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3471 | QualType T, |
3472 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3473 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
3474 | |
3475 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
3476 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
3477 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
3478 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
3479 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3480 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3481 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
3482 | Selector GetterSel, |
3483 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
3484 | Selector SetterSel, |
3485 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
3486 | const bool isReadWrite, |
3487 | const unsigned Attributes, |
3488 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
3489 | QualType T, |
3490 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
3491 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
3492 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
3493 | |
3494 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
3495 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
3496 | /// setter or getter. |
3497 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3498 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
3499 | |
3500 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
3501 | |
3502 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
3503 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
3504 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
3505 | |
3506 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
3507 | |
3508 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
3509 | MMS_loose, |
3510 | MMS_strict |
3511 | }; |
3512 | |
3513 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
3514 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
3515 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
3516 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
3517 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
3518 | |
3519 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
3520 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
3521 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
3522 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
3523 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
3524 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
3525 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
3526 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
3527 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
3528 | bool ImmediateClass, |
3529 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
3530 | |
3531 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
3532 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
3533 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
3534 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
3535 | |
3536 | /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
3537 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
3538 | |
3539 | private: |
3540 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
3541 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
3542 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
3543 | |
3544 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
3545 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
3546 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3547 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3548 | bool instance); |
3549 | |
3550 | public: |
3551 | /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
3552 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
3553 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
3554 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
3555 | /// returns true. |
3556 | bool |
3557 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
3558 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
3559 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
3560 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
3561 | |
3562 | bool |
3563 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
3564 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
3565 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3566 | |
3567 | void |
3568 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
3569 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3570 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
3571 | |
3572 | private: |
3573 | /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
3574 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
3575 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
3576 | bool IsInstance, |
3577 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
3578 | |
3579 | |
3580 | /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
3581 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
3582 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
3583 | if (RecordFailure) |
3584 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
3585 | return TypoCorrection(); |
3586 | } |
3587 | |
3588 | public: |
3589 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
3590 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
3591 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
3592 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
3593 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3594 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
3595 | } |
3596 | |
3597 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
3598 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
3599 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
3600 | } |
3601 | |
3602 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
3603 | /// pool. |
3604 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
3605 | |
3606 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3607 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3608 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3609 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3610 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3611 | /*instance*/true); |
3612 | } |
3613 | |
3614 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
3615 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
3616 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
3617 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
3618 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
3619 | /*instance*/false); |
3620 | } |
3621 | |
3622 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
3623 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
3624 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
3625 | /// implementation. |
3626 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
3627 | |
3628 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
3629 | /// initialization. |
3630 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
3631 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
3632 | |
3633 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3634 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
3635 | public: |
3636 | class FullExprArg { |
3637 | public: |
3638 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
3639 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
3640 | |
3641 | ExprResult release() { |
3642 | return E; |
3643 | } |
3644 | |
3645 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
3646 | |
3647 | Expr *operator->() { |
3648 | return E; |
3649 | } |
3650 | |
3651 | private: |
3652 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
3653 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
3654 | friend class Sema; |
3655 | |
3656 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
3657 | |
3658 | Expr *E; |
3659 | }; |
3660 | |
3661 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3662 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
3663 | } |
3664 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
3665 | return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get()); |
3666 | } |
3667 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
3668 | ExprResult FE = |
3669 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
3670 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
3671 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
3672 | } |
3673 | |
3674 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); |
3675 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
3676 | |
3677 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
3678 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
3679 | |
3680 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
3681 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3682 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
3683 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
3684 | |
3685 | /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
3686 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
3687 | public: |
3688 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
3689 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
3690 | } |
3691 | |
3692 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
3693 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
3694 | } |
3695 | |
3696 | private: |
3697 | Sema &S; |
3698 | }; |
3699 | |
3700 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
3701 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
3702 | Sema &S; |
3703 | bool Active; |
3704 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
3705 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
3706 | if (Active) |
3707 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
3708 | } |
3709 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
3710 | }; |
3711 | |
3712 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
3713 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3714 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3715 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
3716 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
3717 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, |
3718 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, |
3719 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
3720 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3721 | |
3722 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
3723 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3724 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
3725 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
3726 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
3727 | |
3728 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
3729 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
3730 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
3731 | |
3732 | class ConditionResult; |
3733 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3734 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3735 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3736 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3737 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
3738 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3739 | ConditionResult Cond, Stmt *ThenVal, |
3740 | SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
3741 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3742 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
3743 | ConditionResult Cond); |
3744 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
3745 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
3746 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, ConditionResult Cond, |
3747 | Stmt *Body); |
3748 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
3749 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
3750 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
3751 | |
3752 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3753 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
3754 | Stmt *First, |
3755 | ConditionResult Second, |
3756 | FullExprArg Third, |
3757 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3758 | Stmt *Body); |
3759 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
3760 | Expr *collection); |
3761 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
3762 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
3763 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3764 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
3765 | |
3766 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
3767 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
3768 | BFRK_Build, |
3769 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
3770 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
3771 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
3772 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
3773 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
3774 | BFRK_Check |
3775 | }; |
3776 | |
3777 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3778 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3779 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
3780 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
3781 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3782 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3783 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
3784 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
3785 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
3786 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
3787 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
3788 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
3789 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
3790 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
3791 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
3792 | |
3793 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3794 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
3795 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
3796 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
3797 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
3798 | Expr *DestExp); |
3799 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3800 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
3801 | |
3802 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3803 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
3804 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
3805 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
3806 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
3807 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params); |
3808 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
3809 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
3810 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
3811 | SourceLocation Loc, |
3812 | unsigned NumParams); |
3813 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
3814 | bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible); |
3815 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
3816 | bool AllowParamOrMoveConstructible); |
3817 | |
3818 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
3819 | Scope *CurScope); |
3820 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3821 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
3822 | |
3823 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
3824 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
3825 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
3826 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
3827 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
3828 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3829 | |
3830 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
3831 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
3832 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3833 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
3834 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
3835 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
3836 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
3837 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3838 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
3839 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
3840 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
3841 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
3842 | StringRef AsmString, |
3843 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
3844 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
3845 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
3846 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
3847 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
3848 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
3849 | SourceLocation Location, |
3850 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
3851 | |
3852 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
3853 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3854 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
3855 | bool Invalid = false); |
3856 | |
3857 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3858 | |
3859 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
3860 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
3861 | |
3862 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3863 | |
3864 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
3865 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
3866 | |
3867 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
3868 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
3869 | Scope *CurScope); |
3870 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
3871 | Expr *operand); |
3872 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
3873 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
3874 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
3875 | |
3876 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
3877 | |
3878 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
3879 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3880 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3881 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
3882 | |
3883 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
3884 | |
3885 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
3886 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
3887 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3888 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
3889 | |
3890 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
3891 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
3892 | Stmt *Handler); |
3893 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
3894 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
3895 | Stmt *Block); |
3896 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3897 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
3898 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
3899 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
3900 | |
3901 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
3902 | |
3903 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
3904 | |
3905 | /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
3906 | /// of it. |
3907 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
3908 | |
3909 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
3910 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
3911 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
3912 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
3913 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
3914 | |
3915 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
3916 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
3917 | /// |
3918 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
3919 | /// if (condition); |
3920 | /// do_stuff(); |
3921 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
3922 | const Stmt *Body, |
3923 | unsigned DiagID); |
3924 | |
3925 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
3926 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
3927 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
3928 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
3929 | |
3930 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
3931 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
3932 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
3933 | |
3934 | /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
3935 | /// _Nonnull one. |
3936 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
3937 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3938 | |
3939 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
3940 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
3941 | |
3942 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
3943 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
3944 | } |
3945 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
3946 | |
3947 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
3948 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
3949 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
3950 | } |
3951 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
3952 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
3953 | } |
3954 | |
3955 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
3956 | |
3957 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3958 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
3959 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
3960 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3961 | |
3962 | bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, |
3963 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
3964 | |
3965 | /// \brief Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
3966 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
3967 | |
3968 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
3969 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
3970 | |
3971 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
3972 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3973 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
3974 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
3975 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false); |
3976 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
3977 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
3978 | std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
3979 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
3980 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
3981 | SourceLocation Loc); |
3982 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
3983 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
3984 | |
3985 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3986 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
3987 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3988 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
3989 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
3990 | ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
3991 | bool IsDecltype = false); |
3992 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
3993 | |
3994 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
3995 | |
3996 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
3997 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
3998 | |
3999 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
4000 | |
4001 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
4002 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
4003 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
4004 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
4005 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
4006 | // named expressions. |
4007 | // |
4008 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
4009 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
4010 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
4011 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
4012 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
4013 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
4014 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
4015 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
4016 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
4017 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
4018 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
4019 | |
4020 | void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); |
4021 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
4022 | |
4023 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
4024 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
4025 | }; |
4026 | |
4027 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4028 | /// |
4029 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
4030 | /// |
4031 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
4032 | /// |
4033 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
4034 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
4035 | /// |
4036 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
4037 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
4038 | /// |
4039 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
4040 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
4041 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
4042 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
4043 | /// |
4044 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
4045 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
4046 | /// variable can be captured. |
4047 | /// |
4048 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
4049 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
4050 | /// captured. |
4051 | /// |
4052 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
4053 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
4054 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
4055 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
4056 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
4057 | /// |
4058 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
4059 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
4060 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
4061 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
4062 | QualType &CaptureType, |
4063 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
4064 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
4065 | |
4066 | /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. |
4067 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
4068 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
4069 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4070 | |
4071 | /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured. |
4072 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4073 | |
4074 | /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
4075 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
4076 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
4077 | |
4078 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
4079 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
4080 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
4081 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
4082 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
4083 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
4084 | |
4085 | /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
4086 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
4087 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
4088 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
4089 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
4090 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
4091 | |
4092 | /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
4093 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
4094 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
4095 | |
4096 | /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
4097 | /// evaluation context. |
4098 | /// |
4099 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
4100 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
4101 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
4102 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
4103 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
4104 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
4105 | |
4106 | // Primary Expressions. |
4107 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
4108 | |
4109 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
4110 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4111 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
4112 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr, |
4113 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
4114 | |
4115 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
4116 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
4117 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4118 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
4119 | |
4120 | bool |
4121 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
4122 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC, |
4123 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4124 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
4125 | |
4126 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
4127 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
4128 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
4129 | |
4130 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4131 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4132 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4133 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
4134 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4135 | |
4136 | ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, |
4137 | ExprValueKind VK, |
4138 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4139 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
4140 | ExprResult |
4141 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
4142 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4143 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
4144 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4145 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4146 | ExprResult |
4147 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
4148 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4149 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
4150 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
4151 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
4152 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
4153 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
4154 | |
4155 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4156 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4157 | LookupResult &R, |
4158 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4159 | const Scope *S); |
4160 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4161 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4162 | LookupResult &R, |
4163 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4164 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
4165 | const Scope *S); |
4166 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4167 | const LookupResult &R, |
4168 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
4169 | |
4170 | ExprResult |
4171 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4172 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4173 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
4174 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
4175 | |
4176 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4177 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4178 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4179 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4180 | |
4181 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4182 | LookupResult &R, |
4183 | bool NeedsADL, |
4184 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4185 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
4186 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
4187 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
4188 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
4189 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
4190 | |
4191 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
4192 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
4193 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4194 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
4195 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
4196 | |
4197 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
4198 | PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT); |
4199 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4200 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
4201 | |
4202 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
4203 | |
4204 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4205 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
4206 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4207 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
4208 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
4209 | SourceLocation R, |
4210 | MultiExprArg Val); |
4211 | |
4212 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
4213 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
4214 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
4215 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
4216 | |
4217 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4218 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4219 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4220 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4221 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
4222 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
4223 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
4224 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
4225 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4226 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
4227 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
4228 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
4229 | |
4230 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
4231 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4232 | Expr *InputExpr); |
4233 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4234 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
4235 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4236 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
4237 | |
4238 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
4239 | |
4240 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4241 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4242 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4243 | SourceRange R); |
4244 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4245 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4246 | ExprResult |
4247 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4248 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4249 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
4250 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
4251 | |
4252 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
4253 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
4254 | |
4255 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4256 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4257 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4258 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
4259 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
4260 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4261 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
4262 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4263 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4264 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4265 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
4266 | |
4267 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4268 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4269 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
4270 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
4271 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
4272 | Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4273 | Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc); |
4274 | |
4275 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
4276 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
4277 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
4278 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
4279 | // defines a custom operator->). |
4280 | struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { |
4281 | Scope *S; |
4282 | UnqualifiedId &Id; |
4283 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl; |
4284 | }; |
4285 | |
4286 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
4287 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
4288 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4289 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4290 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4291 | const Scope *S, |
4292 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4293 | |
4294 | ExprResult |
4295 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4296 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4297 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4298 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
4299 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
4300 | const Scope *S, |
4301 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
4302 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr); |
4303 | |
4304 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
4305 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4306 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
4307 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
4308 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
4309 | |
4310 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
4311 | |
4312 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
4313 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4314 | const LookupResult &R); |
4315 | |
4316 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
4317 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4318 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4319 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4320 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
4321 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4322 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
4323 | |
4324 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
4325 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4326 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
4327 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4328 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
4329 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
4330 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
4331 | |
4332 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
4333 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
4334 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
4335 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
4336 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
4337 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4338 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
4339 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4340 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
4341 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
4342 | |
4343 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
4344 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
4345 | /// locations. |
4346 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4347 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4348 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
4349 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4350 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
4351 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4352 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, |
4353 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4354 | Expr *Config = nullptr, |
4355 | bool IsExecConfig = false); |
4356 | |
4357 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
4358 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
4359 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
4360 | |
4361 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4362 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
4363 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
4364 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4365 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4366 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4367 | Expr *Op); |
4368 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
4369 | |
4370 | /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
4371 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4372 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
4373 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
4374 | |
4375 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
4376 | |
4377 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4378 | ParsedType Ty, |
4379 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4380 | Expr *InitExpr); |
4381 | |
4382 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4383 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4384 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
4385 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
4386 | |
4387 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
4388 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
4389 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
4390 | |
4391 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
4392 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4393 | bool GNUSyntax, |
4394 | ExprResult Init); |
4395 | |
4396 | private: |
4397 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
4398 | |
4399 | public: |
4400 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
4401 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4402 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4403 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4404 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
4405 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4406 | |
4407 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
4408 | |
4409 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
4410 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
4411 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
4412 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
4413 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
4414 | |
4415 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
4416 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
4417 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
4418 | |
4419 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
4420 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
4421 | SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" |
4422 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
4423 | |
4424 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
4425 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
4426 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
4427 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
4428 | union { |
4429 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
4430 | Expr *E; |
4431 | } U; |
4432 | }; |
4433 | |
4434 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
4435 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4436 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4437 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4438 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4439 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
4440 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4441 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
4442 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
4443 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
4444 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4445 | |
4446 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
4447 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4448 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
4449 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4450 | |
4451 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
4452 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
4453 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4454 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
4455 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
4456 | |
4457 | // __null |
4458 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
4459 | |
4460 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
4461 | |
4462 | /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
4463 | enum IfExistsResult { |
4464 | /// \brief The symbol exists. |
4465 | IER_Exists, |
4466 | |
4467 | /// \brief The symbol does not exist. |
4468 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
4469 | |
4470 | /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
4471 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
4472 | IER_Dependent, |
4473 | |
4474 | /// \brief An error occurred. |
4475 | IER_Error |
4476 | }; |
4477 | |
4478 | IfExistsResult |
4479 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4480 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
4481 | |
4482 | IfExistsResult |
4483 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4484 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4485 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
4486 | |
4487 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4488 | bool IsIfExists, |
4489 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
4490 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4491 | Stmt *Nested); |
4492 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
4493 | bool IsIfExists, |
4494 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4495 | Stmt *Nested); |
4496 | |
4497 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
4498 | |
4499 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
4500 | /// started. |
4501 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4502 | |
4503 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
4504 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
4505 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
4506 | Scope *CurScope); |
4507 | |
4508 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
4509 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
4510 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
4511 | |
4512 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
4513 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
4514 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
4515 | Scope *CurScope); |
4516 | |
4517 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
4518 | |
4519 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
4520 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4521 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4522 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4523 | |
4524 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
4525 | |
4526 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
4527 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
4528 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
4529 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4530 | |
4531 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
4532 | |
4533 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
4534 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
4535 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4536 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4537 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
4538 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
4539 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4540 | UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl); |
4541 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
4542 | |
4543 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
4544 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
4545 | |
4546 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
4547 | |
4548 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
4549 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
4550 | |
4551 | /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
4552 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
4553 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
4554 | |
4555 | /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
4556 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
4557 | /// |
4558 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
4559 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
4560 | |
4561 | /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
4562 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
4563 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
4564 | |
4565 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, |
4566 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4567 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, |
4568 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4569 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4570 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
4571 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4572 | |
4573 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
4574 | |
4575 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
4576 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
4577 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
4578 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
4579 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4580 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
4581 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
4582 | |
4583 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
4584 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
4585 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
4586 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
4587 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
4588 | NamedDecl *Target, |
4589 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
4590 | |
4591 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4592 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4593 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4594 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4595 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
4596 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4597 | bool HasTypename, |
4598 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4599 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
4600 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
4601 | |
4602 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
4603 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4604 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
4605 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4606 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4607 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
4608 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4609 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4610 | bool IsInstantiation); |
4611 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
4612 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
4613 | |
4614 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
4615 | |
4616 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
4617 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
4618 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
4619 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
4620 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
4621 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
4622 | |
4623 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4624 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4625 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4626 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
4627 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4628 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4629 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
4630 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
4631 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, |
4632 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
4633 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
4634 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
4635 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
4636 | AttributeList *AttrList, |
4637 | TypeResult Type, |
4638 | Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
4639 | |
4640 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
4641 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
4642 | /// |
4643 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
4644 | ExprResult |
4645 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4646 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4647 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4648 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4649 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4650 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4651 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4652 | |
4653 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
4654 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
4655 | ExprResult |
4656 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4657 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4658 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
4659 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
4660 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
4661 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
4662 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
4663 | |
4664 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
4665 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
4666 | ExprResult |
4667 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
4668 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
4669 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
4670 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
4671 | bool IsListInitialization, |
4672 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
4673 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
4674 | |
4675 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
4676 | |
4677 | |
4678 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
4679 | /// Return true on error. |
4680 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
4681 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4682 | |
4683 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
4684 | /// the default expr if needed. |
4685 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
4686 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
4687 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
4688 | |
4689 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
4690 | /// constructed variable. |
4691 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
4692 | |
4693 | /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
4694 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
4695 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
4696 | // Pointer to allow copying |
4697 | Sema *Self; |
4698 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
4699 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
4700 | // throw() comes next. |
4701 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
4702 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
4703 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
4704 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
4705 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
4706 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
4707 | |
4708 | void ClearExceptions() { |
4709 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
4710 | Exceptions.clear(); |
4711 | } |
4712 | |
4713 | public: |
4714 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
4715 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
4716 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
4717 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
4718 | } |
4719 | |
4720 | /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. |
4721 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4722 | assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4723, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4723 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result")(static_cast <bool> (ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && \"noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 4723, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4724 | return ComputedEST; |
4725 | } |
4726 | |
4727 | /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4728 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
4729 | |
4730 | /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
4731 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
4732 | |
4733 | /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
4734 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4735 | |
4736 | /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
4737 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E); |
4738 | |
4739 | /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
4740 | /// computed exception specification. |
4741 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
4742 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
4743 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4744 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4745 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
4746 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
4747 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
4748 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
4749 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
4750 | ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept; |
4751 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
4752 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
4753 | } |
4754 | return ESI; |
4755 | } |
4756 | }; |
4757 | |
4758 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4759 | /// copy constructor of a class will have. |
4760 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4761 | ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4762 | CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4763 | |
4764 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4765 | /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter |
4766 | /// will be const. |
4767 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4768 | ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4769 | |
4770 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled |
4771 | /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the |
4772 | /// parameter will be const. |
4773 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4774 | ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4775 | |
4776 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4777 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4778 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4779 | ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4780 | |
4781 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move |
4782 | /// assignment operator of a class will have. |
4783 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4784 | ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4785 | |
4786 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted |
4787 | /// destructor of a class will have. |
4788 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4789 | ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4790 | |
4791 | /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting |
4792 | /// constructor of a class will have. |
4793 | ImplicitExceptionSpecification |
4794 | ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
4795 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
4796 | |
4797 | /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
4798 | /// special member function. |
4799 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
4800 | |
4801 | /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the |
4802 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
4803 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
4804 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4805 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4806 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4807 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
4808 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
4809 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
4810 | |
4811 | /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
4812 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
4813 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
4814 | |
4815 | /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
4816 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
4817 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
4818 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
4819 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
4820 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
4821 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
4822 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
4823 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
4824 | |
4825 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
4826 | |
4827 | /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
4828 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
4829 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
4830 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
4831 | bool Diagnose = false); |
4832 | |
4833 | /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
4834 | /// |
4835 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4836 | /// default constructor will be added. |
4837 | /// |
4838 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
4839 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
4840 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4841 | |
4842 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4843 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
4844 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4845 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4846 | |
4847 | /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
4848 | /// |
4849 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4850 | /// destructor will be added. |
4851 | /// |
4852 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
4853 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4854 | |
4855 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4856 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
4857 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4858 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4859 | |
4860 | /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
4861 | /// |
4862 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
4863 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
4864 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
4865 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
4866 | |
4867 | /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
4868 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
4869 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4870 | |
4871 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
4872 | /// |
4873 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4874 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
4875 | /// |
4876 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
4877 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4878 | |
4879 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4880 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
4881 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4882 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4883 | |
4884 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
4885 | /// |
4886 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4887 | /// move constructor will be added. |
4888 | /// |
4889 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
4890 | /// declared. |
4891 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4892 | |
4893 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
4894 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
4895 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4896 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
4897 | |
4898 | /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
4899 | /// |
4900 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
4901 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
4902 | /// |
4903 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4904 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4905 | |
4906 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
4907 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4908 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4909 | |
4910 | /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
4911 | /// |
4912 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
4913 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
4914 | /// |
4915 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
4916 | /// wasn't declared. |
4917 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
4918 | |
4919 | /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
4920 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
4921 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
4922 | |
4923 | /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
4924 | /// class. |
4925 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
4926 | |
4927 | /// \brief Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
4928 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
4929 | |
4930 | /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
4931 | /// special member function. |
4932 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
4933 | |
4934 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
4935 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
4936 | /// |
4937 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4938 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4939 | |
4940 | /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
4941 | /// member function. |
4942 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4943 | |
4944 | /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
4945 | /// static member function. |
4946 | /// |
4947 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
4948 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
4949 | |
4950 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
4951 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
4952 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
4953 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
4954 | |
4955 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
4956 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
4957 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4958 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
4959 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
4960 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
4961 | |
4962 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4963 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4964 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
4965 | |
4966 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
4967 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
4968 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
4969 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
4970 | bool EnteringContext); |
4971 | |
4972 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
4973 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
4974 | |
4975 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
4976 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
4977 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
4978 | |
4979 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. |
4980 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4981 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4982 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
4983 | Declarator &D, |
4984 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
4985 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
4986 | Expr *E, |
4987 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
4988 | |
4989 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4990 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
4991 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
4992 | Expr *E, |
4993 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
4994 | SourceRange Parens); |
4995 | |
4996 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
4997 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
4998 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
4999 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5000 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5001 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5002 | Expr *Operand, |
5003 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5004 | |
5005 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
5006 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5007 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5008 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5009 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5010 | |
5011 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5012 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5013 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
5014 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5015 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
5016 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
5017 | Expr *Operand, |
5018 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5019 | |
5020 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
5021 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5022 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
5023 | void *TyOrExpr, |
5024 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5025 | |
5026 | /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
5027 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5028 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
5029 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5030 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5031 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
5032 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
5033 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
5034 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5035 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
5036 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
5037 | |
5038 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
5039 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
5040 | |
5041 | /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
5042 | /// |
5043 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
5044 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
5045 | |
5046 | /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
5047 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
5048 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
5049 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
5050 | |
5051 | /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
5052 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
5053 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
5054 | Sema &S; |
5055 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
5056 | bool Enabled; |
5057 | |
5058 | public: |
5059 | /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
5060 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
5061 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
5062 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
5063 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, |
5064 | bool Enabled = true); |
5065 | |
5066 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
5067 | }; |
5068 | |
5069 | /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
5070 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
5071 | /// |
5072 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
5073 | /// |
5074 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
5075 | /// capture list. |
5076 | /// |
5077 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
5078 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
5079 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
5080 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
5081 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
5082 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
5083 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
5084 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
5085 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
5086 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
5087 | bool ByCopy = false); |
5088 | |
5089 | /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
5090 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
5091 | /// being defined. |
5092 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
5093 | |
5094 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
5095 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5096 | |
5097 | |
5098 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
5099 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
5100 | |
5101 | ExprResult |
5102 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
5103 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
5104 | |
5105 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
5106 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
5107 | |
5108 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
5109 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
5110 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
5111 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
5112 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
5113 | |
5114 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
5115 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
5116 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
5117 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
5118 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
5119 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
5120 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5121 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
5122 | bool ListInitialization); |
5123 | |
5124 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
5125 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5126 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
5127 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5128 | bool ListInitialization); |
5129 | |
5130 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
5131 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
5132 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5133 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5134 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5135 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
5136 | Expr *Initializer); |
5137 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
5138 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
5139 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
5140 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
5141 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
5142 | QualType AllocType, |
5143 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
5144 | Expr *ArraySize, |
5145 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
5146 | Expr *Initializer); |
5147 | |
5148 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
5149 | SourceRange R); |
5150 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
5151 | bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
5152 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
5153 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
5154 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
5155 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5156 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
5157 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
5158 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
5159 | |
5160 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
5161 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
5162 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5163 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5164 | bool CanProvideSize, |
5165 | bool Overaligned, |
5166 | DeclarationName Name); |
5167 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5168 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5169 | |
5170 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
5171 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
5172 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
5173 | Expr *Operand); |
5174 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
5175 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
5176 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
5177 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
5178 | |
5179 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
5180 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
5181 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
5182 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5183 | |
5184 | /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
5185 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5186 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
5187 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5188 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5189 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
5190 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5191 | |
5192 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
5193 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5194 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5195 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5196 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
5197 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5198 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5199 | |
5200 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
5201 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5202 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
5203 | Expr *DimExpr, |
5204 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5205 | |
5206 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
5207 | /// pseudo-functions. |
5208 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5209 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5210 | Expr *Queried, |
5211 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5212 | |
5213 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
5214 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
5215 | Expr *Queried, |
5216 | SourceLocation RParen); |
5217 | |
5218 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
5219 | Expr *Base, |
5220 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5221 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5222 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
5223 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
5224 | |
5225 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
5226 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5227 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5228 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5229 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
5230 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5231 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5232 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
5233 | |
5234 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5235 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5236 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5237 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5238 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
5239 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5240 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5241 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
5242 | |
5243 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
5244 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
5245 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
5246 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
5247 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
5248 | |
5249 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
5250 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
5251 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
5252 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
5253 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
5254 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
5255 | |
5256 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
5257 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
5258 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
5259 | |
5260 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { |
5261 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() |
5262 | : SourceLocation()); |
5263 | } |
5264 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
5265 | bool DiscardedValue = false, |
5266 | bool IsConstexpr = false, |
5267 | bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false); |
5268 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
5269 | |
5270 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
5271 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
5272 | |
5273 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
5274 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5275 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
5276 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5277 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5278 | |
5279 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
5280 | /// |
5281 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5282 | /// |
5283 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5284 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5285 | /// |
5286 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5287 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5288 | |
5289 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
5290 | /// |
5291 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
5292 | /// |
5293 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
5294 | /// |
5295 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
5296 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
5297 | /// |
5298 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5299 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
5300 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5301 | |
5302 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
5303 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
5304 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
5305 | |
5306 | /// \brief Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
5307 | /// |
5308 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
5309 | /// \brief The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
5310 | /// a member access expression. |
5311 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
5312 | |
5313 | /// \brief The identifier preceding the '::'. |
5314 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
5315 | |
5316 | /// \brief The location of the identifier. |
5317 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
5318 | |
5319 | /// \brief The location of the '::'. |
5320 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
5321 | |
5322 | /// \brief Creates info object for the most typical case. |
5323 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5324 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
5325 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
5326 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5327 | } |
5328 | |
5329 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5330 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
5331 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
5332 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
5333 | } |
5334 | }; |
5335 | |
5336 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5337 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
5338 | |
5339 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5340 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5341 | bool EnteringContext, |
5342 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5343 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
5344 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
5345 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5346 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5347 | |
5348 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
5349 | /// |
5350 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5351 | /// |
5352 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
5353 | /// nested-name-spec. |
5354 | /// |
5355 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
5356 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
5357 | /// |
5358 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5359 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5360 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5361 | /// including this new type). |
5362 | /// |
5363 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
5364 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
5365 | /// |
5366 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
5367 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
5368 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
5369 | /// |
5370 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
5371 | /// |
5372 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5373 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5374 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5375 | bool EnteringContext, |
5376 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5377 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
5378 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
5379 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
5380 | |
5381 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
5382 | |
5383 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5384 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5385 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
5386 | |
5387 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5388 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
5389 | bool EnteringContext); |
5390 | |
5391 | /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
5392 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
5393 | /// |
5394 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
5395 | /// |
5396 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
5397 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
5398 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
5399 | /// including this new type). |
5400 | /// |
5401 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
5402 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
5403 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
5404 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
5405 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
5406 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
5407 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
5408 | /// |
5409 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
5410 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5411 | /// |
5412 | /// |
5413 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
5414 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
5415 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5416 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
5417 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
5418 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
5419 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
5420 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
5421 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
5422 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
5423 | bool EnteringContext); |
5424 | |
5425 | /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
5426 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
5427 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
5428 | /// |
5429 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
5430 | /// |
5431 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
5432 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
5433 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5434 | |
5435 | /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
5436 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
5437 | /// |
5438 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
5439 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
5440 | /// |
5441 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
5442 | /// |
5443 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
5444 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
5445 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
5446 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
5447 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5448 | |
5449 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5450 | |
5451 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
5452 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
5453 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
5454 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
5455 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
5456 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
5457 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5458 | |
5459 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
5460 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
5461 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
5462 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
5463 | /// defining scope. |
5464 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
5465 | |
5466 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
5467 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5468 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
5469 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
5470 | /// class X. |
5471 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5472 | |
5473 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
5474 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
5475 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
5476 | |
5477 | /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. |
5478 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5479 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
5480 | bool KnownDependent, |
5481 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
5482 | |
5483 | /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
5484 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5485 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5486 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
5487 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5488 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
5489 | bool IsConstexprSpecified); |
5490 | |
5491 | /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
5492 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
5493 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
5494 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
5495 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
5496 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
5497 | bool ExplicitParams, |
5498 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
5499 | bool Mutable); |
5500 | |
5501 | /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
5502 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
5503 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
5504 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5505 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5506 | LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
5507 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
5508 | Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
5509 | } |
5510 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, |
5511 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5512 | bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init); |
5513 | |
5514 | /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
5515 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
5516 | /// |
5517 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
5518 | /// variables appropriately. |
5519 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
5520 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
5521 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
5522 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
5523 | |
5524 | /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture. |
5525 | FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
5526 | |
5527 | /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
5528 | /// given lambda. |
5529 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5530 | |
5531 | /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
5532 | void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
5533 | |
5534 | /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
5535 | /// statements present in the body. |
5536 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
5537 | |
5538 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
5539 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
5540 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
5541 | /// lambda. |
5542 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
5543 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
5544 | |
5545 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
5546 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
5547 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
5548 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
5549 | |
5550 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
5551 | /// was successfully completed. |
5552 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
5553 | Scope *CurScope); |
5554 | |
5555 | /// \brief Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
5556 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From); |
5557 | |
5558 | /// \brief Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. |
5559 | void DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo::Capture &From); |
5560 | |
5561 | /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
5562 | /// lambda body. |
5563 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
5564 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
5565 | |
5566 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
5567 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
5568 | QualType |
5569 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType); |
5570 | |
5571 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5572 | /// function pointer. |
5573 | /// |
5574 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5575 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5576 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5577 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5578 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
5579 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5580 | |
5581 | /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
5582 | /// block pointer. |
5583 | /// |
5584 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
5585 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
5586 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
5587 | /// block pointer conversion. |
5588 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
5589 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
5590 | |
5591 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
5592 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
5593 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
5594 | Expr *Src); |
5595 | |
5596 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
5597 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
5598 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
5599 | |
5600 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
5601 | |
5602 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5603 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
5604 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
5605 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
5606 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
5607 | bool Value); |
5608 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
5609 | |
5610 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
5611 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
5612 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
5613 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
5614 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
5615 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
5616 | |
5617 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
5618 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
5619 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
5620 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
5621 | |
5622 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
5623 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
5624 | |
5625 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5626 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
5627 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5628 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
5629 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
5630 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
5631 | |
5632 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5633 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
5634 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5635 | ParsedType Ty, |
5636 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5637 | |
5638 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
5639 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
5640 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5641 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
5642 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5643 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5644 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
5645 | |
5646 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
5647 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
5648 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
5649 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
5650 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5651 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
5652 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5653 | |
5654 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5655 | // C++ Declarations |
5656 | // |
5657 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5658 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
5659 | Expr *LangStr, |
5660 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
5661 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
5662 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
5663 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
5664 | |
5665 | |
5666 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5667 | // C++ Classes |
5668 | // |
5669 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
5670 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
5671 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
5672 | |
5673 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, |
5674 | SourceLocation ASLoc, |
5675 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5676 | AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr); |
5677 | |
5678 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
5679 | Declarator &D, |
5680 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
5681 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
5682 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
5683 | |
5684 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
5685 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
5686 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
5687 | Expr *Init); |
5688 | |
5689 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5690 | Scope *S, |
5691 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5692 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5693 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5694 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5695 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5696 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5697 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
5698 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5699 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5700 | |
5701 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5702 | Scope *S, |
5703 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5704 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5705 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5706 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5707 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5708 | Expr *InitList, |
5709 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5710 | |
5711 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
5712 | Scope *S, |
5713 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
5714 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
5715 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
5716 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
5717 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
5718 | Expr *Init, |
5719 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5720 | |
5721 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
5722 | Expr *Init, |
5723 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
5724 | |
5725 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
5726 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
5727 | Expr *Init, |
5728 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
5729 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5730 | |
5731 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5732 | Expr *Init, |
5733 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5734 | |
5735 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
5736 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
5737 | |
5738 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
5739 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
5740 | |
5741 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
5742 | |
5743 | |
5744 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
5745 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
5746 | /// referenced. |
5747 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5748 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5749 | |
5750 | /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5751 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
5752 | /// first use occurred. |
5753 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
5754 | |
5755 | /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
5756 | /// materialized. |
5757 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
5758 | |
5759 | /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
5760 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
5761 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
5762 | /// by code generation). |
5763 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
5764 | |
5765 | /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
5766 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
5767 | |
5768 | /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
5769 | /// given location. |
5770 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5771 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
5772 | |
5773 | /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
5774 | /// in the given class as needed. |
5775 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
5776 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5777 | |
5778 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
5779 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
5780 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
5781 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
5782 | |
5783 | /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
5784 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
5785 | /// vtables. |
5786 | /// |
5787 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
5788 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
5789 | |
5790 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
5791 | |
5792 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
5793 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
5794 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
5795 | bool AnyErrors); |
5796 | |
5797 | /// \brief Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
5798 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
5799 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
5800 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
5801 | |
5802 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
5803 | |
5804 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
5805 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
5806 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
5807 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
5808 | |
5809 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
5810 | |
5811 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
5812 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
5813 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
5814 | |
5815 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5816 | Decl *TagDecl, |
5817 | SourceLocation LBrac, |
5818 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
5819 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
5820 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
5821 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D); |
5822 | |
5823 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
5824 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); |
5825 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5826 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5827 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
5828 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
5829 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
5830 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
5831 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
5832 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
5833 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
5834 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
5835 | |
5836 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5837 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5838 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
5839 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
5840 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
5841 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
5842 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
5843 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5844 | bool Failed); |
5845 | |
5846 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
5847 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
5848 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
5849 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
5850 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5851 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
5852 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
5853 | |
5854 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5855 | StorageClass& SC); |
5856 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
5857 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
5858 | StorageClass& SC); |
5859 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
5860 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5861 | StorageClass& SC); |
5862 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
5863 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
5864 | StorageClass &SC); |
5865 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
5866 | |
5867 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
5868 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
5869 | const FunctionProtoType *T); |
5870 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
5871 | |
5872 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5873 | // C++ Derived Classes |
5874 | // |
5875 | |
5876 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
5877 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5878 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5879 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5880 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
5881 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5882 | |
5883 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
5884 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
5885 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
5886 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
5887 | ParsedType basetype, |
5888 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
5889 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
5890 | |
5891 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
5892 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5893 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
5894 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
5895 | |
5896 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
5897 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5898 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5899 | |
5900 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
5901 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
5902 | |
5903 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5904 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5905 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
5906 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5907 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
5908 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
5909 | unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, |
5910 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
5911 | DeclarationName Name, |
5912 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
5913 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
5914 | |
5915 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
5916 | |
5917 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5918 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5919 | |
5920 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
5921 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
5922 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5923 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5924 | |
5925 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
5926 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
5927 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5928 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5929 | |
5930 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
5931 | |
5932 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
5933 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5934 | |
5935 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
5936 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
5937 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
5938 | |
5939 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
5940 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
5941 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
5942 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
5943 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
5944 | |
5945 | |
5946 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
5947 | // C++ Access Control |
5948 | // |
5949 | |
5950 | enum AccessResult { |
5951 | AR_accessible, |
5952 | AR_inaccessible, |
5953 | AR_dependent, |
5954 | AR_delayed |
5955 | }; |
5956 | |
5957 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
5958 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
5959 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
5960 | |
5961 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
5962 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5963 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
5964 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5965 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
5966 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
5967 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5968 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5969 | bool Diagnose = true); |
5970 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5971 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5972 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5973 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5974 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
5975 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5976 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
5977 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
5978 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
5979 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
5980 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5981 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
5982 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
5983 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
5984 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
5985 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
5986 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
5987 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
5988 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
5989 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
5990 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
5991 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5992 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
5993 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
5994 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
5995 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
5996 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
5997 | unsigned DiagID, |
5998 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
5999 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
6000 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
6001 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); |
6002 | bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, |
6003 | AccessSpecifier access, |
6004 | QualType objectType); |
6005 | |
6006 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
6007 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6008 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
6009 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6010 | |
6011 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
6012 | |
6013 | /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
6014 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
6015 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
6016 | |
6017 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
6018 | AbstractNone = -1, |
6019 | AbstractReturnType, |
6020 | AbstractParamType, |
6021 | AbstractVariableType, |
6022 | AbstractFieldType, |
6023 | AbstractIvarType, |
6024 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
6025 | AbstractArrayType |
6026 | }; |
6027 | |
6028 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
6029 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
6030 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
6031 | template <typename... Ts> |
6032 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
6033 | const Ts &...Args) { |
6034 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
6035 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
6036 | } |
6037 | |
6038 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
6039 | |
6040 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6041 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
6042 | // |
6043 | |
6044 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6045 | |
6046 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
6047 | |
6048 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6049 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
6050 | // |
6051 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6052 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6053 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
6054 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); |
6055 | |
6056 | void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6057 | QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6058 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6059 | |
6060 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
6061 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6062 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
6063 | UnqualifiedId &Name, |
6064 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
6065 | bool EnteringContext, |
6066 | TemplateTy &Template, |
6067 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); |
6068 | |
6069 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
6070 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
6071 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
6072 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6073 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
6074 | |
6075 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6076 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
6077 | Scope *S, |
6078 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
6079 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
6080 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
6081 | |
6082 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
6083 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
6084 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
6085 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
6086 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
6087 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
6088 | bool Complain = true); |
6089 | |
6090 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
6091 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
6092 | |
6093 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
6094 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6095 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
6096 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6097 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6098 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
6099 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6100 | ParsedType DefaultArg); |
6101 | |
6102 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
6103 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6104 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
6105 | |
6106 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
6107 | unsigned Depth, |
6108 | unsigned Position, |
6109 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6110 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
6111 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
6112 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
6113 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6114 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6115 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
6116 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
6117 | unsigned Depth, |
6118 | unsigned Position, |
6119 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
6120 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
6121 | |
6122 | TemplateParameterList * |
6123 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
6124 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
6125 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6126 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6127 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
6128 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6129 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
6130 | |
6131 | /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
6132 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
6133 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
6134 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
6135 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
6136 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
6137 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
6138 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
6139 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
6140 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
6141 | }; |
6142 | |
6143 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
6144 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
6145 | TemplateParamListContext TPC); |
6146 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
6147 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
6148 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
6149 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
6150 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid); |
6151 | |
6152 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6153 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6154 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6155 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6156 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6157 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
6158 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6159 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
6160 | unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
6161 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
6162 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6163 | |
6164 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6165 | QualType NTTPType, |
6166 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6167 | |
6168 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
6169 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
6170 | |
6171 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
6172 | |
6173 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
6174 | |
6175 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
6176 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6177 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6178 | |
6179 | TypeResult |
6180 | ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6181 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6182 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6183 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6184 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6185 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6186 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
6187 | bool IsClassName = false); |
6188 | |
6189 | /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
6190 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
6191 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
6192 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
6193 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
6194 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6195 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6196 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
6197 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6198 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6199 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
6200 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6201 | |
6202 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
6203 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
6204 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
6205 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
6206 | |
6207 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6208 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6209 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6210 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
6211 | |
6212 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6213 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6214 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
6215 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6216 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6217 | |
6218 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6219 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6220 | LookupResult &R, |
6221 | bool RequiresADL, |
6222 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6223 | |
6224 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6225 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6226 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6227 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
6228 | |
6229 | TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName( |
6230 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
6231 | UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
6232 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
6233 | |
6234 | DeclResult |
6235 | ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
6236 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6237 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
6238 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, |
6239 | AttributeList *Attr, |
6240 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6241 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
6242 | |
6243 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
6244 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
6245 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
6246 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
6247 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6248 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6249 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
6250 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
6251 | |
6252 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
6253 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
6254 | Declarator &D); |
6255 | |
6256 | bool |
6257 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
6258 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
6259 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
6260 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
6261 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
6262 | bool &SuppressNew); |
6263 | |
6264 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6265 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6266 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6267 | |
6268 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
6269 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6270 | LookupResult &Previous); |
6271 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6272 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
6273 | |
6274 | DeclResult |
6275 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6276 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6277 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6278 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6279 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6280 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6281 | TemplateTy Template, |
6282 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
6283 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6284 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6285 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6286 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6287 | |
6288 | DeclResult |
6289 | ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6290 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6291 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6292 | unsigned TagSpec, |
6293 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
6294 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6295 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
6296 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
6297 | AttributeList *Attr); |
6298 | |
6299 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
6300 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
6301 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6302 | Declarator &D); |
6303 | |
6304 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
6305 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6306 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6307 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6308 | Decl *Param, |
6309 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
6310 | &Converted, |
6311 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
6312 | |
6313 | /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template |
6314 | /// argument is being checked. |
6315 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
6316 | /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was |
6317 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
6318 | CTAK_Specified, |
6319 | |
6320 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument |
6321 | /// deduction. |
6322 | CTAK_Deduced, |
6323 | |
6324 | /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
6325 | /// via template argument deduction. |
6326 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
6327 | }; |
6328 | |
6329 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
6330 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6331 | NamedDecl *Template, |
6332 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6333 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
6334 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
6335 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6336 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6337 | |
6338 | /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
6339 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
6340 | /// |
6341 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
6342 | /// provided. |
6343 | /// |
6344 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
6345 | /// |
6346 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
6347 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
6348 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
6349 | /// arguments. |
6350 | /// |
6351 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
6352 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
6353 | /// set of template arguments. |
6354 | /// |
6355 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
6356 | /// arguments. |
6357 | /// |
6358 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
6359 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
6360 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
6361 | /// |
6362 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6363 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
6364 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6365 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
6366 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
6367 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
6368 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true); |
6369 | |
6370 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6371 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6372 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
6373 | |
6374 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
6375 | TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
6376 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6377 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
6378 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
6379 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
6380 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
6381 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
6382 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); |
6383 | |
6384 | ExprResult |
6385 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6386 | QualType ParamType, |
6387 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6388 | ExprResult |
6389 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
6390 | SourceLocation Loc); |
6391 | |
6392 | /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
6393 | /// for equality. |
6394 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
6395 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
6396 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
6397 | /// |
6398 | /// \code |
6399 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6400 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
6401 | /// \endcode |
6402 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
6403 | |
6404 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
6405 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
6406 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
6407 | /// |
6408 | /// \code |
6409 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
6410 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
6411 | /// \endcode |
6412 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
6413 | |
6414 | /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
6415 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
6416 | /// template parameter. |
6417 | /// |
6418 | /// \code |
6419 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
6420 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
6421 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
6422 | /// \endcode |
6423 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
6424 | }; |
6425 | |
6426 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
6427 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
6428 | bool Complain, |
6429 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
6430 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
6431 | = SourceLocation()); |
6432 | |
6433 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
6434 | |
6435 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6436 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
6437 | /// |
6438 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6439 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6440 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6441 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
6442 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
6443 | TypeResult |
6444 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6445 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6446 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
6447 | |
6448 | /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
6449 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
6450 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
6451 | /// |
6452 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
6453 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
6454 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
6455 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
6456 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
6457 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
6458 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
6459 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
6460 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
6461 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
6462 | TypeResult |
6463 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
6464 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6465 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
6466 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
6467 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
6468 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
6469 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
6470 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
6471 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
6472 | |
6473 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
6474 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
6475 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
6476 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
6477 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
6478 | |
6479 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6480 | SourceLocation Loc, |
6481 | DeclarationName Name); |
6482 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
6483 | |
6484 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
6485 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
6486 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
6487 | |
6488 | std::string |
6489 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6490 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
6491 | |
6492 | std::string |
6493 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
6494 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
6495 | unsigned NumArgs); |
6496 | |
6497 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6498 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
6499 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6500 | |
6501 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
6502 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
6503 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
6504 | |
6505 | /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
6506 | /// being diagnosed. |
6507 | /// |
6508 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
6509 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
6510 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
6511 | /// \brief An arbitrary expression. |
6512 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
6513 | |
6514 | /// \brief The base type of a class type. |
6515 | UPPC_BaseType, |
6516 | |
6517 | /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
6518 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
6519 | |
6520 | /// \brief The type of a data member. |
6521 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
6522 | |
6523 | /// \brief The size of a bit-field. |
6524 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
6525 | |
6526 | /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. |
6527 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
6528 | |
6529 | /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
6530 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
6531 | |
6532 | /// \brief The enumerator value. |
6533 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
6534 | |
6535 | /// \brief A using declaration. |
6536 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
6537 | |
6538 | /// \brief A friend declaration. |
6539 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
6540 | |
6541 | /// \brief A declaration qualifier. |
6542 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
6543 | |
6544 | /// \brief An initializer. |
6545 | UPPC_Initializer, |
6546 | |
6547 | /// \brief A default argument. |
6548 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
6549 | |
6550 | /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. |
6551 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
6552 | |
6553 | /// \brief The type of an exception. |
6554 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
6555 | |
6556 | /// \brief Partial specialization. |
6557 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
6558 | |
6559 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. |
6560 | UPPC_IfExists, |
6561 | |
6562 | /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
6563 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
6564 | |
6565 | /// \brief Lambda expression. |
6566 | UPPC_Lambda, |
6567 | |
6568 | /// \brief Block expression, |
6569 | UPPC_Block |
6570 | }; |
6571 | |
6572 | /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
6573 | /// |
6574 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
6575 | /// |
6576 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
6577 | /// parameter packs. |
6578 | /// |
6579 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
6580 | /// |
6581 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6582 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
6583 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
6584 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
6585 | |
6586 | /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6587 | /// diagnose the error. |
6588 | /// |
6589 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
6590 | /// |
6591 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
6592 | /// packs. |
6593 | /// |
6594 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6595 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
6596 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6597 | |
6598 | /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
6599 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6600 | /// |
6601 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
6602 | /// parameter packs. |
6603 | /// |
6604 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6605 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
6606 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
6607 | |
6608 | /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
6609 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
6610 | /// |
6611 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
6612 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6613 | /// |
6614 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6615 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
6616 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6617 | |
6618 | /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6619 | /// diagnose the error. |
6620 | /// |
6621 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
6622 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
6623 | /// |
6624 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6625 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6626 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6627 | |
6628 | /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
6629 | /// diagnose the error. |
6630 | /// |
6631 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
6632 | /// |
6633 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
6634 | /// parameter packs. |
6635 | /// |
6636 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6637 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
6638 | TemplateName Template, |
6639 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6640 | |
6641 | /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
6642 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
6643 | /// |
6644 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
6645 | /// parameter packs. |
6646 | /// |
6647 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
6648 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6649 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
6650 | |
6651 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6652 | /// template argument. |
6653 | /// |
6654 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6655 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6656 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
6657 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6658 | |
6659 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6660 | /// template argument. |
6661 | /// |
6662 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
6663 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6664 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
6665 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6666 | |
6667 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6668 | /// type. |
6669 | /// |
6670 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
6671 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6672 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
6673 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6674 | |
6675 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6676 | /// type. |
6677 | /// |
6678 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
6679 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6680 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
6681 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6682 | |
6683 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6684 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
6685 | /// |
6686 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
6687 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6688 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
6689 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6690 | |
6691 | /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
6692 | /// name. |
6693 | /// |
6694 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
6695 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
6696 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
6697 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
6698 | |
6699 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
6700 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
6701 | /// |
6702 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
6703 | /// may already be invalid. |
6704 | /// |
6705 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6706 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
6707 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6708 | |
6709 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
6710 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6711 | /// |
6712 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6713 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6714 | /// |
6715 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6716 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6717 | |
6718 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6719 | /// expansion. |
6720 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
6721 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6722 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6723 | |
6724 | /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
6725 | /// expansion. |
6726 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
6727 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6728 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6729 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6730 | |
6731 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6732 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6733 | /// |
6734 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6735 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6736 | /// |
6737 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6738 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
6739 | |
6740 | /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
6741 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
6742 | /// |
6743 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
6744 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
6745 | /// |
6746 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
6747 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6748 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
6749 | |
6750 | /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
6751 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
6752 | /// transforming the pattern. |
6753 | /// |
6754 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
6755 | /// pack expansion. |
6756 | /// |
6757 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
6758 | /// the pack expansion. |
6759 | /// |
6760 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
6761 | /// pattern. |
6762 | /// |
6763 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
6764 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
6765 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
6766 | /// |
6767 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
6768 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
6769 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
6770 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
6771 | /// |
6772 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
6773 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
6774 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
6775 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
6776 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
6777 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
6778 | /// set this value in other cases. |
6779 | /// |
6780 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
6781 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
6782 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
6783 | /// must be set. |
6784 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
6785 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
6786 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
6787 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6788 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
6789 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
6790 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
6791 | |
6792 | /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
6793 | /// type. |
6794 | /// |
6795 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
6796 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
6797 | /// |
6798 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
6799 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
6800 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
6801 | |
6802 | /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
6803 | /// parameter packs. |
6804 | /// |
6805 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
6806 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
6807 | /// |
6808 | /// \code |
6809 | /// void f(T...); |
6810 | /// \endcode |
6811 | /// |
6812 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
6813 | /// a variadic function. |
6814 | /// |
6815 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
6816 | /// false otherwise. |
6817 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
6818 | |
6819 | /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
6820 | /// |
6821 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
6822 | /// |
6823 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
6824 | /// |
6825 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
6826 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
6827 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
6828 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
6829 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
6830 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
6831 | |
6832 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
6833 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
6834 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
6835 | /// |
6836 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
6837 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
6838 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
6839 | |
6840 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6841 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
6842 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
6843 | |
6844 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
6845 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
6846 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
6847 | /// types. |
6848 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
6849 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
6850 | |
6851 | /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
6852 | /// |
6853 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
6854 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
6855 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
6856 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
6857 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
6858 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
6859 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
6860 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
6861 | /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. |
6862 | TDK_Success = 0, |
6863 | /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
6864 | TDK_Invalid, |
6865 | /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
6866 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
6867 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
6868 | /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
6869 | /// for every template parameter. |
6870 | TDK_Incomplete, |
6871 | /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
6872 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
6873 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
6874 | /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
6875 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
6876 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
6877 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
6878 | TDK_Underqualified, |
6879 | /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
6880 | /// resulted in an error. |
6881 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
6882 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
6883 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
6884 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
6885 | /// \brief After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
6886 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
6887 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
6888 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
6889 | /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
6890 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
6891 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
6892 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6893 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
6894 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
6895 | /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function |
6896 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
6897 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
6898 | /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
6899 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
6900 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
6901 | /// \brief Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
6902 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
6903 | /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
6904 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
6905 | /// \brief CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
6906 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
6907 | }; |
6908 | |
6909 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6910 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6911 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6912 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6913 | |
6914 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6915 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
6916 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
6917 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6918 | |
6919 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
6920 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6921 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6922 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6923 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
6924 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6925 | |
6926 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
6927 | // deduction for a call. |
6928 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
6929 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
6930 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
6931 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
6932 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
6933 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
6934 | |
6935 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
6936 | bool DecomposedParam; |
6937 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
6938 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
6939 | }; |
6940 | |
6941 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
6942 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6943 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
6944 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6945 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6946 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
6947 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
6948 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
6949 | |
6950 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
6951 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6952 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6953 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6954 | bool PartialOverloading, |
6955 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
6956 | |
6957 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6958 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6959 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6960 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
6961 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6962 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6963 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6964 | |
6965 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6966 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6967 | QualType ToType, |
6968 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
6969 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
6970 | |
6971 | TemplateDeductionResult |
6972 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
6973 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
6974 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
6975 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
6976 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
6977 | |
6978 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
6979 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6980 | /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
6981 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
6982 | QualType Replacement); |
6983 | /// \brief Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
6984 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
6985 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
6986 | |
6987 | /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
6988 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
6989 | DAR_Succeeded, |
6990 | DAR_Failed, |
6991 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
6992 | }; |
6993 | |
6994 | DeduceAutoResult |
6995 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
6996 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
6997 | DeduceAutoResult |
6998 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
6999 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None); |
7000 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
7001 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
7002 | bool Diagnose = true); |
7003 | |
7004 | /// \brief Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
7005 | /// not already done so. |
7006 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
7007 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7008 | |
7009 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
7010 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
7011 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
7012 | |
7013 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
7014 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
7015 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
7016 | Expr *Init); |
7017 | |
7018 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
7019 | |
7020 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
7021 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
7022 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
7023 | |
7024 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, |
7025 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, |
7026 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7027 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, |
7028 | unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
7029 | unsigned NumCallArguments2); |
7030 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
7031 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
7032 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
7033 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7034 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
7035 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
7036 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
7037 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
7038 | |
7039 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
7040 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7041 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7042 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
7043 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7044 | |
7045 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7046 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7047 | |
7048 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
7049 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
7050 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
7051 | |
7052 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
7053 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
7054 | |
7055 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
7056 | TemplateParameterList *P, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
7057 | |
7058 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7059 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
7060 | unsigned Depth, |
7061 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
7062 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
7063 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7064 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
7065 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
7066 | } |
7067 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
7068 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7069 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
7070 | |
7071 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
7072 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
7073 | // |
7074 | |
7075 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
7076 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
7077 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
7078 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
7079 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
7080 | |
7081 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
7082 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
7083 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
7084 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
7085 | /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
7086 | enum SynthesisKind { |
7087 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
7088 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
7089 | TemplateInstantiation, |
7090 | |
7091 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
7092 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
7093 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
7094 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
7095 | /// specified. |
7096 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
7097 | |
7098 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
7099 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
7100 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
7101 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
7102 | |
7103 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
7104 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
7105 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7106 | |
7107 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
7108 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
7109 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
7110 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
7111 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
7112 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7113 | |
7114 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
7115 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
7116 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
7117 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
7118 | |
7119 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
7120 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
7121 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
7122 | |
7123 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
7124 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
7125 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
7126 | |
7127 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
7128 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
7129 | |
7130 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
7131 | /// member). |
7132 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
7133 | |
7134 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
7135 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
7136 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
7137 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
7138 | Memoization |
7139 | } Kind; |
7140 | |
7141 | /// \brief Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
7142 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7143 | |
7144 | /// \brief The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
7145 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
7146 | |
7147 | /// \brief The entity that is being synthesized. |
7148 | Decl *Entity; |
7149 | |
7150 | /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
7151 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
7152 | /// arguments. |
7153 | NamedDecl *Template; |
7154 | |
7155 | /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
7156 | /// are not part of the entity. |
7157 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
7158 | |
7159 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
7160 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
7161 | union { |
7162 | /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
7163 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
7164 | |
7165 | /// \brief The special member being declared or defined. |
7166 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
7167 | }; |
7168 | |
7169 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
7170 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember)(static_cast <bool> (Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7170, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7171 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
7172 | } |
7173 | |
7174 | /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the |
7175 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
7176 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
7177 | |
7178 | /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause |
7179 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
7180 | /// template instantiation. |
7181 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
7182 | |
7183 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
7184 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Entity(nullptr), Template(nullptr), |
7185 | TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
7186 | |
7187 | /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
7188 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
7189 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
7190 | }; |
7191 | |
7192 | /// \brief List of active code synthesis contexts. |
7193 | /// |
7194 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
7195 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
7196 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
7197 | |
7198 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
7199 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
7200 | |
7201 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
7202 | /// by some template instantiation. |
7203 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
7204 | |
7205 | /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
7206 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
7207 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
7208 | |
7209 | /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
7210 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
7211 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
7212 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
7213 | |
7214 | /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
7215 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
7216 | /// template defined within it. |
7217 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
7218 | |
7219 | /// \brief Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
7220 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
7221 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
7222 | |
7223 | /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
7224 | /// template instantiation. |
7225 | /// |
7226 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
7227 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
7228 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7229 | |
7230 | /// \brief The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
7231 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
7232 | /// instantiation depth. |
7233 | /// |
7234 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
7235 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
7236 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
7237 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
7238 | |
7239 | /// \brief The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
7240 | /// error or warning was produced. |
7241 | /// |
7242 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
7243 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
7244 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
7245 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
7246 | |
7247 | /// \brief The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
7248 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
7249 | /// |
7250 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
7251 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
7252 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
7253 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
7254 | |
7255 | /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
7256 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
7257 | /// |
7258 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
7259 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
7260 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
7261 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
7262 | |
7263 | /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
7264 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
7265 | /// |
7266 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
7267 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
7268 | Sema &Self; |
7269 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7270 | |
7271 | public: |
7272 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
7273 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
7274 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
7275 | } |
7276 | |
7277 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
7278 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
7279 | } |
7280 | }; |
7281 | |
7282 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
7283 | |
7284 | /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
7285 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
7286 | /// deduction. |
7287 | /// |
7288 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
7289 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
7290 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
7291 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
7292 | |
7293 | /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template |
7294 | /// instantiation. |
7295 | /// |
7296 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
7297 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
7298 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
7299 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
7300 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
7301 | /// |
7302 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
7303 | /// the stack. |
7304 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
7305 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
7306 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
7307 | /// or a member thereof. |
7308 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7309 | Decl *Entity, |
7310 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7311 | |
7312 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
7313 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
7314 | /// of a function template. |
7315 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7316 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
7317 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7318 | |
7319 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
7320 | /// template-id. |
7321 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7322 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
7323 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7324 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7325 | |
7326 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
7327 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
7328 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7329 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
7330 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7331 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7332 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7333 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7334 | |
7335 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7336 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
7337 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7338 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7339 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7340 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7341 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7342 | |
7343 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7344 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
7345 | /// specialization. |
7346 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7347 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7348 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7349 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7350 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7351 | |
7352 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
7353 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
7354 | /// specialization. |
7355 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7356 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
7357 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7358 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
7359 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7360 | |
7361 | /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
7362 | /// parameter. |
7363 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7364 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
7365 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7366 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
7367 | |
7368 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7369 | /// non-type parameter. |
7370 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7371 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7372 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7373 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7374 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7375 | |
7376 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
7377 | /// template template parameter. |
7378 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7379 | NamedDecl *Template, |
7380 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
7381 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7382 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7383 | |
7384 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument |
7385 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
7386 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7387 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
7388 | NamedDecl *Param, |
7389 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
7390 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7391 | |
7392 | |
7393 | /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
7394 | void Clear(); |
7395 | |
7396 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
7397 | |
7398 | /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
7399 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
7400 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
7401 | |
7402 | /// \brief Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
7403 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
7404 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
7405 | |
7406 | private: |
7407 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7408 | bool Invalid; |
7409 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
7410 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7411 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
7412 | |
7413 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
7414 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
7415 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
7416 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
7417 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
7418 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
7419 | |
7420 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7421 | |
7422 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
7423 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
7424 | }; |
7425 | |
7426 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
7427 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
7428 | |
7429 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
7430 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
7431 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
7432 | } |
7433 | |
7434 | void PrintContextStack() { |
7435 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
7436 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
7437 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7438 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
7439 | } |
7440 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
7441 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7442 | } |
7443 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
7444 | |
7445 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
7446 | |
7447 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
7448 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
7449 | /// errors. |
7450 | /// |
7451 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
7452 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
7453 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
7454 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
7455 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
7456 | |
7457 | /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
7458 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
7459 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
7460 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7461, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7461 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context")(static_cast <bool> (!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && "Must be in an expression evaluation context") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && \"Must be in an expression evaluation context\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7461, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7462 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
7463 | } |
7464 | |
7465 | /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
7466 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
7467 | /// deduction. |
7468 | class SFINAETrap { |
7469 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7470 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7471 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7472 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7473 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
7474 | |
7475 | public: |
7476 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
7477 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
7478 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
7479 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
7480 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
7481 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7482 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
7483 | { |
7484 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
7485 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
7486 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7487 | } |
7488 | |
7489 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
7490 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7491 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
7492 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
7493 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
7494 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
7495 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
7496 | } |
7497 | |
7498 | /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
7499 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
7500 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
7501 | } |
7502 | }; |
7503 | |
7504 | /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
7505 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
7506 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
7507 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
7508 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
7509 | Sema &SemaRef; |
7510 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
7511 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
7512 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7513 | public: |
7514 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
7515 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
7516 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
7517 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
7518 | } |
7519 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
7520 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
7521 | } |
7522 | }; |
7523 | |
7524 | /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local |
7525 | /// variables. |
7526 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
7527 | |
7528 | /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
7529 | /// disabled. |
7530 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
7531 | |
7532 | /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
7533 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
7534 | |
7535 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
7536 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
7537 | |
7538 | /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
7539 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
7540 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
7541 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
7542 | |
7543 | /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
7544 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
7545 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
7546 | |
7547 | /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
7548 | /// |
7549 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
7550 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
7551 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
7552 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
7553 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
7554 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
7555 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
7556 | |
7557 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7558 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
7559 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
7560 | |
7561 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7562 | public: |
7563 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
7564 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
7565 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7566 | |
7567 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
7568 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
7569 | } |
7570 | |
7571 | void perform() { |
7572 | if (Enabled) { |
7573 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
7574 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
7575 | } |
7576 | } |
7577 | |
7578 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7579 | if (!Enabled) return; |
7580 | |
7581 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
7582 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7583, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7583 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.VTableUses.empty() && "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.VTableUses.empty() && \"VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7583, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7584 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
7585 | |
7586 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
7587 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7588, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7588 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && \"PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7588, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7589 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
7590 | } |
7591 | |
7592 | private: |
7593 | Sema &S; |
7594 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
7595 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
7596 | bool Enabled; |
7597 | }; |
7598 | |
7599 | /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
7600 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
7601 | /// |
7602 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
7603 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
7604 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
7605 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
7606 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7607 | |
7608 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
7609 | public: |
7610 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
7611 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7612 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7613 | } |
7614 | |
7615 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
7616 | |
7617 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
7618 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7619, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
7619 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations")(static_cast <bool> (S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7619, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7620 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
7621 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
7622 | } |
7623 | |
7624 | private: |
7625 | Sema &S; |
7626 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
7627 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
7628 | }; |
7629 | |
7630 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
7631 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
7632 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
7633 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
7634 | |
7635 | public: |
7636 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
7637 | /// |
7638 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
7639 | assert(Infos.size() <= index)(static_cast <bool> (Infos.size() <= index) ? void ( 0) : __assert_fail ("Infos.size() <= index", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 7639, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
7640 | Infos.resize(index); |
7641 | Infos.push_back(info); |
7642 | |
7643 | if (!HasInteresting) |
7644 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
7645 | } |
7646 | |
7647 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
7648 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
7649 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
7650 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
7651 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
7652 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
7653 | return Infos.data(); |
7654 | } |
7655 | }; |
7656 | |
7657 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
7658 | |
7659 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7660 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7661 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
7662 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
7663 | |
7664 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
7665 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7666 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7667 | |
7668 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
7669 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7670 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
7671 | |
7672 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
7673 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7674 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7675 | DeclarationName Entity, |
7676 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
7677 | unsigned ThisTypeQuals); |
7678 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
7679 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7680 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
7681 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
7682 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
7683 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
7684 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
7685 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7686 | int indexAdjustment, |
7687 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
7688 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
7689 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
7690 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
7691 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7692 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
7693 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
7694 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
7695 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
7696 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7697 | |
7698 | /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
7699 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
7700 | /// |
7701 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
7702 | /// |
7703 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
7704 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
7705 | /// |
7706 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
7707 | /// |
7708 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
7709 | /// |
7710 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
7711 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
7712 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7713 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
7714 | |
7715 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
7716 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7717 | |
7718 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
7719 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7720 | |
7721 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
7722 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7723 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
7724 | |
7725 | bool |
7726 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7727 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7728 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7729 | |
7730 | bool |
7731 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7732 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
7733 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7734 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7735 | bool Complain = true); |
7736 | |
7737 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7738 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
7739 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7740 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7741 | |
7742 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
7743 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
7744 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7745 | |
7746 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
7747 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
7748 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
7749 | Decl *NewDecl; |
7750 | |
7751 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
7752 | Decl *D) |
7753 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
7754 | { } |
7755 | }; |
7756 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
7757 | |
7758 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7759 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7760 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7761 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7762 | |
7763 | void |
7764 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7765 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
7766 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7767 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
7768 | |
7769 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
7770 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
7771 | |
7772 | bool |
7773 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7774 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7775 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
7776 | bool Complain = true); |
7777 | |
7778 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7779 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
7780 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7781 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7782 | |
7783 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
7784 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7785 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
7786 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
7787 | |
7788 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
7789 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
7790 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7791 | |
7792 | DeclarationNameInfo |
7793 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
7794 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7795 | TemplateName |
7796 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
7797 | SourceLocation Loc, |
7798 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7799 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
7800 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
7801 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7802 | |
7803 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7804 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
7805 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
7806 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
7807 | SourceLocation Loc); |
7808 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7809 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
7810 | bool Recursive = false, |
7811 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7812 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7813 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
7814 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
7815 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
7816 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
7817 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
7818 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos, |
7819 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
7820 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
7821 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
7822 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
7823 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7824 | void |
7825 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7826 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7827 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
7828 | DeclContext *Owner, |
7829 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
7830 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false); |
7831 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
7832 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
7833 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7834 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
7835 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
7836 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
7837 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
7838 | |
7839 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
7840 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
7841 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7842 | |
7843 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
7844 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
7845 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
7846 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
7847 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
7848 | |
7849 | // Objective-C declarations. |
7850 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
7851 | OCK_None = -1, |
7852 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
7853 | OCK_Protocol, |
7854 | OCK_Category, |
7855 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
7856 | OCK_Implementation, |
7857 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
7858 | }; |
7859 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
7860 | |
7861 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
7862 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
7863 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
7864 | unsigned index, |
7865 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
7866 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
7867 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
7868 | ParsedType typeBound); |
7869 | |
7870 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7871 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
7872 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
7873 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
7874 | |
7875 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7876 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7877 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7878 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7879 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7880 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7881 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7882 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7883 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
7884 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7885 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7886 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7887 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7888 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7889 | |
7890 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
7891 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7892 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
7893 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7894 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7895 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7896 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
7897 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
7898 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
7899 | |
7900 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
7901 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
7902 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
7903 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
7904 | |
7905 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
7906 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
7907 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
7908 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
7909 | |
7910 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
7911 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
7912 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
7913 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
7914 | |
7915 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
7916 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, |
7917 | IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7918 | Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7919 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7920 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7921 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7922 | |
7923 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
7924 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7925 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7926 | ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
7927 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, |
7928 | SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
7929 | Decl * const *ProtoRefs, |
7930 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
7931 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
7932 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
7933 | AttributeList *AttrList); |
7934 | |
7935 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( |
7936 | SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
7937 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7938 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
7939 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); |
7940 | |
7941 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
7942 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
7943 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
7944 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
7945 | SourceLocation CatLoc); |
7946 | |
7947 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
7948 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
7949 | |
7950 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
7951 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
7952 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
7953 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
7954 | unsigned NumElts); |
7955 | |
7956 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
7957 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
7958 | AttributeList *attrList); |
7959 | |
7960 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
7961 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
7962 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
7963 | |
7964 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
7965 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
7966 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
7967 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
7968 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
7969 | |
7970 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
7971 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
7972 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
7973 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
7974 | Scope *S, |
7975 | ParsedType baseType, |
7976 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7977 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
7978 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
7979 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
7980 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
7981 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
7982 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
7983 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
7984 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
7985 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
7986 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
7987 | |
7988 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
7989 | /// base type was specified. |
7990 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
7991 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
7992 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
7993 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
7994 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
7995 | |
7996 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
7997 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
7998 | Scope *S, |
7999 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8000 | ParsedType BaseType, |
8001 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8002 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
8003 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8004 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8005 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
8006 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8007 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
8008 | |
8009 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
8010 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
8011 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8012 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8013 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8014 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8015 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8016 | |
8017 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
8018 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
8019 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8020 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
8021 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
8022 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
8023 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
8024 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
8025 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
8026 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
8027 | bool FailOnError = false); |
8028 | |
8029 | /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to |
8030 | /// the given type. |
8031 | bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc); |
8032 | |
8033 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
8034 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
8035 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
8036 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
8037 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8038 | unsigned &Attributes, |
8039 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
8040 | |
8041 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
8042 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
8043 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
8044 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
8045 | |
8046 | |
8047 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
8048 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
8049 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8050 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
8051 | |
8052 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
8053 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
8054 | |
8055 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
8056 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
8057 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
8058 | |
8059 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8060 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8061 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
8062 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
8063 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8064 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
8065 | |
8066 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
8067 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
8068 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
8069 | bool ImplKind, |
8070 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
8071 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
8072 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
8073 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
8074 | |
8075 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
8076 | OSMK_None, |
8077 | OSMK_Alloc, |
8078 | OSMK_New, |
8079 | OSMK_Copy, |
8080 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
8081 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
8082 | }; |
8083 | |
8084 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
8085 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
8086 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
8087 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
8088 | // in this case. |
8089 | ParsedType Type; |
8090 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
8091 | |
8092 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
8093 | AttributeList *ArgAttrs; |
8094 | }; |
8095 | |
8096 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
8097 | Scope *S, |
8098 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
8099 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
8100 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, |
8101 | ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
8102 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
8103 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
8104 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
8105 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, |
8106 | DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
8107 | AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
8108 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
8109 | |
8110 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
8111 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8112 | bool IsInstance); |
8113 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
8114 | bool IsInstance); |
8115 | |
8116 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
8117 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
8118 | |
8119 | ExprResult |
8120 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
8121 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
8122 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8123 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
8124 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
8125 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
8126 | bool Super); |
8127 | |
8128 | ExprResult |
8129 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
8130 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
8131 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
8132 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
8133 | |
8134 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
8135 | |
8136 | /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
8137 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
8138 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
8139 | /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. |
8140 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
8141 | /// \brief The message is an instance message. |
8142 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
8143 | /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
8144 | /// name. |
8145 | ObjCClassMessage |
8146 | }; |
8147 | |
8148 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
8149 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8150 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
8151 | bool IsSuper, |
8152 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
8153 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
8154 | |
8155 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8156 | Selector Sel, |
8157 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8158 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8159 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8160 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8161 | |
8162 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
8163 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8164 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8165 | Selector Sel, |
8166 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8167 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8168 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8169 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8170 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8171 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8172 | |
8173 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
8174 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
8175 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8176 | Selector Sel, |
8177 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8178 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8179 | |
8180 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
8181 | ParsedType Receiver, |
8182 | Selector Sel, |
8183 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8184 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8185 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8186 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8187 | |
8188 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
8189 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8190 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
8191 | Selector Sel, |
8192 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8193 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8194 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8195 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8196 | MultiExprArg Args, |
8197 | bool isImplicit = false); |
8198 | |
8199 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
8200 | QualType ReceiverType, |
8201 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8202 | Selector Sel, |
8203 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
8204 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8205 | |
8206 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
8207 | Expr *Receiver, |
8208 | Selector Sel, |
8209 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
8210 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
8211 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
8212 | MultiExprArg Args); |
8213 | |
8214 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8215 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8216 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8217 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
8218 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8219 | |
8220 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
8221 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8222 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
8223 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
8224 | ParsedType Type, |
8225 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
8226 | Expr *SubExpr); |
8227 | |
8228 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8229 | |
8230 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
8231 | |
8232 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
8233 | CastKind &Kind); |
8234 | |
8235 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
8236 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8237 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
8238 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
8239 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
8240 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
8241 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
8242 | |
8243 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
8244 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
8245 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
8246 | |
8247 | bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
8248 | bool Diagnose = true); |
8249 | |
8250 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
8251 | |
8252 | /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
8253 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
8254 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
8255 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
8256 | |
8257 | /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
8258 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
8259 | RTC_Compatible, |
8260 | RTC_Incompatible, |
8261 | RTC_Unknown |
8262 | }; |
8263 | |
8264 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
8265 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
8266 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
8267 | |
8268 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
8269 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
8270 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
8271 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
8272 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
8273 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
8274 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
8275 | }; |
8276 | |
8277 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
8278 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8279 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
8280 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
8281 | |
8282 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
8283 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
8284 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8285 | |
8286 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
8287 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8288 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
8289 | |
8290 | enum class PragmaPackDiagnoseKind { |
8291 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
8292 | ChangedStateAtExit |
8293 | }; |
8294 | |
8295 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaPack(PragmaPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
8296 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
8297 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaPack(); |
8298 | |
8299 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
8300 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
8301 | |
8302 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
8303 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
8304 | void ActOnPragmaMSComment(SourceLocation CommentLoc, PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
8305 | StringRef Arg); |
8306 | |
8307 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
8308 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
8309 | /// representation]). |
8310 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
8311 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
8312 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8313 | |
8314 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
8315 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8316 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8317 | MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value); |
8318 | |
8319 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
8320 | PSK_DataSeg, |
8321 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
8322 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
8323 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
8324 | }; |
8325 | |
8326 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8327 | int SectionFlags, |
8328 | DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl); |
8329 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
8330 | int SectionFlags, |
8331 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
8332 | |
8333 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
8334 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8335 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
8336 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
8337 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
8338 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
8339 | |
8340 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
8341 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8342 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8343 | |
8344 | /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
8345 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
8346 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
8347 | |
8348 | /// \brief Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
8349 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
8350 | |
8351 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
8352 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
8353 | StringRef Value); |
8354 | |
8355 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
8356 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
8357 | Scope *curScope, |
8358 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8359 | |
8360 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
8361 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
8362 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8363 | |
8364 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
8365 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8366 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
8367 | |
8368 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
8369 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8370 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8371 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
8372 | |
8373 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
8374 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
8375 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8376 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8377 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8378 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8379 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8380 | |
8381 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
8382 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
8383 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
8384 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8385 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
8386 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
8387 | |
8388 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
8389 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
8390 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
8391 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(LangOptions::FPContractModeKind FPC); |
8392 | |
8393 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
8394 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
8395 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8396 | |
8397 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
8398 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
8399 | |
8400 | /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. |
8401 | void FreePackedContext(); |
8402 | |
8403 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
8404 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
8405 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
8406 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8407 | |
8408 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
8409 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
8410 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
8411 | |
8412 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
8413 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
8414 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8415 | |
8416 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
8417 | void FreeVisContext(); |
8418 | |
8419 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
8420 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
8421 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
8422 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
8423 | |
8424 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute push'. |
8425 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePush(AttributeList &Attribute, |
8426 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
8427 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
8428 | |
8429 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
8430 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8431 | |
8432 | /// \brief Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
8433 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
8434 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8435 | |
8436 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
8437 | |
8438 | /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
8439 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
8440 | |
8441 | /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
8442 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
8443 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
8444 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
8445 | } |
8446 | |
8447 | /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
8448 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
8449 | /// with attribute optnone. |
8450 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
8451 | |
8452 | /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
8453 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
8454 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
8455 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
8456 | |
8457 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
8458 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8459 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8460 | void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
8461 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); |
8462 | |
8463 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
8464 | /// declaration. |
8465 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE, |
8466 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8467 | |
8468 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
8469 | /// declaration. |
8470 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *ParamExpr, |
8471 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8472 | |
8473 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
8474 | /// declaration. |
8475 | void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
8476 | unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8477 | |
8478 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
8479 | /// declaration. |
8480 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads, |
8481 | Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8482 | |
8483 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
8484 | void AddModeAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
8485 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool InInstantiation = false); |
8486 | |
8487 | void AddParameterABIAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8488 | ParameterABI ABI, unsigned SpellingListIndex); |
8489 | |
8490 | void AddNSConsumedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, |
8491 | unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool isNSConsumed, |
8492 | bool isTemplateInstantiation); |
8493 | |
8494 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
8495 | |
8496 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8497 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
8498 | // |
8499 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
8500 | StringRef Keyword); |
8501 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8502 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8503 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8504 | |
8505 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8506 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8507 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8508 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
8509 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
8510 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
8511 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
8512 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
8513 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
8514 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
8515 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
8516 | |
8517 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8518 | // OpenCL extensions. |
8519 | // |
8520 | private: |
8521 | std::string CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8522 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type. |
8523 | llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap; |
8524 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration. |
8525 | llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap; |
8526 | public: |
8527 | llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const { |
8528 | return CurrOpenCLExtension; |
8529 | } |
8530 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) { |
8531 | CurrOpenCLExtension = Ext; |
8532 | } |
8533 | |
8534 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these |
8535 | /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing. |
8536 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8537 | void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8538 | |
8539 | /// \brief Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be |
8540 | /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do |
8541 | /// nothing. |
8542 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
8543 | void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
8544 | |
8545 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used |
8546 | /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is |
8547 | /// empty, do nothing. |
8548 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T); |
8549 | |
8550 | /// \brief Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which |
8551 | /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current |
8552 | /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing. |
8553 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD); |
8554 | |
8555 | bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD); |
8556 | |
8557 | /// \brief Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS |
8558 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8559 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8560 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8561 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T); |
8562 | |
8563 | /// \brief Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E |
8564 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
8565 | /// emit diagnostics. |
8566 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
8567 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E); |
8568 | |
8569 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8570 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8571 | // |
8572 | private: |
8573 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
8574 | /// Set to true inside '#pragma omp declare target' region. |
8575 | bool IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext = false; |
8576 | /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
8577 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8578 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
8579 | ExprResult |
8580 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
8581 | bool StrictlyPositive = true); |
8582 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
8583 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
8584 | |
8585 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
8586 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
8587 | unsigned Level) const; |
8588 | |
8589 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8590 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
8591 | |
8592 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
8593 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
8594 | |
8595 | /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension |
8596 | /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled. |
8597 | /// \param D type or declaration to be checked. |
8598 | /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message. |
8599 | /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message. |
8600 | /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration. |
8601 | /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions. |
8602 | /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for |
8603 | /// declaration. |
8604 | /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled. |
8605 | template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT> |
8606 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo, |
8607 | MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0, |
8608 | SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange()); |
8609 | |
8610 | public: |
8611 | /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
8612 | /// reference. |
8613 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8614 | /// is performed. |
8615 | bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8616 | |
8617 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
8618 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
8619 | /// constructs. |
8620 | VarDecl *IsOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D); |
8621 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
8622 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
8623 | |
8624 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
8625 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8626 | /// is performed. |
8627 | bool isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8628 | |
8629 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
8630 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
8631 | /// \p D. |
8632 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8633 | |
8634 | /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
8635 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
8636 | /// is performed. |
8637 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
8638 | |
8639 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
8640 | Expr *Op); |
8641 | /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
8642 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
8643 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
8644 | SourceLocation Loc); |
8645 | /// \brief Start analysis of clauses. |
8646 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
8647 | /// \brief End analysis of clauses. |
8648 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
8649 | /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
8650 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
8651 | |
8652 | /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
8653 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
8654 | /// private by default. |
8655 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
8656 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
8657 | |
8658 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
8659 | /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
8660 | /// threadprivate'. |
8661 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, |
8662 | CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8663 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id); |
8664 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
8665 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
8666 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8667 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8668 | /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
8669 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( |
8670 | SourceLocation Loc, |
8671 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
8672 | /// \brief Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
8673 | /// reduction' construct. |
8674 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
8675 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
8676 | /// \brief Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8677 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
8678 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
8679 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
8680 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
8681 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8682 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8683 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8684 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
8685 | /// \brief Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
8686 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
8687 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
8688 | /// \brief Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
8689 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
8690 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
8691 | /// \brief Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
8692 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
8693 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
8694 | |
8695 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8696 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc); |
8697 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'. |
8698 | void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(); |
8699 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
8700 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
8701 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
8702 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
8703 | NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls); |
8704 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
8705 | void checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
8706 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
8707 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
8708 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
8709 | return IsInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext; |
8710 | } |
8711 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
8712 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
8713 | /// Return true if (un)supported features for the current target should be |
8714 | /// diagnosed if OpenMP (offloading) is enabled. |
8715 | bool shouldDiagnoseTargetSupportFromOpenMP() const { |
8716 | return !getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice || isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || |
8717 | isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective(); |
8718 | } |
8719 | |
8720 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
8721 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
8722 | |
8723 | /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
8724 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
8725 | /// \brief End of OpenMP region. |
8726 | /// |
8727 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
8728 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
8729 | /// |
8730 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
8731 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
8732 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
8733 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8734 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8735 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8736 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
8737 | /// of the associated statement. |
8738 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8739 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8740 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8741 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8742 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
8743 | /// of the associated statement. |
8744 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective( |
8745 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8746 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8747 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8748 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
8749 | /// of the associated statement. |
8750 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective( |
8751 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8752 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8753 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8754 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
8755 | /// of the associated statement. |
8756 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective( |
8757 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8758 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8759 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8760 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
8761 | /// of the associated statement. |
8762 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8763 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8764 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8765 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
8766 | /// associated statement. |
8767 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8768 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8769 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
8770 | /// associated statement. |
8771 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8772 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8773 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8774 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
8775 | /// associated statement. |
8776 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8777 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8778 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
8779 | /// associated statement. |
8780 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
8781 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8782 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8783 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8784 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
8785 | /// of the associated statement. |
8786 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
8787 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8788 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8789 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8790 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
8791 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8792 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
8793 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8794 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8795 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8796 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
8797 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8798 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8799 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8800 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8801 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8802 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
8803 | /// associated statement. |
8804 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8805 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8806 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8807 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
8808 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8809 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8810 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
8811 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8812 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8813 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
8814 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8815 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8816 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
8817 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8818 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8819 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8820 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
8821 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8822 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8823 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8824 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
8825 | /// associated statement. |
8826 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8827 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8828 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8829 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
8830 | /// associated statement. |
8831 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8832 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8833 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8834 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
8835 | /// associated statement. |
8836 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8837 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8838 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8839 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
8840 | /// the associated statement. |
8841 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8842 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8843 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8844 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
8845 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8846 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8847 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8848 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8849 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8850 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
8851 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8852 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8853 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8854 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8855 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8856 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
8857 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8858 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8859 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8860 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8861 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8862 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
8863 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8864 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
8865 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8866 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8867 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8868 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
8869 | /// associated statement. |
8870 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8871 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8872 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8873 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
8874 | StmtResult |
8875 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8876 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8877 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8878 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
8879 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8880 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8881 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8882 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
8883 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
8884 | /// associated statement. |
8885 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective( |
8886 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8887 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8888 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8889 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
8890 | /// the associated statement. |
8891 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
8892 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8893 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8894 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8895 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
8896 | /// of the associated statement. |
8897 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective( |
8898 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8899 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8900 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8901 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
8902 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8903 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8904 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8905 | Stmt *AStmt); |
8906 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
8907 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8908 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8909 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8910 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8911 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8912 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
8913 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8914 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8915 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8916 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8917 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8918 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
8919 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8920 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
8921 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8922 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8923 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8924 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
8925 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8926 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
8927 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8928 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8929 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8930 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
8931 | /// the associated statement. |
8932 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective( |
8933 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8934 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8935 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8936 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
8937 | /// the associated statement. |
8938 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8939 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8940 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8941 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8942 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
8943 | /// of the associated statement. |
8944 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
8945 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8946 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8947 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8948 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
8949 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8950 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8951 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8952 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8953 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8954 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
8955 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8956 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8957 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8958 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8959 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8960 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
8961 | /// associated statement. |
8962 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
8963 | Stmt *AStmt, |
8964 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8965 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
8966 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
8967 | /// of the associated statement. |
8968 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
8969 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8970 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8971 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8972 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
8973 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
8974 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
8975 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8976 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8977 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8978 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
8979 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
8980 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
8981 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8982 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8983 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8984 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
8985 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
8986 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
8987 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
8988 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
8989 | llvm::DenseMap<ValueDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
8990 | |
8991 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
8992 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
8993 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
8994 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
8995 | /// decls. |
8996 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
8997 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type); |
8998 | |
8999 | /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
9000 | /// the associated method/function. |
9001 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
9002 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
9003 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
9004 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
9005 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
9006 | |
9007 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9008 | Expr *Expr, |
9009 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9010 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9011 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9012 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
9013 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
9014 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9015 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9016 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
9017 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9018 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9019 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
9020 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9021 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9022 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9023 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
9024 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
9025 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9026 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9027 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9028 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
9029 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
9030 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9031 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9032 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9033 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
9034 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9035 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9036 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9037 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
9038 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
9039 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9040 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9041 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9042 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
9043 | OMPClause * |
9044 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9045 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
9046 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
9047 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
9048 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9049 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9050 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9051 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
9052 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9053 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9054 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9055 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
9056 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9057 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9058 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9059 | |
9060 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
9061 | unsigned Argument, |
9062 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
9063 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9064 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9065 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9066 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
9067 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind, |
9068 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9069 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9070 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9071 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9072 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
9073 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind, |
9074 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9075 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9076 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9077 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9078 | |
9079 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
9080 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
9081 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9082 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
9083 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9084 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
9085 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
9086 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
9087 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9088 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
9089 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9090 | |
9091 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9092 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9093 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
9094 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9095 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9096 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
9097 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9098 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9099 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
9100 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9101 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9102 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
9103 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9104 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9105 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
9106 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9107 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9108 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
9109 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9110 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9111 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
9112 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9113 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9114 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
9115 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9116 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9117 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
9118 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9119 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9120 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
9121 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9122 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9123 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
9124 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9125 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9126 | |
9127 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
9128 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr, |
9129 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9130 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9131 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9132 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
9133 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9134 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9135 | SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc); |
9136 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
9137 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9138 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9139 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9140 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9141 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
9142 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9143 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9144 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9145 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9146 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
9147 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9148 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9149 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9150 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9151 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
9152 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9153 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9154 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9155 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9156 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
9157 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
9158 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9159 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9160 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9161 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9162 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9163 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
9164 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
9165 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9166 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9167 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9168 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9169 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9170 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
9171 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
9172 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9173 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
9174 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
9175 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
9176 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
9177 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
9178 | OMPClause * |
9179 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
9180 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9181 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
9182 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9183 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
9184 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9185 | Expr *Alignment, |
9186 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9187 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9188 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9189 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9190 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
9191 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9192 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9193 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9194 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9195 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
9196 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9197 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9198 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9199 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9200 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
9201 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9202 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9203 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9204 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9205 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
9206 | OMPClause * |
9207 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc, |
9208 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9209 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9210 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9211 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
9212 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9213 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9214 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9215 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
9216 | OMPClause * |
9217 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, |
9218 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
9219 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9220 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9221 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9222 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
9223 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9224 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9225 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9226 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
9227 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
9228 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9229 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9230 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9231 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
9232 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9233 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9234 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9235 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
9236 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
9237 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
9238 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
9239 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9240 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
9241 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
9242 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
9243 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
9244 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9245 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
9246 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9247 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9248 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9249 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9250 | /// \brief Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
9251 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9252 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9253 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9254 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9255 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
9256 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9257 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9258 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9259 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9260 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
9261 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
9262 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
9263 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9264 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
9265 | |
9266 | /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. |
9267 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
9268 | /// \brief An implicit conversion. |
9269 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
9270 | /// \brief A C-style cast. |
9271 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
9272 | /// \brief A functional-style cast. |
9273 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
9274 | /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. |
9275 | CCK_OtherCast |
9276 | }; |
9277 | |
9278 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
9279 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
9280 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
9281 | ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
9282 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
9283 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
9284 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9285 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9286 | |
9287 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
9288 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
9289 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
9290 | |
9291 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
9292 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
9293 | /// required. |
9294 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
9295 | |
9296 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
9297 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9298 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9299 | |
9300 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
9301 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
9302 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
9303 | |
9304 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
9305 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
9306 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
9307 | |
9308 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
9309 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
9310 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
9311 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
9312 | bool Diagnose = true); |
9313 | |
9314 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
9315 | // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, |
9316 | // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array |
9317 | // type. |
9318 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
9319 | |
9320 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
9321 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
9322 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
9323 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
9324 | |
9325 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
9326 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
9327 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
9328 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
9329 | |
9330 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
9331 | enum VariadicCallType { |
9332 | VariadicFunction, |
9333 | VariadicBlock, |
9334 | VariadicMethod, |
9335 | VariadicConstructor, |
9336 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
9337 | }; |
9338 | |
9339 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9340 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9341 | Expr *Fn); |
9342 | |
9343 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
9344 | // vararg function. |
9345 | enum VarArgKind { |
9346 | VAK_Valid, |
9347 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
9348 | VAK_Undefined, |
9349 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
9350 | VAK_Invalid |
9351 | }; |
9352 | |
9353 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
9354 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
9355 | |
9356 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
9357 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
9358 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
9359 | |
9360 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
9361 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
9362 | |
9363 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
9364 | /// form of call prototypes. |
9365 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
9366 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
9367 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
9368 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
9369 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
9370 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
9371 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
9372 | |
9373 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
9374 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
9375 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
9376 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
9377 | |
9378 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
9379 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
9380 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
9381 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
9382 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
9383 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9384 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9385 | |
9386 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
9387 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
9388 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
9389 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
9390 | /// source and destination type. |
9391 | enum AssignConvertType { |
9392 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
9393 | Compatible, |
9394 | |
9395 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
9396 | /// accept as an extension. |
9397 | PointerToInt, |
9398 | |
9399 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
9400 | /// accept as an extension. |
9401 | IntToPointer, |
9402 | |
9403 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
9404 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
9405 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
9406 | |
9407 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
9408 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
9409 | IncompatiblePointer, |
9410 | |
9411 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
9412 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
9413 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
9414 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
9415 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
9416 | |
9417 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
9418 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
9419 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9420 | |
9421 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
9422 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
9423 | /// like address spaces. |
9424 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
9425 | |
9426 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
9427 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
9428 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
9429 | /// extension. |
9430 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
9431 | |
9432 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
9433 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
9434 | IncompatibleVectors, |
9435 | |
9436 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
9437 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
9438 | IntToBlockPointer, |
9439 | |
9440 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
9441 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
9442 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
9443 | |
9444 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
9445 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
9446 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
9447 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
9448 | |
9449 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
9450 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
9451 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
9452 | |
9453 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
9454 | /// represent it in the AST. |
9455 | Incompatible |
9456 | }; |
9457 | |
9458 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
9459 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
9460 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
9461 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
9462 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9463 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9464 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
9465 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
9466 | |
9467 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
9468 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
9469 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
9470 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
9471 | bool AllowMask) const; |
9472 | |
9473 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
9474 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
9475 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
9476 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
9477 | |
9478 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
9479 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
9480 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
9481 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
9482 | QualType LHSType, |
9483 | QualType RHSType); |
9484 | |
9485 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
9486 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
9487 | /// is true. |
9488 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
9489 | ExprResult &RHS, |
9490 | CastKind &Kind, |
9491 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9492 | |
9493 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
9494 | /// |
9495 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
9496 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
9497 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
9498 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
9499 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
9500 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
9501 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
9502 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
9503 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
9504 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
9505 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
9506 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
9507 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
9508 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
9509 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
9510 | |
9511 | // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
9512 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
9513 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
9514 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9515 | |
9516 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9517 | |
9518 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
9519 | |
9520 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9521 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9522 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
9523 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9524 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9525 | bool AllowExplicit, |
9526 | ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); |
9527 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9528 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
9529 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9530 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
9531 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
9532 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
9533 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
9534 | AssignmentAction Action, |
9535 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
9536 | |
9537 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
9538 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
9539 | |
9540 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
9541 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9542 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9543 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
9544 | ExprResult &RHS); |
9545 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
9546 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
9547 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
9548 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9549 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9550 | bool IsDivide); |
9551 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
9552 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9553 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9554 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9555 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9556 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9557 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
9558 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9559 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
9560 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
9561 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9562 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
9563 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
9564 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9565 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational); |
9566 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
9567 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9568 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9569 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
9570 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
9571 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9572 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
9573 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
9574 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
9575 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
9576 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
9577 | |
9578 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9579 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
9580 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9581 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
9582 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9583 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
9584 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
9585 | |
9586 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
9587 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9588 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9589 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
9590 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
9591 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
9592 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
9593 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
9594 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
9595 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
9596 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
9597 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
9598 | QualType Composite = |
9599 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
9600 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
9601 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
9602 | return Composite; |
9603 | } |
9604 | |
9605 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9606 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9607 | |
9608 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
9609 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
9610 | |
9611 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
9612 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
9613 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
9614 | |
9615 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
9616 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9617 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
9618 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
9619 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
9620 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9621 | SourceLocation Loc, |
9622 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
9623 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9624 | SourceLocation Loc); |
9625 | |
9626 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9627 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
9628 | |
9629 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
9630 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
9631 | |
9632 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
9633 | |
9634 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
9635 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
9636 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
9637 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
9638 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
9639 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
9640 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
9641 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
9642 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
9643 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
9644 | Ref_Related, |
9645 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
9646 | Ref_Compatible |
9647 | }; |
9648 | |
9649 | ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, |
9650 | QualType T1, QualType T2, |
9651 | bool &DerivedToBase, |
9652 | bool &ObjCConversion, |
9653 | bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
9654 | |
9655 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
9656 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
9657 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
9658 | |
9659 | /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
9660 | /// given type. |
9661 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
9662 | |
9663 | /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
9664 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
9665 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
9666 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
9667 | |
9668 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
9669 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9670 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
9671 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
9672 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
9673 | CastKind &Kind); |
9674 | |
9675 | /// \brief Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
9676 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
9677 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
9678 | |
9679 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
9680 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
9681 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
9682 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
9683 | // returns the cast expr |
9684 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
9685 | CastKind &Kind); |
9686 | |
9687 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
9688 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
9689 | Expr *CastExpr, |
9690 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
9691 | |
9692 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
9693 | |
9694 | /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
9695 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
9696 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
9697 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
9698 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
9699 | bool Diagnose = true, |
9700 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
9701 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
9702 | ); |
9703 | |
9704 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9705 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
9706 | |
9707 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
9708 | QualType ExprType); |
9709 | |
9710 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
9711 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
9712 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
9713 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
9714 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
9715 | |
9716 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9717 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
9718 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9719 | |
9720 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
9721 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
9722 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
9723 | |
9724 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
9725 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
9726 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
9727 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
9728 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, |
9729 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
9730 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
9731 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
9732 | bool isSuperMessage, |
9733 | SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, |
9734 | SourceRange RecRange, |
9735 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
9736 | |
9737 | /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
9738 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
9739 | /// and the form of the message send. |
9740 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, |
9741 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
9742 | bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); |
9743 | |
9744 | /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
9745 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
9746 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
9747 | |
9748 | /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
9749 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
9750 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
9751 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
9752 | |
9753 | class ConditionResult { |
9754 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
9755 | FullExprArg Condition; |
9756 | bool Invalid; |
9757 | bool HasKnownValue; |
9758 | bool KnownValue; |
9759 | |
9760 | friend class Sema; |
9761 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
9762 | bool IsConstexpr) |
9763 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
9764 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
9765 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
9766 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
9767 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
9768 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
9769 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
9770 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
9771 | |
9772 | public: |
9773 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
9774 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
9775 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
9776 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
9777 | Condition.get()); |
9778 | } |
9779 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
9780 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
9781 | return None; |
9782 | return KnownValue; |
9783 | } |
9784 | }; |
9785 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
9786 | |
9787 | enum class ConditionKind { |
9788 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
9789 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
9790 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
9791 | }; |
9792 | |
9793 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
9794 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
9795 | |
9796 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
9797 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9798 | ConditionKind CK); |
9799 | |
9800 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
9801 | |
9802 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
9803 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
9804 | ConditionKind CK); |
9805 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
9806 | |
9807 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
9808 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
9809 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
9810 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
9811 | /// |
9812 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
9813 | /// 'if' keyword. |
9814 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
9815 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
9816 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9817 | |
9818 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
9819 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
9820 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
9821 | |
9822 | /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
9823 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
9824 | void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); |
9825 | |
9826 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
9827 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
9828 | |
9829 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
9830 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
9831 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
9832 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
9833 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
9834 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
9835 | |
9836 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
9837 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
9838 | /// in the global scope. |
9839 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
9840 | |
9841 | /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
9842 | /// expression violations. |
9843 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
9844 | public: |
9845 | bool Suppress; |
9846 | |
9847 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
9848 | |
9849 | virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; |
9850 | virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); |
9851 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } |
9852 | }; |
9853 | |
9854 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
9855 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
9856 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
9857 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9858 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
9859 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9860 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
9861 | unsigned DiagID, |
9862 | bool AllowFold = true); |
9863 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
9864 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr); |
9865 | |
9866 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
9867 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
9868 | /// Returns false on success. |
9869 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
9870 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
9871 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
9872 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
9873 | |
9874 | private: |
9875 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
9876 | |
9877 | public: |
9878 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9879 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
9880 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
9881 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9882 | |
9883 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
9884 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
9885 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
9886 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
9887 | |
9888 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
9889 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
9890 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
9891 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9892 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
9893 | CUDADeferredDiags; |
9894 | |
9895 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
9896 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
9897 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
9898 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
9899 | SourceLocation Loc; |
9900 | }; |
9901 | |
9902 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
9903 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
9904 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
9905 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
9906 | |
9907 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
9908 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
9909 | /// |
9910 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
9911 | /// map. |
9912 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9913 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
9914 | CUDAKnownEmittedFns; |
9915 | |
9916 | /// A partial call graph maintained during CUDA compilation to support |
9917 | /// deferred diagnostics. |
9918 | /// |
9919 | /// Functions are only added here if, at the time they're considered, they are |
9920 | /// not known-emitted. As soon as we discover that a function is |
9921 | /// known-emitted, we remove it and everything it transitively calls from this |
9922 | /// set and add those functions to CUDAKnownEmittedFns. |
9923 | llvm::DenseMap</* Caller = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9924 | /* Callees = */ llvm::MapVector<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
9925 | SourceLocation>> |
9926 | CUDACallGraph; |
9927 | |
9928 | /// Diagnostic builder for CUDA errors which may or may not be deferred. |
9929 | /// |
9930 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
9931 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
9932 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
9933 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
9934 | /// |
9935 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
9936 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
9937 | /// |
9938 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
9939 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
9940 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
9941 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
9942 | class CUDADiagBuilder { |
9943 | public: |
9944 | enum Kind { |
9945 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
9946 | K_Nop, |
9947 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
9948 | K_Immediate, |
9949 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
9950 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
9951 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
9952 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
9953 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
9954 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
9955 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
9956 | K_Deferred |
9957 | }; |
9958 | |
9959 | CUDADiagBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
9960 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
9961 | ~CUDADiagBuilder(); |
9962 | |
9963 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
9964 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
9965 | /// |
9966 | /// Example usage: |
9967 | /// |
9968 | /// if (CUDADiagBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
9969 | /// return ExprError(); |
9970 | /// |
9971 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
9972 | /// want to use these instead of creating a CUDADiagBuilder yourself. |
9973 | operator bool() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
9974 | |
9975 | template <typename T> |
9976 | friend const CUDADiagBuilder &operator<<(const CUDADiagBuilder &Diag, |
9977 | const T &Value) { |
9978 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
9979 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
9980 | else if (Diag.PartialDiag.hasValue()) |
9981 | *Diag.PartialDiag << Value; |
9982 | return Diag; |
9983 | } |
9984 | |
9985 | private: |
9986 | Sema &S; |
9987 | SourceLocation Loc; |
9988 | unsigned DiagID; |
9989 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
9990 | bool ShowCallStack; |
9991 | |
9992 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
9993 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
9994 | llvm::Optional<SemaDiagnosticBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
9995 | llvm::Optional<PartialDiagnostic> PartialDiag; |
9996 | }; |
9997 | |
9998 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
9999 | /// is "used as device code". |
10000 | /// |
10001 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics. |
10002 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
10003 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
10004 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
10005 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
10006 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
10007 | /// |
10008 | /// Example usage: |
10009 | /// |
10010 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
10011 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
10012 | /// return ExprError(); |
10013 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
10014 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10015 | |
10016 | /// Creates a CUDADiagBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current context |
10017 | /// is "used as host code". |
10018 | /// |
10019 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
10020 | CUDADiagBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
10021 | |
10022 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
10023 | CFT_Device, |
10024 | CFT_Global, |
10025 | CFT_Host, |
10026 | CFT_HostDevice, |
10027 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
10028 | }; |
10029 | |
10030 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
10031 | /// function. |
10032 | /// |
10033 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
10034 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
10035 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
10036 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
10037 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const AttributeList *Attr); |
10038 | |
10039 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
10040 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
10041 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
10042 | } |
10043 | |
10044 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
10045 | // worst to best. |
10046 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
10047 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
10048 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10049 | // function that do not match current compilation |
10050 | // mode. |
10051 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
10052 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
10053 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
10054 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
10055 | }; |
10056 | |
10057 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
10058 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
10059 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
10060 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
10061 | /// \param Callee target function |
10062 | /// |
10063 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
10064 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10065 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10066 | |
10067 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
10068 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
10069 | /// |
10070 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
10071 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
10072 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10073 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
10074 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
10075 | } |
10076 | |
10077 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
10078 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
10079 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
10080 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10081 | |
10082 | public: |
10083 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
10084 | /// |
10085 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
10086 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
10087 | /// |
10088 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
10089 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
10090 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
10091 | /// |
10092 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
10093 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
10094 | /// deferred errors. |
10095 | /// |
10096 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
10097 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
10098 | |
10099 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
10100 | /// operator() method. |
10101 | /// |
10102 | /// CUDA lambdas declared inside __device__ or __global__ functions inherit |
10103 | /// the __device__ attribute. Similarly, lambdas inside __host__ __device__ |
10104 | /// functions become __host__ __device__ themselves. |
10105 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
10106 | |
10107 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
10108 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
10109 | /// calling priority. |
10110 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
10111 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
10112 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
10113 | |
10114 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
10115 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
10116 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
10117 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
10118 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
10119 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
10120 | /// its RHS. |
10121 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
10122 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
10123 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
10124 | /// the member declaration. |
10125 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
10126 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
10127 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
10128 | bool ConstRHS, |
10129 | bool Diagnose); |
10130 | |
10131 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
10132 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
10133 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
10134 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
10135 | |
10136 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
10137 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
10138 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
10139 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
10140 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
10141 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
10142 | |
10143 | /// \name Code completion |
10144 | //@{ |
10145 | /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
10146 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
10147 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
10148 | PCC_Namespace, |
10149 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
10150 | PCC_Class, |
10151 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
10152 | /// or category. |
10153 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
10154 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
10155 | /// category implementation |
10156 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
10157 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
10158 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
10159 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
10160 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10161 | /// headers. |
10162 | PCC_Template, |
10163 | /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template |
10164 | /// headers within a class. |
10165 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
10166 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. |
10167 | PCC_Expression, |
10168 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
10169 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
10170 | PCC_Statement, |
10171 | /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
10172 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
10173 | PCC_ForInit, |
10174 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
10175 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
10176 | PCC_Condition, |
10177 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
10178 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
10179 | /// in the grammar. |
10180 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
10181 | /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
10182 | PCC_Type, |
10183 | /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
10184 | /// might also be a type cast. |
10185 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
10186 | /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
10187 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
10188 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
10189 | }; |
10190 | |
10191 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
10192 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
10193 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
10194 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
10195 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
10196 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
10197 | |
10198 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
10199 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
10200 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
10201 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
10202 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
10203 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10204 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); |
10205 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
10206 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
10207 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
10208 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
10209 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
10210 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
10211 | void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10212 | void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc, |
10213 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
10214 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
10215 | void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); |
10216 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); |
10217 | void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); |
10218 | |
10219 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
10220 | bool EnteringContext); |
10221 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
10222 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
10223 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10224 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
10225 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
10226 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
10227 | Decl *Constructor, |
10228 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
10229 | |
10230 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
10231 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
10232 | |
10233 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
10234 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
10235 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
10236 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
10237 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
10238 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
10239 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
10240 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
10241 | bool IsParameter); |
10242 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
10243 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
10244 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10245 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
10246 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
10247 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10248 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10249 | bool IsSuper = false); |
10250 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
10251 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
10252 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
10253 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
10254 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
10255 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
10256 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
10257 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10258 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
10259 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
10260 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
10261 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
10262 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
10263 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10264 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10265 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
10266 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
10267 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10268 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10269 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
10270 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
10271 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
10272 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
10273 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
10274 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
10275 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
10276 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
10277 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
10278 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
10279 | bool AtParameterName, |
10280 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
10281 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
10282 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
10283 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
10284 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
10285 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
10286 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
10287 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
10288 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
10289 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
10290 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
10291 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
10292 | unsigned Argument); |
10293 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
10294 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
10295 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
10296 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
10297 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
10298 | //@} |
10299 | |
10300 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
10301 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
10302 | |
10303 | public: |
10304 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
10305 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
10306 | |
10307 | private: |
10308 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
10309 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
10310 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
10311 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
10312 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
10313 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
10314 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
10315 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
10316 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
10317 | bool HasVAListArg; |
10318 | }; |
10319 | |
10320 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
10321 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
10322 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10323 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10324 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
10325 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
10326 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10327 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10328 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
10329 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10330 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10331 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10332 | SourceLocation Loc); |
10333 | |
10334 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
10335 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10336 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10337 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
10338 | |
10339 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
10340 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
10341 | |
10342 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
10343 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10344 | |
10345 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10346 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
10347 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10348 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10349 | |
10350 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10351 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10352 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10353 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10354 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10355 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10356 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10357 | |
10358 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
10359 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
10360 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10361 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
10362 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10363 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10364 | |
10365 | public: |
10366 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
10367 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10368 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
10369 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
10370 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
10371 | |
10372 | private: |
10373 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10374 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10375 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10376 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10377 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10378 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
10379 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10380 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
10381 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
10382 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
10383 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10384 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
10385 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10386 | int Low, int High); |
10387 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
10388 | unsigned Multiple); |
10389 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
10390 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
10391 | bool AllowName); |
10392 | public: |
10393 | enum FormatStringType { |
10394 | FST_Scanf, |
10395 | FST_Printf, |
10396 | FST_NSString, |
10397 | FST_Strftime, |
10398 | FST_Strfmon, |
10399 | FST_Kprintf, |
10400 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
10401 | FST_OSTrace, |
10402 | FST_OSLog, |
10403 | FST_Unknown |
10404 | }; |
10405 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
10406 | |
10407 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
10408 | |
10409 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
10410 | |
10411 | private: |
10412 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
10413 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10414 | bool IsCXXMember, |
10415 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10416 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
10417 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10418 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
10419 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
10420 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
10421 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
10422 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
10423 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
10424 | |
10425 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
10426 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10427 | |
10428 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
10429 | |
10430 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10431 | unsigned BId, |
10432 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10433 | |
10434 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10435 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10436 | |
10437 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
10438 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
10439 | |
10440 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
10441 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
10442 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
10443 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
10444 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
10445 | |
10446 | public: |
10447 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
10448 | |
10449 | private: |
10450 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
10451 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
10452 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
10453 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); |
10454 | |
10455 | /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
10456 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
10457 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
10458 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
10459 | |
10460 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
10461 | Expr *Init); |
10462 | |
10463 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
10464 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
10465 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
10466 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
10467 | |
10468 | /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
10469 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
10470 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
10471 | |
10472 | /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
10473 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
10474 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
10475 | |
10476 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
10477 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
10478 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
10479 | public: |
10480 | /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
10481 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
10482 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
10483 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
10484 | |
10485 | struct TypeTagData { |
10486 | TypeTagData() {} |
10487 | |
10488 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
10489 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
10490 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
10491 | {} |
10492 | |
10493 | QualType Type; |
10494 | |
10495 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
10496 | /// layout-compatibility. |
10497 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
10498 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
10499 | }; |
10500 | |
10501 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
10502 | /// identifies the magic value. |
10503 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
10504 | |
10505 | private: |
10506 | /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. |
10507 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
10508 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
10509 | |
10510 | /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
10511 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
10512 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
10513 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
10514 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
10515 | |
10516 | /// \brief Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
10517 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
10518 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
10519 | |
10520 | /// \brief The parser's current scope. |
10521 | /// |
10522 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
10523 | Scope *CurScope; |
10524 | |
10525 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
10526 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
10527 | |
10528 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
10529 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
10530 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
10531 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
10532 | |
10533 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
10534 | |
10535 | /// \brief The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
10536 | /// |
10537 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
10538 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
10539 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
10540 | |
10541 | protected: |
10542 | friend class Parser; |
10543 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
10544 | friend class ASTReader; |
10545 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
10546 | friend class ASTWriter; |
10547 | |
10548 | public: |
10549 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
10550 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
10551 | |
10552 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
10553 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
10554 | |
10555 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
10556 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
10557 | |
10558 | /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
10559 | /// |
10560 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
10561 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
10562 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
10563 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
10564 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
10565 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
10566 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
10567 | |
10568 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
10569 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
10570 | } |
10571 | |
10572 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
10573 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
10574 | |
10575 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
10576 | |
10577 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
10578 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
10579 | } |
10580 | |
10581 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
10582 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
10583 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
10584 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
10585 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
10586 | return DC; |
10587 | } |
10588 | |
10589 | /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
10590 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
10591 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
10592 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
10593 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
10594 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
10595 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
10596 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
10597 | } |
10598 | |
10599 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
10600 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
10601 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
10602 | |
10603 | private: |
10604 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
10605 | public: |
10606 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
10607 | |
10608 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
10609 | assert(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10610 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty () && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10610, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10611 | assert(S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10612 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member "(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10613 | "exception specs")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs .empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member " "exception specs") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed defaulted member \" \"exception specs\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10613, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10614 | assert(S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() &&(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10615, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
10615 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes")(static_cast <bool> (S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && "there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("S.DelayedDllExportClasses.empty() && \"there shouldn't be any pending delayed DLL export classes\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Sema/Sema.h" , 10615, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
10616 | swapSavedState(); |
10617 | } |
10618 | |
10619 | private: |
10620 | Sema &S; |
10621 | decltype(DelayedExceptionSpecChecks) SavedExceptionSpecChecks; |
10622 | decltype(DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs) |
10623 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; |
10624 | decltype(DelayedDllExportClasses) SavedDllExportClasses; |
10625 | |
10626 | void swapSavedState() { |
10627 | SavedExceptionSpecChecks.swap(S.DelayedExceptionSpecChecks); |
10628 | SavedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs.swap( |
10629 | S.DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs); |
10630 | SavedDllExportClasses.swap(S.DelayedDllExportClasses); |
10631 | } |
10632 | }; |
10633 | |
10634 | /// \brief Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
10635 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
10636 | struct MisalignedMember { |
10637 | Expr *E; |
10638 | RecordDecl *RD; |
10639 | ValueDecl *MD; |
10640 | CharUnits Alignment; |
10641 | |
10642 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
10643 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10644 | CharUnits Alignment) |
10645 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
10646 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
10647 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
10648 | |
10649 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
10650 | }; |
10651 | /// \brief Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
10652 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
10653 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
10654 | |
10655 | /// \brief Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
10656 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
10657 | CharUnits Alignment); |
10658 | |
10659 | public: |
10660 | /// \brief Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
10661 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
10662 | /// diagnostics. |
10663 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
10664 | |
10665 | /// \brief This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
10666 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
10667 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
10668 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
10669 | /// void*). |
10670 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
10671 | |
10672 | /// \brief This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
10673 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
10674 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
10675 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
10676 | Expr *E, |
10677 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
10678 | Action); |
10679 | }; |
10680 | |
10681 | /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
10682 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
10683 | Sema &Actions; |
10684 | bool Entered = true; |
10685 | |
10686 | public: |
10687 | |
10688 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10689 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10690 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
10691 | bool IsDecltype = false, |
10692 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10693 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
10694 | if (Entered) |
10695 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
10696 | IsDecltype); |
10697 | } |
10698 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, |
10699 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
10700 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
10701 | bool IsDecltype = false) |
10702 | : Actions(Actions) { |
10703 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, |
10704 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, |
10705 | IsDecltype); |
10706 | } |
10707 | |
10708 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
10709 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
10710 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
10711 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
10712 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
10713 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
10714 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
10715 | // a context. |
10716 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
10717 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
10718 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
10719 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList, nullptr, false); |
10720 | Entered = true; |
10721 | } |
10722 | } |
10723 | |
10724 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
10725 | if (Entered) |
10726 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
10727 | } |
10728 | }; |
10729 | |
10730 | DeductionFailureInfo |
10731 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
10732 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
10733 | |
10734 | /// \brief Contains a late templated function. |
10735 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
10736 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
10737 | CachedTokens Toks; |
10738 | /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
10739 | Decl *D; |
10740 | }; |
10741 | |
10742 | } // end namespace clang |
10743 | |
10744 | namespace llvm { |
10745 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
10746 | // SourceLocation. |
10747 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
10748 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
10749 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
10750 | |
10751 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
10752 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10753 | } |
10754 | |
10755 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
10756 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
10757 | } |
10758 | |
10759 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
10760 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
10761 | FDL.Loc.getRawEncoding()); |
10762 | } |
10763 | |
10764 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
10765 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
10766 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
10767 | } |
10768 | }; |
10769 | } // namespace llvm |
10770 | |
10771 | #endif |
1 | //===- Decl.h - Classes for representing declarations -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | // |
10 | // This file defines the Decl subclasses. |
11 | // |
12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
13 | |
14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
16 | |
17 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
45 | #include <cassert> |
46 | #include <cstddef> |
47 | #include <cstdint> |
48 | #include <string> |
49 | #include <utility> |
50 | |
51 | namespace clang { |
52 | |
53 | class ASTContext; |
54 | struct ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo; |
55 | class Attr; |
56 | class CompoundStmt; |
57 | class DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo; |
58 | class EnumDecl; |
59 | class Expr; |
60 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
61 | class FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo; |
62 | class LabelStmt; |
63 | class MemberSpecializationInfo; |
64 | class Module; |
65 | class NamespaceDecl; |
66 | class ParmVarDecl; |
67 | class RecordDecl; |
68 | class Stmt; |
69 | class StringLiteral; |
70 | class TagDecl; |
71 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
72 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
73 | class TemplateParameterList; |
74 | class TypeAliasTemplateDecl; |
75 | class TypeLoc; |
76 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
77 | class VarTemplateDecl; |
78 | |
79 | /// A container of type source information. |
80 | /// |
81 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
82 | /// @code |
83 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
84 | /// TL.getStartLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
85 | /// @endcode |
86 | class LLVM_ALIGNAS(8)alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
87 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
88 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
89 | friend class ASTContext; |
90 | |
91 | QualType Ty; |
92 | |
93 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
94 | |
95 | public: |
96 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
97 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
98 | |
99 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
100 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
101 | |
102 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
103 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
104 | }; |
105 | |
106 | /// The top declaration context. |
107 | class TranslationUnitDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
108 | ASTContext &Ctx; |
109 | |
110 | /// The (most recently entered) anonymous namespace for this |
111 | /// translation unit, if one has been created. |
112 | NamespaceDecl *AnonymousNamespace = nullptr; |
113 | |
114 | explicit TranslationUnitDecl(ASTContext &ctx); |
115 | |
116 | virtual void anchor(); |
117 | |
118 | public: |
119 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Ctx; } |
120 | |
121 | NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { return AnonymousNamespace; } |
122 | void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { AnonymousNamespace = D; } |
123 | |
124 | static TranslationUnitDecl *Create(ASTContext &C); |
125 | |
126 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
127 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
128 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TranslationUnit; } |
129 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TranslationUnitDecl *D) { |
130 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TranslationUnitDecl*>(D)); |
131 | } |
132 | static TranslationUnitDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
133 | return static_cast<TranslationUnitDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
134 | } |
135 | }; |
136 | |
137 | /// Represents a `#pragma comment` line. Always a child of |
138 | /// TranslationUnitDecl. |
139 | class PragmaCommentDecl final |
140 | : public Decl, |
141 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PragmaCommentDecl, char> { |
142 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
143 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
144 | friend TrailingObjects; |
145 | |
146 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind; |
147 | |
148 | PragmaCommentDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU, SourceLocation CommentLoc, |
149 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind) |
150 | : Decl(PragmaComment, TU, CommentLoc), CommentKind(CommentKind) {} |
151 | |
152 | virtual void anchor(); |
153 | |
154 | public: |
155 | static PragmaCommentDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TranslationUnitDecl *DC, |
156 | SourceLocation CommentLoc, |
157 | PragmaMSCommentKind CommentKind, |
158 | StringRef Arg); |
159 | static PragmaCommentDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
160 | unsigned ArgSize); |
161 | |
162 | PragmaMSCommentKind getCommentKind() const { return CommentKind; } |
163 | |
164 | StringRef getArg() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
165 | |
166 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
167 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
168 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == PragmaComment; } |
169 | }; |
170 | |
171 | /// Represents a `#pragma detect_mismatch` line. Always a child of |
172 | /// TranslationUnitDecl. |
173 | class PragmaDetectMismatchDecl final |
174 | : public Decl, |
175 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<PragmaDetectMismatchDecl, char> { |
176 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
177 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
178 | friend TrailingObjects; |
179 | |
180 | size_t ValueStart; |
181 | |
182 | PragmaDetectMismatchDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU, SourceLocation Loc, |
183 | size_t ValueStart) |
184 | : Decl(PragmaDetectMismatch, TU, Loc), ValueStart(ValueStart) {} |
185 | |
186 | virtual void anchor(); |
187 | |
188 | public: |
189 | static PragmaDetectMismatchDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
190 | TranslationUnitDecl *DC, |
191 | SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
192 | StringRef Value); |
193 | static PragmaDetectMismatchDecl * |
194 | CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, unsigned NameValueSize); |
195 | |
196 | StringRef getName() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>(); } |
197 | StringRef getValue() const { return getTrailingObjects<char>() + ValueStart; } |
198 | |
199 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
200 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
201 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == PragmaDetectMismatch; } |
202 | }; |
203 | |
204 | /// Declaration context for names declared as extern "C" in C++. This |
205 | /// is neither the semantic nor lexical context for such declarations, but is |
206 | /// used to check for conflicts with other extern "C" declarations. Example: |
207 | /// |
208 | /// \code |
209 | /// namespace N { extern "C" void f(); } // #1 |
210 | /// void N::f() {} // #2 |
211 | /// namespace M { extern "C" void f(); } // #3 |
212 | /// \endcode |
213 | /// |
214 | /// The semantic context of #1 is namespace N and its lexical context is the |
215 | /// LinkageSpecDecl; the semantic context of #2 is namespace N and its lexical |
216 | /// context is the TU. However, both declarations are also visible in the |
217 | /// extern "C" context. |
218 | /// |
219 | /// The declaration at #3 finds it is a redeclaration of \c N::f through |
220 | /// lookup in the extern "C" context. |
221 | class ExternCContextDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
222 | explicit ExternCContextDecl(TranslationUnitDecl *TU) |
223 | : Decl(ExternCContext, TU, SourceLocation()), |
224 | DeclContext(ExternCContext) {} |
225 | |
226 | virtual void anchor(); |
227 | |
228 | public: |
229 | static ExternCContextDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, |
230 | TranslationUnitDecl *TU); |
231 | |
232 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
233 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
234 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ExternCContext; } |
235 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ExternCContextDecl *D) { |
236 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ExternCContextDecl*>(D)); |
237 | } |
238 | static ExternCContextDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
239 | return static_cast<ExternCContextDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
240 | } |
241 | }; |
242 | |
243 | /// This represents a decl that may have a name. Many decls have names such |
244 | /// as ObjCMethodDecl, but not \@class, etc. |
245 | /// |
246 | /// Note that not every NamedDecl is actually named (e.g., a struct might |
247 | /// be anonymous), and not every name is an identifier. |
248 | class NamedDecl : public Decl { |
249 | /// The name of this declaration, which is typically a normal |
250 | /// identifier but may also be a special kind of name (C++ |
251 | /// constructor, Objective-C selector, etc.) |
252 | DeclarationName Name; |
253 | |
254 | virtual void anchor(); |
255 | |
256 | private: |
257 | NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDeclImpl() LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
258 | |
259 | protected: |
260 | NamedDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N) |
261 | : Decl(DK, DC, L), Name(N) {} |
262 | |
263 | public: |
264 | /// Get the identifier that names this declaration, if there is one. |
265 | /// |
266 | /// This will return NULL if this declaration has no name (e.g., for |
267 | /// an unnamed class) or if the name is a special name (C++ constructor, |
268 | /// Objective-C selector, etc.). |
269 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); } |
270 | |
271 | /// Get the name of identifier for this declaration as a StringRef. |
272 | /// |
273 | /// This requires that the declaration have a name and that it be a simple |
274 | /// identifier. |
275 | StringRef getName() const { |
276 | assert(Name.isIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier")(static_cast <bool> (Name.isIdentifier() && "Name is not a simple identifier" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Name.isIdentifier() && \"Name is not a simple identifier\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 276, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
277 | return getIdentifier() ? getIdentifier()->getName() : ""; |
278 | } |
279 | |
280 | /// Get a human-readable name for the declaration, even if it is one of the |
281 | /// special kinds of names (C++ constructor, Objective-C selector, etc). |
282 | /// |
283 | /// Creating this name requires expensive string manipulation, so it should |
284 | /// be called only when performance doesn't matter. For simple declarations, |
285 | /// getNameAsCString() should suffice. |
286 | // |
287 | // FIXME: This function should be renamed to indicate that it is not just an |
288 | // alternate form of getName(), and clients should move as appropriate. |
289 | // |
290 | // FIXME: Deprecated, move clients to getName(). |
291 | std::string getNameAsString() const { return Name.getAsString(); } |
292 | |
293 | virtual void printName(raw_ostream &os) const; |
294 | |
295 | /// Get the actual, stored name of the declaration, which may be a special |
296 | /// name. |
297 | DeclarationName getDeclName() const { return Name; } |
298 | |
299 | /// Set the name of this declaration. |
300 | void setDeclName(DeclarationName N) { Name = N; } |
301 | |
302 | /// Returns a human-readable qualified name for this declaration, like |
303 | /// A::B::i, for i being member of namespace A::B. |
304 | /// |
305 | /// If the declaration is not a member of context which can be named (record, |
306 | /// namespace), it will return the same result as printName(). |
307 | /// |
308 | /// Creating this name is expensive, so it should be called only when |
309 | /// performance doesn't matter. |
310 | void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS) const; |
311 | void printQualifiedName(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
312 | |
313 | // FIXME: Remove string version. |
314 | std::string getQualifiedNameAsString() const; |
315 | |
316 | /// Appends a human-readable name for this declaration into the given stream. |
317 | /// |
318 | /// This is the method invoked by Sema when displaying a NamedDecl |
319 | /// in a diagnostic. It does not necessarily produce the same |
320 | /// result as printName(); for example, class template |
321 | /// specializations are printed with their template arguments. |
322 | virtual void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS, |
323 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
324 | bool Qualified) const; |
325 | |
326 | /// Determine whether this declaration, if known to be well-formed within |
327 | /// its context, will replace the declaration OldD if introduced into scope. |
328 | /// |
329 | /// A declaration will replace another declaration if, for example, it is |
330 | /// a redeclaration of the same variable or function, but not if it is a |
331 | /// declaration of a different kind (function vs. class) or an overloaded |
332 | /// function. |
333 | /// |
334 | /// \param IsKnownNewer \c true if this declaration is known to be newer |
335 | /// than \p OldD (for instance, if this declaration is newly-created). |
336 | bool declarationReplaces(NamedDecl *OldD, bool IsKnownNewer = true) const; |
337 | |
338 | /// Determine whether this declaration has linkage. |
339 | bool hasLinkage() const; |
340 | |
341 | using Decl::isModulePrivate; |
342 | using Decl::setModulePrivate; |
343 | |
344 | /// Determine whether this declaration is a C++ class member. |
345 | bool isCXXClassMember() const { |
346 | const DeclContext *DC = getDeclContext(); |
347 | |
348 | // C++0x [class.mem]p1: |
349 | // The enumerators of an unscoped enumeration defined in |
350 | // the class are members of the class. |
351 | if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) |
352 | DC = DC->getRedeclContext(); |
353 | |
354 | return DC->isRecord(); |
355 | } |
356 | |
357 | /// Determine whether the given declaration is an instance member of |
358 | /// a C++ class. |
359 | bool isCXXInstanceMember() const; |
360 | |
361 | /// Determine what kind of linkage this entity has. |
362 | /// |
363 | /// This is not the linkage as defined by the standard or the codegen notion |
364 | /// of linkage. It is just an implementation detail that is used to compute |
365 | /// those. |
366 | Linkage getLinkageInternal() const; |
367 | |
368 | /// Get the linkage from a semantic point of view. Entities in |
369 | /// anonymous namespaces are external (in c++98). |
370 | Linkage getFormalLinkage() const { |
371 | return clang::getFormalLinkage(getLinkageInternal()); |
372 | } |
373 | |
374 | /// True if this decl has external linkage. |
375 | bool hasExternalFormalLinkage() const { |
376 | return isExternalFormalLinkage(getLinkageInternal()); |
377 | } |
378 | |
379 | bool isExternallyVisible() const { |
380 | return clang::isExternallyVisible(getLinkageInternal()); |
381 | } |
382 | |
383 | /// Determine whether this declaration can be redeclared in a |
384 | /// different translation unit. |
385 | bool isExternallyDeclarable() const { |
386 | return isExternallyVisible() && !getOwningModuleForLinkage(); |
387 | } |
388 | |
389 | /// Determines the visibility of this entity. |
390 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
391 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
392 | } |
393 | |
394 | /// Determines the linkage and visibility of this entity. |
395 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
396 | |
397 | /// Kinds of explicit visibility. |
398 | enum ExplicitVisibilityKind { |
399 | /// Do an LV computation for, ultimately, a type. |
400 | /// Visibility may be restricted by type visibility settings and |
401 | /// the visibility of template arguments. |
402 | VisibilityForType, |
403 | |
404 | /// Do an LV computation for, ultimately, a non-type declaration. |
405 | /// Visibility may be restricted by value visibility settings and |
406 | /// the visibility of template arguments. |
407 | VisibilityForValue |
408 | }; |
409 | |
410 | /// If visibility was explicitly specified for this |
411 | /// declaration, return that visibility. |
412 | Optional<Visibility> |
413 | getExplicitVisibility(ExplicitVisibilityKind kind) const; |
414 | |
415 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
416 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
417 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
418 | |
419 | /// True if something has required us to compute the linkage |
420 | /// of this declaration. |
421 | /// |
422 | /// Language features which can retroactively change linkage (like a |
423 | /// typedef name for linkage purposes) may need to consider this, |
424 | /// but hopefully only in transitory ways during parsing. |
425 | bool hasLinkageBeenComputed() const { |
426 | return hasCachedLinkage(); |
427 | } |
428 | |
429 | /// Looks through UsingDecls and ObjCCompatibleAliasDecls for |
430 | /// the underlying named decl. |
431 | NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() { |
432 | // Fast-path the common case. |
433 | if (this->getKind() != UsingShadow && |
434 | this->getKind() != ConstructorUsingShadow && |
435 | this->getKind() != ObjCCompatibleAlias && |
436 | this->getKind() != NamespaceAlias) |
437 | return this; |
438 | |
439 | return getUnderlyingDeclImpl(); |
440 | } |
441 | const NamedDecl *getUnderlyingDecl() const { |
442 | return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
443 | } |
444 | |
445 | NamedDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
446 | return cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
447 | } |
448 | const NamedDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
449 | return const_cast<NamedDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
450 | } |
451 | |
452 | ObjCStringFormatFamily getObjCFStringFormattingFamily() const; |
453 | |
454 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
455 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstNamed && K <= lastNamed; } |
456 | }; |
457 | |
458 | inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, const NamedDecl &ND) { |
459 | ND.printName(OS); |
460 | return OS; |
461 | } |
462 | |
463 | /// Represents the declaration of a label. Labels also have a |
464 | /// corresponding LabelStmt, which indicates the position that the label was |
465 | /// defined at. For normal labels, the location of the decl is the same as the |
466 | /// location of the statement. For GNU local labels (__label__), the decl |
467 | /// location is where the __label__ is. |
468 | class LabelDecl : public NamedDecl { |
469 | LabelStmt *TheStmt; |
470 | StringRef MSAsmName; |
471 | bool MSAsmNameResolved = false; |
472 | |
473 | /// For normal labels, this is the same as the main declaration |
474 | /// label, i.e., the location of the identifier; for GNU local labels, |
475 | /// this is the location of the __label__ keyword. |
476 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
477 | |
478 | LabelDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II, |
479 | LabelStmt *S, SourceLocation StartL) |
480 | : NamedDecl(Label, DC, IdentL, II), TheStmt(S), LocStart(StartL) {} |
481 | |
482 | void anchor() override; |
483 | |
484 | public: |
485 | static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
486 | SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II); |
487 | static LabelDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
488 | SourceLocation IdentL, IdentifierInfo *II, |
489 | SourceLocation GnuLabelL); |
490 | static LabelDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
491 | |
492 | LabelStmt *getStmt() const { return TheStmt; } |
493 | void setStmt(LabelStmt *T) { TheStmt = T; } |
494 | |
495 | bool isGnuLocal() const { return LocStart != getLocation(); } |
496 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
497 | |
498 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
499 | return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation()); |
500 | } |
501 | |
502 | bool isMSAsmLabel() const { return !MSAsmName.empty(); } |
503 | bool isResolvedMSAsmLabel() const { return isMSAsmLabel() && MSAsmNameResolved; } |
504 | void setMSAsmLabel(StringRef Name); |
505 | StringRef getMSAsmLabel() const { return MSAsmName; } |
506 | void setMSAsmLabelResolved() { MSAsmNameResolved = true; } |
507 | |
508 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
509 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
510 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Label; } |
511 | }; |
512 | |
513 | /// Represent a C++ namespace. |
514 | class NamespaceDecl : public NamedDecl, public DeclContext, |
515 | public Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl> |
516 | { |
517 | /// The starting location of the source range, pointing |
518 | /// to either the namespace or the inline keyword. |
519 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
520 | |
521 | /// The ending location of the source range. |
522 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
523 | |
524 | /// A pointer to either the anonymous namespace that lives just inside |
525 | /// this namespace or to the first namespace in the chain (the latter case |
526 | /// only when this is not the first in the chain), along with a |
527 | /// boolean value indicating whether this is an inline namespace. |
528 | llvm::PointerIntPair<NamespaceDecl *, 1, bool> AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline; |
529 | |
530 | NamespaceDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, bool Inline, |
531 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
532 | IdentifierInfo *Id, NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl); |
533 | |
534 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<NamespaceDecl>; |
535 | |
536 | NamespaceDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override; |
537 | NamespaceDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override; |
538 | NamespaceDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override; |
539 | |
540 | public: |
541 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
542 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
543 | |
544 | static NamespaceDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
545 | bool Inline, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
546 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
547 | NamespaceDecl *PrevDecl); |
548 | |
549 | static NamespaceDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
550 | |
551 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
552 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
553 | |
554 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
555 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
556 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
557 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
558 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
559 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
560 | |
561 | /// Returns true if this is an anonymous namespace declaration. |
562 | /// |
563 | /// For example: |
564 | /// \code |
565 | /// namespace { |
566 | /// ... |
567 | /// }; |
568 | /// \endcode |
569 | /// q.v. C++ [namespace.unnamed] |
570 | bool isAnonymousNamespace() const { |
571 | return !getIdentifier(); |
572 | } |
573 | |
574 | /// Returns true if this is an inline namespace declaration. |
575 | bool isInline() const { |
576 | return AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getInt(); |
577 | } |
578 | |
579 | /// Set whether this is an inline namespace declaration. |
580 | void setInline(bool Inline) { |
581 | AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setInt(Inline); |
582 | } |
583 | |
584 | /// Get the original (first) namespace declaration. |
585 | NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace(); |
586 | |
587 | /// Get the original (first) namespace declaration. |
588 | const NamespaceDecl *getOriginalNamespace() const; |
589 | |
590 | /// Return true if this declaration is an original (first) declaration |
591 | /// of the namespace. This is false for non-original (subsequent) namespace |
592 | /// declarations and anonymous namespaces. |
593 | bool isOriginalNamespace() const; |
594 | |
595 | /// Retrieve the anonymous namespace nested inside this namespace, |
596 | /// if any. |
597 | NamespaceDecl *getAnonymousNamespace() const { |
598 | return getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.getPointer(); |
599 | } |
600 | |
601 | void setAnonymousNamespace(NamespaceDecl *D) { |
602 | getOriginalNamespace()->AnonOrFirstNamespaceAndInline.setPointer(D); |
603 | } |
604 | |
605 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this namespace. |
606 | NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
607 | return getOriginalNamespace(); |
608 | } |
609 | const NamespaceDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
610 | return getOriginalNamespace(); |
611 | } |
612 | |
613 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
614 | return SourceRange(LocStart, RBraceLoc); |
615 | } |
616 | |
617 | SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return LocStart; } |
618 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
619 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
620 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; } |
621 | |
622 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
623 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
624 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Namespace; } |
625 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const NamespaceDecl *D) { |
626 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<NamespaceDecl*>(D)); |
627 | } |
628 | static NamespaceDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
629 | return static_cast<NamespaceDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
630 | } |
631 | }; |
632 | |
633 | /// Represent the declaration of a variable (in which case it is |
634 | /// an lvalue) a function (in which case it is a function designator) or |
635 | /// an enum constant. |
636 | class ValueDecl : public NamedDecl { |
637 | QualType DeclType; |
638 | |
639 | void anchor() override; |
640 | |
641 | protected: |
642 | ValueDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
643 | DeclarationName N, QualType T) |
644 | : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, N), DeclType(T) {} |
645 | |
646 | public: |
647 | QualType getType() const { return DeclType; } |
648 | void setType(QualType newType) { DeclType = newType; } |
649 | |
650 | /// Determine whether this symbol is weakly-imported, |
651 | /// or declared with the weak or weak-ref attr. |
652 | bool isWeak() const; |
653 | |
654 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
655 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
656 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstValue && K <= lastValue; } |
657 | }; |
658 | |
659 | /// A struct with extended info about a syntactic |
660 | /// name qualifier, to be used for the case of out-of-line declarations. |
661 | struct QualifierInfo { |
662 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc; |
663 | |
664 | /// The number of "outer" template parameter lists. |
665 | /// The count includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched |
666 | /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the |
667 | /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>". |
668 | unsigned NumTemplParamLists = 0; |
669 | |
670 | /// A new-allocated array of size NumTemplParamLists, |
671 | /// containing pointers to the "outer" template parameter lists. |
672 | /// It includes all of the template parameter lists that were matched |
673 | /// against the template-ids occurring into the NNS and possibly (in the |
674 | /// case of an explicit specialization) a final "template <>". |
675 | TemplateParameterList** TemplParamLists = nullptr; |
676 | |
677 | QualifierInfo() = default; |
678 | QualifierInfo(const QualifierInfo &) = delete; |
679 | QualifierInfo& operator=(const QualifierInfo &) = delete; |
680 | |
681 | /// Sets info about "outer" template parameter lists. |
682 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
683 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
684 | }; |
685 | |
686 | /// Represents a ValueDecl that came out of a declarator. |
687 | /// Contains type source information through TypeSourceInfo. |
688 | class DeclaratorDecl : public ValueDecl { |
689 | // A struct representing both a TInfo and a syntactic qualifier, |
690 | // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations. |
691 | struct ExtInfo : public QualifierInfo { |
692 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
693 | }; |
694 | |
695 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, ExtInfo *> DeclInfo; |
696 | |
697 | /// The start of the source range for this declaration, |
698 | /// ignoring outer template declarations. |
699 | SourceLocation InnerLocStart; |
700 | |
701 | bool hasExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.is<ExtInfo*>(); } |
702 | ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); } |
703 | const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { return DeclInfo.get<ExtInfo*>(); } |
704 | |
705 | protected: |
706 | DeclaratorDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
707 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
708 | SourceLocation StartL) |
709 | : ValueDecl(DK, DC, L, N, T), DeclInfo(TInfo), InnerLocStart(StartL) {} |
710 | |
711 | public: |
712 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
713 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
714 | |
715 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
716 | return hasExtInfo() |
717 | ? getExtInfo()->TInfo |
718 | : DeclInfo.get<TypeSourceInfo*>(); |
719 | } |
720 | |
721 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
722 | if (hasExtInfo()) |
723 | getExtInfo()->TInfo = TI; |
724 | else |
725 | DeclInfo = TI; |
726 | } |
727 | |
728 | /// Return start of source range ignoring outer template declarations. |
729 | SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return InnerLocStart; } |
730 | void setInnerLocStart(SourceLocation L) { InnerLocStart = L; } |
731 | |
732 | /// Return start of source range taking into account any outer template |
733 | /// declarations. |
734 | SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const; |
735 | |
736 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
737 | |
738 | SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
739 | return getOuterLocStart(); |
740 | } |
741 | |
742 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this |
743 | /// declaration, if it was present in the source. |
744 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
745 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier() |
746 | : nullptr; |
747 | } |
748 | |
749 | /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location |
750 | /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was |
751 | /// present in the source. |
752 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
753 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc |
754 | : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
755 | } |
756 | |
757 | void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc); |
758 | |
759 | unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const { |
760 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0; |
761 | } |
762 | |
763 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned index) const { |
764 | assert(index < getNumTemplateParameterLists())(static_cast <bool> (index < getNumTemplateParameterLists ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("index < getNumTemplateParameterLists()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 764, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
765 | return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[index]; |
766 | } |
767 | |
768 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
769 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
770 | |
771 | SourceLocation getTypeSpecStartLoc() const; |
772 | |
773 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
774 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
775 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
776 | return K >= firstDeclarator && K <= lastDeclarator; |
777 | } |
778 | }; |
779 | |
780 | /// Structure used to store a statement, the constant value to |
781 | /// which it was evaluated (if any), and whether or not the statement |
782 | /// is an integral constant expression (if known). |
783 | struct EvaluatedStmt { |
784 | /// Whether this statement was already evaluated. |
785 | bool WasEvaluated : 1; |
786 | |
787 | /// Whether this statement is being evaluated. |
788 | bool IsEvaluating : 1; |
789 | |
790 | /// Whether we already checked whether this statement was an |
791 | /// integral constant expression. |
792 | bool CheckedICE : 1; |
793 | |
794 | /// Whether we are checking whether this statement is an |
795 | /// integral constant expression. |
796 | bool CheckingICE : 1; |
797 | |
798 | /// Whether this statement is an integral constant expression, |
799 | /// or in C++11, whether the statement is a constant expression. Only |
800 | /// valid if CheckedICE is true. |
801 | bool IsICE : 1; |
802 | |
803 | Stmt *Value; |
804 | APValue Evaluated; |
805 | |
806 | EvaluatedStmt() : WasEvaluated(false), IsEvaluating(false), CheckedICE(false), |
807 | CheckingICE(false), IsICE(false) {} |
808 | |
809 | }; |
810 | |
811 | /// Represents a variable declaration or definition. |
812 | class VarDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Redeclarable<VarDecl> { |
813 | public: |
814 | /// Initialization styles. |
815 | enum InitializationStyle { |
816 | /// C-style initialization with assignment |
817 | CInit, |
818 | |
819 | /// Call-style initialization (C++98) |
820 | CallInit, |
821 | |
822 | /// Direct list-initialization (C++11) |
823 | ListInit |
824 | }; |
825 | |
826 | /// Kinds of thread-local storage. |
827 | enum TLSKind { |
828 | /// Not a TLS variable. |
829 | TLS_None, |
830 | |
831 | /// TLS with a known-constant initializer. |
832 | TLS_Static, |
833 | |
834 | /// TLS with a dynamic initializer. |
835 | TLS_Dynamic |
836 | }; |
837 | |
838 | /// Return the string used to specify the storage class \p SC. |
839 | /// |
840 | /// It is illegal to call this function with SC == None. |
841 | static const char *getStorageClassSpecifierString(StorageClass SC); |
842 | |
843 | protected: |
844 | // A pointer union of Stmt * and EvaluatedStmt *. When an EvaluatedStmt, we |
845 | // have allocated the auxiliary struct of information there. |
846 | // |
847 | // TODO: It is a bit unfortunate to use a PointerUnion inside the VarDecl for |
848 | // this as *many* VarDecls are ParmVarDecls that don't have default |
849 | // arguments. We could save some space by moving this pointer union to be |
850 | // allocated in trailing space when necessary. |
851 | using InitType = llvm::PointerUnion<Stmt *, EvaluatedStmt *>; |
852 | |
853 | /// The initializer for this variable or, for a ParmVarDecl, the |
854 | /// C++ default argument. |
855 | mutable InitType Init; |
856 | |
857 | private: |
858 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
859 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
860 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
861 | |
862 | class VarDeclBitfields { |
863 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
864 | friend class VarDecl; |
865 | |
866 | unsigned SClass : 3; |
867 | unsigned TSCSpec : 2; |
868 | unsigned InitStyle : 2; |
869 | }; |
870 | enum { NumVarDeclBits = 7 }; |
871 | |
872 | protected: |
873 | enum { NumParameterIndexBits = 8 }; |
874 | |
875 | enum DefaultArgKind { |
876 | DAK_None, |
877 | DAK_Unparsed, |
878 | DAK_Uninstantiated, |
879 | DAK_Normal |
880 | }; |
881 | |
882 | class ParmVarDeclBitfields { |
883 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
884 | friend class ParmVarDecl; |
885 | |
886 | unsigned : NumVarDeclBits; |
887 | |
888 | /// Whether this parameter inherits a default argument from a |
889 | /// prior declaration. |
890 | unsigned HasInheritedDefaultArg : 1; |
891 | |
892 | /// Describes the kind of default argument for this parameter. By default |
893 | /// this is none. If this is normal, then the default argument is stored in |
894 | /// the \c VarDecl initializer expression unless we were unable to parse |
895 | /// (even an invalid) expression for the default argument. |
896 | unsigned DefaultArgKind : 2; |
897 | |
898 | /// Whether this parameter undergoes K&R argument promotion. |
899 | unsigned IsKNRPromoted : 1; |
900 | |
901 | /// Whether this parameter is an ObjC method parameter or not. |
902 | unsigned IsObjCMethodParam : 1; |
903 | |
904 | /// If IsObjCMethodParam, a Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier. |
905 | /// Otherwise, the number of function parameter scopes enclosing |
906 | /// the function parameter scope in which this parameter was |
907 | /// declared. |
908 | unsigned ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals : 7; |
909 | |
910 | /// The number of parameters preceding this parameter in the |
911 | /// function parameter scope in which it was declared. |
912 | unsigned ParameterIndex : NumParameterIndexBits; |
913 | }; |
914 | |
915 | class NonParmVarDeclBitfields { |
916 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
917 | friend class ImplicitParamDecl; |
918 | friend class VarDecl; |
919 | |
920 | unsigned : NumVarDeclBits; |
921 | |
922 | // FIXME: We need something similar to CXXRecordDecl::DefinitionData. |
923 | /// Whether this variable is a definition which was demoted due to |
924 | /// module merge. |
925 | unsigned IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition : 1; |
926 | |
927 | /// Whether this variable is the exception variable in a C++ catch |
928 | /// or an Objective-C @catch statement. |
929 | unsigned ExceptionVar : 1; |
930 | |
931 | /// Whether this local variable could be allocated in the return |
932 | /// slot of its function, enabling the named return value optimization |
933 | /// (NRVO). |
934 | unsigned NRVOVariable : 1; |
935 | |
936 | /// Whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in a C++0x |
937 | /// for-range statement. |
938 | unsigned CXXForRangeDecl : 1; |
939 | |
940 | /// Whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong |
941 | /// variable; see isARCPseudoStrong() for details. |
942 | unsigned ARCPseudoStrong : 1; |
943 | |
944 | /// Whether this variable is (C++1z) inline. |
945 | unsigned IsInline : 1; |
946 | |
947 | /// Whether this variable has (C++1z) inline explicitly specified. |
948 | unsigned IsInlineSpecified : 1; |
949 | |
950 | /// Whether this variable is (C++0x) constexpr. |
951 | unsigned IsConstexpr : 1; |
952 | |
953 | /// Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda |
954 | /// init-capture. |
955 | unsigned IsInitCapture : 1; |
956 | |
957 | /// Whether this local extern variable's previous declaration was |
958 | /// declared in the same block scope. This controls whether we should merge |
959 | /// the type of this declaration with its previous declaration. |
960 | unsigned PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope : 1; |
961 | |
962 | /// Defines kind of the ImplicitParamDecl: 'this', 'self', 'vtt', '_cmd' or |
963 | /// something else. |
964 | unsigned ImplicitParamKind : 3; |
965 | }; |
966 | |
967 | union { |
968 | unsigned AllBits; |
969 | VarDeclBitfields VarDeclBits; |
970 | ParmVarDeclBitfields ParmVarDeclBits; |
971 | NonParmVarDeclBitfields NonParmVarDeclBits; |
972 | }; |
973 | |
974 | VarDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
975 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
976 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC); |
977 | |
978 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<VarDecl>; |
979 | |
980 | VarDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
981 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
982 | } |
983 | |
984 | VarDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
985 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
986 | } |
987 | |
988 | VarDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
989 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
990 | } |
991 | |
992 | public: |
993 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
994 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
995 | |
996 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
997 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
998 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
999 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
1000 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
1001 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
1002 | |
1003 | static VarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1004 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
1005 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1006 | StorageClass S); |
1007 | |
1008 | static VarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1009 | |
1010 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
1011 | |
1012 | /// Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the |
1013 | /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage. |
1014 | StorageClass getStorageClass() const { |
1015 | return (StorageClass) VarDeclBits.SClass; |
1016 | } |
1017 | void setStorageClass(StorageClass SC); |
1018 | |
1019 | void setTSCSpec(ThreadStorageClassSpecifier TSC) { |
1020 | VarDeclBits.TSCSpec = TSC; |
1021 | assert(VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && "truncation")(static_cast <bool> (VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && "truncation") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("VarDeclBits.TSCSpec == TSC && \"truncation\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1021, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1022 | } |
1023 | ThreadStorageClassSpecifier getTSCSpec() const { |
1024 | return static_cast<ThreadStorageClassSpecifier>(VarDeclBits.TSCSpec); |
1025 | } |
1026 | TLSKind getTLSKind() const; |
1027 | |
1028 | /// Returns true if a variable with function scope is a non-static local |
1029 | /// variable. |
1030 | bool hasLocalStorage() const { |
1031 | if (getStorageClass() == SC_None) { |
1032 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: The __constant or constant address space name is |
1033 | // used to describe variables allocated in global memory and which are |
1034 | // accessed inside a kernel(s) as read-only variables. As such, variables |
1035 | // in constant address space cannot have local storage. |
1036 | if (getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) |
1037 | return false; |
1038 | // Second check is for C++11 [dcl.stc]p4. |
1039 | return !isFileVarDecl() && getTSCSpec() == TSCS_unspecified; |
1040 | } |
1041 | |
1042 | // Global Named Register (GNU extension) |
1043 | if (getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) |
1044 | return false; |
1045 | |
1046 | // Return true for: Auto, Register. |
1047 | // Return false for: Extern, Static, PrivateExtern, OpenCLWorkGroupLocal. |
1048 | |
1049 | return getStorageClass() >= SC_Auto; |
1050 | } |
1051 | |
1052 | /// Returns true if a variable with function scope is a static local |
1053 | /// variable. |
1054 | bool isStaticLocal() const { |
1055 | return (getStorageClass() == SC_Static || |
1056 | // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4 |
1057 | (getStorageClass() == SC_None && getTSCSpec() == TSCS_thread_local)) |
1058 | && !isFileVarDecl(); |
1059 | } |
1060 | |
1061 | /// Returns true if a variable has extern or __private_extern__ |
1062 | /// storage. |
1063 | bool hasExternalStorage() const { |
1064 | return getStorageClass() == SC_Extern || |
1065 | getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern; |
1066 | } |
1067 | |
1068 | /// Returns true for all variables that do not have local storage. |
1069 | /// |
1070 | /// This includes all global variables as well as static variables declared |
1071 | /// within a function. |
1072 | bool hasGlobalStorage() const { return !hasLocalStorage(); } |
1073 | |
1074 | /// Get the storage duration of this variable, per C++ [basic.stc]. |
1075 | StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const { |
1076 | return hasLocalStorage() ? SD_Automatic : |
1077 | getTSCSpec() ? SD_Thread : SD_Static; |
1078 | } |
1079 | |
1080 | /// Compute the language linkage. |
1081 | LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const; |
1082 | |
1083 | /// Determines whether this variable is a variable with external, C linkage. |
1084 | bool isExternC() const; |
1085 | |
1086 | /// Determines whether this variable's context is, or is nested within, |
1087 | /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec. |
1088 | bool isInExternCContext() const; |
1089 | |
1090 | /// Determines whether this variable's context is, or is nested within, |
1091 | /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec. |
1092 | bool isInExternCXXContext() const; |
1093 | |
1094 | /// Returns true for local variable declarations other than parameters. |
1095 | /// Note that this includes static variables inside of functions. It also |
1096 | /// includes variables inside blocks. |
1097 | /// |
1098 | /// void foo() { int x; static int y; extern int z; } |
1099 | bool isLocalVarDecl() const { |
1100 | if (getKind() != Decl::Var && getKind() != Decl::Decomposition) |
1101 | return false; |
1102 | if (const DeclContext *DC = getLexicalDeclContext()) |
1103 | return DC->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); |
1104 | return false; |
1105 | } |
1106 | |
1107 | /// Similar to isLocalVarDecl but also includes parameters. |
1108 | bool isLocalVarDeclOrParm() const { |
1109 | return isLocalVarDecl() || getKind() == Decl::ParmVar; |
1110 | } |
1111 | |
1112 | /// Similar to isLocalVarDecl, but excludes variables declared in blocks. |
1113 | bool isFunctionOrMethodVarDecl() const { |
1114 | if (getKind() != Decl::Var && getKind() != Decl::Decomposition) |
1115 | return false; |
1116 | const DeclContext *DC = getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
1117 | return DC->isFunctionOrMethod() && DC->getDeclKind() != Decl::Block; |
1118 | } |
1119 | |
1120 | /// Determines whether this is a static data member. |
1121 | /// |
1122 | /// This will only be true in C++, and applies to, e.g., the |
1123 | /// variable 'x' in: |
1124 | /// \code |
1125 | /// struct S { |
1126 | /// static int x; |
1127 | /// }; |
1128 | /// \endcode |
1129 | bool isStaticDataMember() const { |
1130 | // If it wasn't static, it would be a FieldDecl. |
1131 | return getKind() != Decl::ParmVar && getDeclContext()->isRecord(); |
1132 | } |
1133 | |
1134 | VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
1135 | const VarDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
1136 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
1137 | } |
1138 | |
1139 | enum DefinitionKind { |
1140 | /// This declaration is only a declaration. |
1141 | DeclarationOnly, |
1142 | |
1143 | /// This declaration is a tentative definition. |
1144 | TentativeDefinition, |
1145 | |
1146 | /// This declaration is definitely a definition. |
1147 | Definition |
1148 | }; |
1149 | |
1150 | /// Check whether this declaration is a definition. If this could be |
1151 | /// a tentative definition (in C), don't check whether there's an overriding |
1152 | /// definition. |
1153 | DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition(ASTContext &) const; |
1154 | DefinitionKind isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
1155 | return isThisDeclarationADefinition(getASTContext()); |
1156 | } |
1157 | |
1158 | /// Check whether this variable is defined in this translation unit. |
1159 | DefinitionKind hasDefinition(ASTContext &) const; |
1160 | DefinitionKind hasDefinition() const { |
1161 | return hasDefinition(getASTContext()); |
1162 | } |
1163 | |
1164 | /// Get the tentative definition that acts as the real definition in a TU. |
1165 | /// Returns null if there is a proper definition available. |
1166 | VarDecl *getActingDefinition(); |
1167 | const VarDecl *getActingDefinition() const { |
1168 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getActingDefinition(); |
1169 | } |
1170 | |
1171 | /// Get the real (not just tentative) definition for this declaration. |
1172 | VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &); |
1173 | const VarDecl *getDefinition(ASTContext &C) const { |
1174 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(C); |
1175 | } |
1176 | VarDecl *getDefinition() { |
1177 | return getDefinition(getASTContext()); |
1178 | } |
1179 | const VarDecl *getDefinition() const { |
1180 | return const_cast<VarDecl*>(this)->getDefinition(); |
1181 | } |
1182 | |
1183 | /// Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line |
1184 | /// definition of a static data member. |
1185 | bool isOutOfLine() const override; |
1186 | |
1187 | /// Returns true for file scoped variable declaration. |
1188 | bool isFileVarDecl() const { |
1189 | Kind K = getKind(); |
1190 | if (K == ParmVar || K == ImplicitParam) |
1191 | return false; |
1192 | |
1193 | if (getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
1194 | return true; |
1195 | |
1196 | if (isStaticDataMember()) |
1197 | return true; |
1198 | |
1199 | return false; |
1200 | } |
1201 | |
1202 | /// Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which |
1203 | /// declaration it is attached to. |
1204 | const Expr *getAnyInitializer() const { |
1205 | const VarDecl *D; |
1206 | return getAnyInitializer(D); |
1207 | } |
1208 | |
1209 | /// Get the initializer for this variable, no matter which |
1210 | /// declaration it is attached to. Also get that declaration. |
1211 | const Expr *getAnyInitializer(const VarDecl *&D) const; |
1212 | |
1213 | bool hasInit() const; |
1214 | const Expr *getInit() const { |
1215 | return const_cast<VarDecl *>(this)->getInit(); |
1216 | } |
1217 | Expr *getInit(); |
1218 | |
1219 | /// Retrieve the address of the initializer expression. |
1220 | Stmt **getInitAddress(); |
1221 | |
1222 | void setInit(Expr *I); |
1223 | |
1224 | /// Determine whether this variable's value can be used in a |
1225 | /// constant expression, according to the relevant language standard. |
1226 | /// This only checks properties of the declaration, and does not check |
1227 | /// whether the initializer is in fact a constant expression. |
1228 | bool isUsableInConstantExpressions(ASTContext &C) const; |
1229 | |
1230 | EvaluatedStmt *ensureEvaluatedStmt() const; |
1231 | |
1232 | /// \brief Attempt to evaluate the value of the initializer attached to this |
1233 | /// declaration, and produce notes explaining why it cannot be evaluated or is |
1234 | /// not a constant expression. Returns a pointer to the value if evaluation |
1235 | /// succeeded, 0 otherwise. |
1236 | APValue *evaluateValue() const; |
1237 | APValue *evaluateValue(SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const; |
1238 | |
1239 | /// \brief Return the already-evaluated value of this variable's |
1240 | /// initializer, or NULL if the value is not yet known. Returns pointer |
1241 | /// to untyped APValue if the value could not be evaluated. |
1242 | APValue *getEvaluatedValue() const; |
1243 | |
1244 | /// \brief Determines whether it is already known whether the |
1245 | /// initializer is an integral constant expression or not. |
1246 | bool isInitKnownICE() const; |
1247 | |
1248 | /// \brief Determines whether the initializer is an integral constant |
1249 | /// expression, or in C++11, whether the initializer is a constant |
1250 | /// expression. |
1251 | /// |
1252 | /// \pre isInitKnownICE() |
1253 | bool isInitICE() const; |
1254 | |
1255 | /// \brief Determine whether the value of the initializer attached to this |
1256 | /// declaration is an integral constant expression. |
1257 | bool checkInitIsICE() const; |
1258 | |
1259 | void setInitStyle(InitializationStyle Style) { |
1260 | VarDeclBits.InitStyle = Style; |
1261 | } |
1262 | |
1263 | /// \brief The style of initialization for this declaration. |
1264 | /// |
1265 | /// C-style initialization is "int x = 1;". Call-style initialization is |
1266 | /// a C++98 direct-initializer, e.g. "int x(1);". The Init expression will be |
1267 | /// the expression inside the parens or a "ClassType(a,b,c)" class constructor |
1268 | /// expression for class types. List-style initialization is C++11 syntax, |
1269 | /// e.g. "int x{1};". Clients can distinguish between different forms of |
1270 | /// initialization by checking this value. In particular, "int x = {1};" is |
1271 | /// C-style, "int x({1})" is call-style, and "int x{1};" is list-style; the |
1272 | /// Init expression in all three cases is an InitListExpr. |
1273 | InitializationStyle getInitStyle() const { |
1274 | return static_cast<InitializationStyle>(VarDeclBits.InitStyle); |
1275 | } |
1276 | |
1277 | /// \brief Whether the initializer is a direct-initializer (list or call). |
1278 | bool isDirectInit() const { |
1279 | return getInitStyle() != CInit; |
1280 | } |
1281 | |
1282 | /// \brief If this definition should pretend to be a declaration. |
1283 | bool isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() const { |
1284 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : |
1285 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition; |
1286 | } |
1287 | |
1288 | /// \brief This is a definition which should be demoted to a declaration. |
1289 | /// |
1290 | /// In some cases (mostly module merging) we can end up with two visible |
1291 | /// definitions one of which needs to be demoted to a declaration to keep |
1292 | /// the AST invariants. |
1293 | void demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration() { |
1294 | assert(isThisDeclarationADefinition() && "Not a definition!")(static_cast <bool> (isThisDeclarationADefinition() && "Not a definition!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isThisDeclarationADefinition() && \"Not a definition!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1294, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1295 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && "Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!")(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && "Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) && \"Cannot demote ParmVarDecls!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1295, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1296 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition = 1; |
1297 | } |
1298 | |
1299 | /// \brief Determine whether this variable is the exception variable in a |
1300 | /// C++ catch statememt or an Objective-C \@catch statement. |
1301 | bool isExceptionVariable() const { |
1302 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar; |
1303 | } |
1304 | void setExceptionVariable(bool EV) { |
1305 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1305, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1306 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ExceptionVar = EV; |
1307 | } |
1308 | |
1309 | /// \brief Determine whether this local variable can be used with the named |
1310 | /// return value optimization (NRVO). |
1311 | /// |
1312 | /// The named return value optimization (NRVO) works by marking certain |
1313 | /// non-volatile local variables of class type as NRVO objects. These |
1314 | /// locals can be allocated within the return slot of their containing |
1315 | /// function, in which case there is no need to copy the object to the |
1316 | /// return slot when returning from the function. Within the function body, |
1317 | /// each return that returns the NRVO object will have this variable as its |
1318 | /// NRVO candidate. |
1319 | bool isNRVOVariable() const { |
1320 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable; |
1321 | } |
1322 | void setNRVOVariable(bool NRVO) { |
1323 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1323, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1324 | NonParmVarDeclBits.NRVOVariable = NRVO; |
1325 | } |
1326 | |
1327 | /// \brief Determine whether this variable is the for-range-declaration in |
1328 | /// a C++0x for-range statement. |
1329 | bool isCXXForRangeDecl() const { |
1330 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl; |
1331 | } |
1332 | void setCXXForRangeDecl(bool FRD) { |
1333 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1333, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1334 | NonParmVarDeclBits.CXXForRangeDecl = FRD; |
1335 | } |
1336 | |
1337 | /// \brief Determine whether this variable is an ARC pseudo-__strong |
1338 | /// variable. A pseudo-__strong variable has a __strong-qualified |
1339 | /// type but does not actually retain the object written into it. |
1340 | /// Generally such variables are also 'const' for safety. |
1341 | bool isARCPseudoStrong() const { |
1342 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong; |
1343 | } |
1344 | void setARCPseudoStrong(bool ps) { |
1345 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1345, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1346 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ARCPseudoStrong = ps; |
1347 | } |
1348 | |
1349 | /// Whether this variable is (C++1z) inline. |
1350 | bool isInline() const { |
1351 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline; |
1352 | } |
1353 | bool isInlineSpecified() const { |
1354 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false |
1355 | : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified; |
1356 | } |
1357 | void setInlineSpecified() { |
1358 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1358, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1359 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline = true; |
1360 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInlineSpecified = true; |
1361 | } |
1362 | void setImplicitlyInline() { |
1363 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1363, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1364 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInline = true; |
1365 | } |
1366 | |
1367 | /// Whether this variable is (C++11) constexpr. |
1368 | bool isConstexpr() const { |
1369 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsConstexpr; |
1370 | } |
1371 | void setConstexpr(bool IC) { |
1372 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1372, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1373 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsConstexpr = IC; |
1374 | } |
1375 | |
1376 | /// Whether this variable is the implicit variable for a lambda init-capture. |
1377 | bool isInitCapture() const { |
1378 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) ? false : NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInitCapture; |
1379 | } |
1380 | void setInitCapture(bool IC) { |
1381 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1381, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1382 | NonParmVarDeclBits.IsInitCapture = IC; |
1383 | } |
1384 | |
1385 | /// Whether this local extern variable declaration's previous declaration |
1386 | /// was declared in the same block scope. Only correct in C++. |
1387 | bool isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() const { |
1388 | return isa<ParmVarDecl>(this) |
1389 | ? false |
1390 | : NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope; |
1391 | } |
1392 | void setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(bool Same) { |
1393 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this))(static_cast <bool> (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<ParmVarDecl>(this)", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1393, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1394 | NonParmVarDeclBits.PreviousDeclInSameBlockScope = Same; |
1395 | } |
1396 | |
1397 | /// \brief Retrieve the variable declaration from which this variable could |
1398 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template). |
1399 | VarDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
1400 | |
1401 | /// \brief If this variable is an instantiated static data member of a |
1402 | /// class template specialization, returns the templated static data member |
1403 | /// from which it was instantiated. |
1404 | VarDecl *getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember() const; |
1405 | |
1406 | /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a |
1407 | /// static data member of a class template, determine what kind of |
1408 | /// template specialization or instantiation this is. |
1409 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
1410 | |
1411 | /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a variable template or a |
1412 | /// static data member of a class template, determine its point of |
1413 | /// instantiation. |
1414 | SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const; |
1415 | |
1416 | /// \brief If this variable is an instantiation of a static data member of a |
1417 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
1418 | /// information. |
1419 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
1420 | |
1421 | /// \brief For a static data member that was instantiated from a static |
1422 | /// data member of a class template, set the template specialiation kind. |
1423 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
1424 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
1425 | |
1426 | /// \brief Specify that this variable is an instantiation of the |
1427 | /// static data member VD. |
1428 | void setInstantiationOfStaticDataMember(VarDecl *VD, |
1429 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
1430 | |
1431 | /// \brief Retrieves the variable template that is described by this |
1432 | /// variable declaration. |
1433 | /// |
1434 | /// Every variable template is represented as a VarTemplateDecl and a |
1435 | /// VarDecl. The former contains template properties (such as |
1436 | /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the |
1437 | /// actual description of the template's |
1438 | /// contents. VarTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
1439 | /// VarDecl that from a VarTemplateDecl, while |
1440 | /// getDescribedVarTemplate() retrieves the VarTemplateDecl from |
1441 | /// a VarDecl. |
1442 | VarTemplateDecl *getDescribedVarTemplate() const; |
1443 | |
1444 | void setDescribedVarTemplate(VarTemplateDecl *Template); |
1445 | |
1446 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1447 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1448 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstVar && K <= lastVar; } |
1449 | }; |
1450 | |
1451 | class ImplicitParamDecl : public VarDecl { |
1452 | void anchor() override; |
1453 | |
1454 | public: |
1455 | /// Defines the kind of the implicit parameter: is this an implicit parameter |
1456 | /// with pointer to 'this', 'self', '_cmd', virtual table pointers, captured |
1457 | /// context or something else. |
1458 | enum ImplicitParamKind : unsigned { |
1459 | /// Parameter for Objective-C 'self' argument |
1460 | ObjCSelf, |
1461 | |
1462 | /// Parameter for Objective-C '_cmd' argument |
1463 | ObjCCmd, |
1464 | |
1465 | /// Parameter for C++ 'this' argument |
1466 | CXXThis, |
1467 | |
1468 | /// Parameter for C++ virtual table pointers |
1469 | CXXVTT, |
1470 | |
1471 | /// Parameter for captured context |
1472 | CapturedContext, |
1473 | |
1474 | /// Other implicit parameter |
1475 | Other, |
1476 | }; |
1477 | |
1478 | /// Create implicit parameter. |
1479 | static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1480 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
1481 | QualType T, ImplicitParamKind ParamKind); |
1482 | static ImplicitParamDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, QualType T, |
1483 | ImplicitParamKind ParamKind); |
1484 | |
1485 | static ImplicitParamDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1486 | |
1487 | ImplicitParamDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
1488 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType Type, |
1489 | ImplicitParamKind ParamKind) |
1490 | : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, C, DC, IdLoc, IdLoc, Id, Type, |
1491 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None) { |
1492 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind = ParamKind; |
1493 | setImplicit(); |
1494 | } |
1495 | |
1496 | ImplicitParamDecl(ASTContext &C, QualType Type, ImplicitParamKind ParamKind) |
1497 | : VarDecl(ImplicitParam, C, /*DC=*/nullptr, SourceLocation(), |
1498 | SourceLocation(), /*Id=*/nullptr, Type, |
1499 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None) { |
1500 | NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind = ParamKind; |
1501 | setImplicit(); |
1502 | } |
1503 | |
1504 | /// Returns the implicit parameter kind. |
1505 | ImplicitParamKind getParameterKind() const { |
1506 | return static_cast<ImplicitParamKind>(NonParmVarDeclBits.ImplicitParamKind); |
1507 | } |
1508 | |
1509 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1510 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1511 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ImplicitParam; } |
1512 | }; |
1513 | |
1514 | /// Represents a parameter to a function. |
1515 | class ParmVarDecl : public VarDecl { |
1516 | public: |
1517 | enum { MaxFunctionScopeDepth = 255 }; |
1518 | enum { MaxFunctionScopeIndex = 255 }; |
1519 | |
1520 | protected: |
1521 | ParmVarDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1522 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
1523 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg) |
1524 | : VarDecl(DK, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, S) { |
1525 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false)(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1525, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1526 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None)(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_None" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1526, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1527 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false)(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1527, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1528 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false)(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam == false" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1528, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1529 | setDefaultArg(DefArg); |
1530 | } |
1531 | |
1532 | public: |
1533 | static ParmVarDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1534 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1535 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
1536 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1537 | StorageClass S, Expr *DefArg); |
1538 | |
1539 | static ParmVarDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1540 | |
1541 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
1542 | |
1543 | void setObjCMethodScopeInfo(unsigned parameterIndex) { |
1544 | ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam = true; |
1545 | setParameterIndex(parameterIndex); |
1546 | } |
1547 | |
1548 | void setScopeInfo(unsigned scopeDepth, unsigned parameterIndex) { |
1549 | assert(!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam)(static_cast <bool> (!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1549, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1550 | |
1551 | ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = scopeDepth; |
1552 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && "truncation!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && \"truncation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1553, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
1553 | && "truncation!")(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && "truncation!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals == scopeDepth && \"truncation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1553, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1554 | |
1555 | setParameterIndex(parameterIndex); |
1556 | } |
1557 | |
1558 | bool isObjCMethodParameter() const { |
1559 | return ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam; |
1560 | } |
1561 | |
1562 | unsigned getFunctionScopeDepth() const { |
1563 | if (ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return 0; |
1564 | return ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals; |
1565 | } |
1566 | |
1567 | /// Returns the index of this parameter in its prototype or method scope. |
1568 | unsigned getFunctionScopeIndex() const { |
1569 | return getParameterIndex(); |
1570 | } |
1571 | |
1572 | ObjCDeclQualifier getObjCDeclQualifier() const { |
1573 | if (!ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) return OBJC_TQ_None; |
1574 | return ObjCDeclQualifier(ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals); |
1575 | } |
1576 | void setObjCDeclQualifier(ObjCDeclQualifier QTVal) { |
1577 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam)(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.IsObjCMethodParam" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1577, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1578 | ParmVarDeclBits.ScopeDepthOrObjCQuals = QTVal; |
1579 | } |
1580 | |
1581 | /// True if the value passed to this parameter must undergo |
1582 | /// K&R-style default argument promotion: |
1583 | /// |
1584 | /// C99 6.5.2.2. |
1585 | /// If the expression that denotes the called function has a type |
1586 | /// that does not include a prototype, the integer promotions are |
1587 | /// performed on each argument, and arguments that have type float |
1588 | /// are promoted to double. |
1589 | bool isKNRPromoted() const { |
1590 | return ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted; |
1591 | } |
1592 | void setKNRPromoted(bool promoted) { |
1593 | ParmVarDeclBits.IsKNRPromoted = promoted; |
1594 | } |
1595 | |
1596 | Expr *getDefaultArg(); |
1597 | const Expr *getDefaultArg() const { |
1598 | return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getDefaultArg(); |
1599 | } |
1600 | |
1601 | void setDefaultArg(Expr *defarg); |
1602 | |
1603 | /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the entire default |
1604 | /// argument. |
1605 | SourceRange getDefaultArgRange() const; |
1606 | void setUninstantiatedDefaultArg(Expr *arg); |
1607 | Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
1608 | const Expr *getUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const { |
1609 | return const_cast<ParmVarDecl *>(this)->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg(); |
1610 | } |
1611 | |
1612 | /// Determines whether this parameter has a default argument, |
1613 | /// either parsed or not. |
1614 | bool hasDefaultArg() const; |
1615 | |
1616 | /// Determines whether this parameter has a default argument that has not |
1617 | /// yet been parsed. This will occur during the processing of a C++ class |
1618 | /// whose member functions have default arguments, e.g., |
1619 | /// @code |
1620 | /// class X { |
1621 | /// public: |
1622 | /// void f(int x = 17); // x has an unparsed default argument now |
1623 | /// }; // x has a regular default argument now |
1624 | /// @endcode |
1625 | bool hasUnparsedDefaultArg() const { |
1626 | return ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_Unparsed; |
1627 | } |
1628 | |
1629 | bool hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() const { |
1630 | return ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind == DAK_Uninstantiated; |
1631 | } |
1632 | |
1633 | /// Specify that this parameter has an unparsed default argument. |
1634 | /// The argument will be replaced with a real default argument via |
1635 | /// setDefaultArg when the class definition enclosing the function |
1636 | /// declaration that owns this default argument is completed. |
1637 | void setUnparsedDefaultArg() { |
1638 | ParmVarDeclBits.DefaultArgKind = DAK_Unparsed; |
1639 | } |
1640 | |
1641 | bool hasInheritedDefaultArg() const { |
1642 | return ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg; |
1643 | } |
1644 | |
1645 | void setHasInheritedDefaultArg(bool I = true) { |
1646 | ParmVarDeclBits.HasInheritedDefaultArg = I; |
1647 | } |
1648 | |
1649 | QualType getOriginalType() const; |
1650 | |
1651 | /// \brief Determine whether this parameter is actually a function |
1652 | /// parameter pack. |
1653 | bool isParameterPack() const; |
1654 | |
1655 | /// Sets the function declaration that owns this |
1656 | /// ParmVarDecl. Since ParmVarDecls are often created before the |
1657 | /// FunctionDecls that own them, this routine is required to update |
1658 | /// the DeclContext appropriately. |
1659 | void setOwningFunction(DeclContext *FD) { setDeclContext(FD); } |
1660 | |
1661 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
1662 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
1663 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ParmVar; } |
1664 | |
1665 | private: |
1666 | enum { ParameterIndexSentinel = (1 << NumParameterIndexBits) - 1 }; |
1667 | |
1668 | void setParameterIndex(unsigned parameterIndex) { |
1669 | if (parameterIndex >= ParameterIndexSentinel) { |
1670 | setParameterIndexLarge(parameterIndex); |
1671 | return; |
1672 | } |
1673 | |
1674 | ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex = parameterIndex; |
1675 | assert(ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && "truncation!")(static_cast <bool> (ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && "truncation!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex == parameterIndex && \"truncation!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 1675, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
1676 | } |
1677 | unsigned getParameterIndex() const { |
1678 | unsigned d = ParmVarDeclBits.ParameterIndex; |
1679 | return d == ParameterIndexSentinel ? getParameterIndexLarge() : d; |
1680 | } |
1681 | |
1682 | void setParameterIndexLarge(unsigned parameterIndex); |
1683 | unsigned getParameterIndexLarge() const; |
1684 | }; |
1685 | |
1686 | /// Represents a function declaration or definition. |
1687 | /// |
1688 | /// Since a given function can be declared several times in a program, |
1689 | /// there may be several FunctionDecls that correspond to that |
1690 | /// function. Only one of those FunctionDecls will be found when |
1691 | /// traversing the list of declarations in the context of the |
1692 | /// FunctionDecl (e.g., the translation unit); this FunctionDecl |
1693 | /// contains all of the information known about the function. Other, |
1694 | /// previous declarations of the function are available via the |
1695 | /// getPreviousDecl() chain. |
1696 | class FunctionDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public DeclContext, |
1697 | public Redeclarable<FunctionDecl> { |
1698 | public: |
1699 | /// \brief The kind of templated function a FunctionDecl can be. |
1700 | enum TemplatedKind { |
1701 | TK_NonTemplate, |
1702 | TK_FunctionTemplate, |
1703 | TK_MemberSpecialization, |
1704 | TK_FunctionTemplateSpecialization, |
1705 | TK_DependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization |
1706 | }; |
1707 | |
1708 | private: |
1709 | /// A new[]'d array of pointers to VarDecls for the formal |
1710 | /// parameters of this function. This is null if a prototype or if there are |
1711 | /// no formals. |
1712 | ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo = nullptr; |
1713 | |
1714 | LazyDeclStmtPtr Body; |
1715 | |
1716 | // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in DeclContext. |
1717 | // NOTE: VC++ packs bitfields poorly if the types differ. |
1718 | unsigned SClass : 3; |
1719 | unsigned IsInline : 1; |
1720 | unsigned IsInlineSpecified : 1; |
1721 | |
1722 | protected: |
1723 | // This is shared by CXXConstructorDecl, CXXConversionDecl, and |
1724 | // CXXDeductionGuideDecl. |
1725 | unsigned IsExplicitSpecified : 1; |
1726 | |
1727 | private: |
1728 | unsigned IsVirtualAsWritten : 1; |
1729 | unsigned IsPure : 1; |
1730 | unsigned HasInheritedPrototype : 1; |
1731 | unsigned HasWrittenPrototype : 1; |
1732 | unsigned IsDeleted : 1; |
1733 | unsigned IsTrivial : 1; // sunk from CXXMethodDecl |
1734 | |
1735 | /// This flag indicates whether this function is trivial for the purpose of |
1736 | /// calls. This is meaningful only when this function is a copy/move |
1737 | /// constructor or a destructor. |
1738 | unsigned IsTrivialForCall : 1; |
1739 | |
1740 | unsigned IsDefaulted : 1; // sunk from CXXMethoDecl |
1741 | unsigned IsExplicitlyDefaulted : 1; //sunk from CXXMethodDecl |
1742 | unsigned HasImplicitReturnZero : 1; |
1743 | unsigned IsLateTemplateParsed : 1; |
1744 | unsigned IsConstexpr : 1; |
1745 | unsigned InstantiationIsPending : 1; |
1746 | |
1747 | /// \brief Indicates if the function uses __try. |
1748 | unsigned UsesSEHTry : 1; |
1749 | |
1750 | /// \brief Indicates if the function was a definition but its body was |
1751 | /// skipped. |
1752 | unsigned HasSkippedBody : 1; |
1753 | |
1754 | /// Indicates if the function declaration will have a body, once we're done |
1755 | /// parsing it. |
1756 | unsigned WillHaveBody : 1; |
1757 | |
1758 | /// Indicates that this function is a multiversioned function using attribute |
1759 | /// 'target'. |
1760 | unsigned IsMultiVersion : 1; |
1761 | |
1762 | protected: |
1763 | /// [C++17] Only used by CXXDeductionGuideDecl. Declared here to avoid |
1764 | /// increasing the size of CXXDeductionGuideDecl by the size of an unsigned |
1765 | /// int as opposed to adding a single bit to FunctionDecl. |
1766 | /// Indicates that the Deduction Guide is the implicitly generated 'copy |
1767 | /// deduction candidate' (is used during overload resolution). |
1768 | unsigned IsCopyDeductionCandidate : 1; |
1769 | |
1770 | private: |
1771 | |
1772 | /// Store the ODRHash after first calculation. |
1773 | unsigned HasODRHash : 1; |
1774 | unsigned ODRHash; |
1775 | |
1776 | /// \brief End part of this FunctionDecl's source range. |
1777 | /// |
1778 | /// We could compute the full range in getSourceRange(). However, when we're |
1779 | /// dealing with a function definition deserialized from a PCH/AST file, |
1780 | /// we can only compute the full range once the function body has been |
1781 | /// de-serialized, so it's far better to have the (sometimes-redundant) |
1782 | /// EndRangeLoc. |
1783 | SourceLocation EndRangeLoc; |
1784 | |
1785 | /// \brief The template or declaration that this declaration |
1786 | /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively. |
1787 | /// |
1788 | /// For non-templates, this value will be NULL. For function |
1789 | /// declarations that describe a function template, this will be a |
1790 | /// pointer to a FunctionTemplateDecl. For member functions |
1791 | /// of class template specializations, this will be a MemberSpecializationInfo |
1792 | /// pointer containing information about the specialization. |
1793 | /// For function template specializations, this will be a |
1794 | /// FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo, which contains information about |
1795 | /// the template being specialized and the template arguments involved in |
1796 | /// that specialization. |
1797 | llvm::PointerUnion4<FunctionTemplateDecl *, |
1798 | MemberSpecializationInfo *, |
1799 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *, |
1800 | DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *> |
1801 | TemplateOrSpecialization; |
1802 | |
1803 | /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name embedded in |
1804 | /// the DeclaratorDecl base class. |
1805 | DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; |
1806 | |
1807 | /// \brief Specify that this function declaration is actually a function |
1808 | /// template specialization. |
1809 | /// |
1810 | /// \param C the ASTContext. |
1811 | /// |
1812 | /// \param Template the function template that this function template |
1813 | /// specialization specializes. |
1814 | /// |
1815 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this |
1816 | /// function template specialization from the template. |
1817 | /// |
1818 | /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template |
1819 | /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will |
1820 | /// be inserted. |
1821 | /// |
1822 | /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is. |
1823 | /// |
1824 | /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments. |
1825 | /// |
1826 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template |
1827 | /// specialization was first instantiated. |
1828 | void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &C, |
1829 | FunctionTemplateDecl *Template, |
1830 | const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs, |
1831 | void *InsertPos, |
1832 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
1833 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten, |
1834 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation); |
1835 | |
1836 | /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
1837 | /// member function FD. |
1838 | void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(ASTContext &C, FunctionDecl *FD, |
1839 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
1840 | |
1841 | void setParams(ASTContext &C, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo); |
1842 | |
1843 | protected: |
1844 | FunctionDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1845 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, |
1846 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass S, bool isInlineSpecified, |
1847 | bool isConstexprSpecified) |
1848 | : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName(), T, TInfo, |
1849 | StartLoc), |
1850 | DeclContext(DK), redeclarable_base(C), SClass(S), |
1851 | IsInline(isInlineSpecified), IsInlineSpecified(isInlineSpecified), |
1852 | IsExplicitSpecified(false), IsVirtualAsWritten(false), IsPure(false), |
1853 | HasInheritedPrototype(false), HasWrittenPrototype(true), |
1854 | IsDeleted(false), IsTrivial(false), IsTrivialForCall(false), |
1855 | IsDefaulted(false), |
1856 | IsExplicitlyDefaulted(false), HasImplicitReturnZero(false), |
1857 | IsLateTemplateParsed(false), IsConstexpr(isConstexprSpecified), |
1858 | InstantiationIsPending(false), UsesSEHTry(false), HasSkippedBody(false), |
1859 | WillHaveBody(false), IsMultiVersion(false), |
1860 | IsCopyDeductionCandidate(false), HasODRHash(false), ODRHash(0), |
1861 | EndRangeLoc(NameInfo.getEndLoc()), DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()) {} |
1862 | |
1863 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<FunctionDecl>; |
1864 | |
1865 | FunctionDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
1866 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
1867 | } |
1868 | |
1869 | FunctionDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
1870 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
1871 | } |
1872 | |
1873 | FunctionDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
1874 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
1875 | } |
1876 | |
1877 | public: |
1878 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
1879 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
1880 | |
1881 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
1882 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
1883 | |
1884 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
1885 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
1886 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
1887 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
1888 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
1889 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
1890 | |
1891 | static FunctionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1892 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation NLoc, |
1893 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
1894 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1895 | StorageClass SC, |
1896 | bool isInlineSpecified = false, |
1897 | bool hasWrittenPrototype = true, |
1898 | bool isConstexprSpecified = false) { |
1899 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(N, NLoc); |
1900 | return FunctionDecl::Create(C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, |
1901 | SC, |
1902 | isInlineSpecified, hasWrittenPrototype, |
1903 | isConstexprSpecified); |
1904 | } |
1905 | |
1906 | static FunctionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
1907 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
1908 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
1909 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
1910 | StorageClass SC, |
1911 | bool isInlineSpecified, |
1912 | bool hasWrittenPrototype, |
1913 | bool isConstexprSpecified = false); |
1914 | |
1915 | static FunctionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
1916 | |
1917 | DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const { |
1918 | return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc); |
1919 | } |
1920 | |
1921 | void getNameForDiagnostic(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1922 | bool Qualified) const override; |
1923 | |
1924 | void setRangeEnd(SourceLocation E) { EndRangeLoc = E; } |
1925 | |
1926 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
1927 | |
1928 | // Function definitions. |
1929 | // |
1930 | // A function declaration may be: |
1931 | // - a non defining declaration, |
1932 | // - a definition. A function may be defined because: |
1933 | // - it has a body, or will have it in the case of late parsing. |
1934 | // - it has an uninstantiated body. The body does not exist because the |
1935 | // function is not used yet, but the declaration is considered a |
1936 | // definition and does not allow other definition of this function. |
1937 | // - it does not have a user specified body, but it does not allow |
1938 | // redefinition, because it is deleted/defaulted or is defined through |
1939 | // some other mechanism (alias, ifunc). |
1940 | |
1941 | /// Returns true if the function has a body. |
1942 | /// |
1943 | /// The function body might be in any of the (re-)declarations of this |
1944 | /// function. The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will set that |
1945 | /// function declaration to the actual declaration containing the body (if |
1946 | /// there is one). |
1947 | bool hasBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
1948 | |
1949 | bool hasBody() const override { |
1950 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
1951 | return hasBody(Definition); |
1952 | } |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Returns whether the function has a trivial body that does not require any |
1955 | /// specific codegen. |
1956 | bool hasTrivialBody() const; |
1957 | |
1958 | /// Returns true if the function has a definition that does not need to be |
1959 | /// instantiated. |
1960 | /// |
1961 | /// The variant that accepts a FunctionDecl pointer will set that function |
1962 | /// declaration to the declaration that is a definition (if there is one). |
1963 | bool isDefined(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
1964 | |
1965 | virtual bool isDefined() const { |
1966 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
1967 | return isDefined(Definition); |
1968 | } |
1969 | |
1970 | /// \brief Get the definition for this declaration. |
1971 | FunctionDecl *getDefinition() { |
1972 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
1973 | if (isDefined(Definition)) |
1974 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Definition); |
1975 | return nullptr; |
1976 | } |
1977 | const FunctionDecl *getDefinition() const { |
1978 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(this)->getDefinition(); |
1979 | } |
1980 | |
1981 | /// Retrieve the body (definition) of the function. The function body might be |
1982 | /// in any of the (re-)declarations of this function. The variant that accepts |
1983 | /// a FunctionDecl pointer will set that function declaration to the actual |
1984 | /// declaration containing the body (if there is one). |
1985 | /// NOTE: For checking if there is a body, use hasBody() instead, to avoid |
1986 | /// unnecessary AST de-serialization of the body. |
1987 | Stmt *getBody(const FunctionDecl *&Definition) const; |
1988 | |
1989 | Stmt *getBody() const override { |
1990 | const FunctionDecl* Definition; |
1991 | return getBody(Definition); |
1992 | } |
1993 | |
1994 | /// Returns whether this specific declaration of the function is also a |
1995 | /// definition that does not contain uninstantiated body. |
1996 | /// |
1997 | /// This does not determine whether the function has been defined (e.g., in a |
1998 | /// previous definition); for that information, use isDefined. |
1999 | bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
2000 | return IsDeleted || IsDefaulted || Body || HasSkippedBody || |
2001 | IsLateTemplateParsed || WillHaveBody || hasDefiningAttr(); |
2002 | } |
2003 | |
2004 | /// Returns whether this specific declaration of the function has a body. |
2005 | bool doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() const { |
2006 | return Body || IsLateTemplateParsed; |
2007 | } |
2008 | |
2009 | void setBody(Stmt *B); |
2010 | void setLazyBody(uint64_t Offset) { Body = Offset; } |
2011 | |
2012 | /// Whether this function is variadic. |
2013 | bool isVariadic() const; |
2014 | |
2015 | /// Whether this function is marked as virtual explicitly. |
2016 | bool isVirtualAsWritten() const { return IsVirtualAsWritten; } |
2017 | void setVirtualAsWritten(bool V) { IsVirtualAsWritten = V; } |
2018 | |
2019 | /// Whether this virtual function is pure, i.e. makes the containing class |
2020 | /// abstract. |
2021 | bool isPure() const { return IsPure; } |
2022 | void setPure(bool P = true); |
2023 | |
2024 | /// Whether this templated function will be late parsed. |
2025 | bool isLateTemplateParsed() const { return IsLateTemplateParsed; } |
2026 | void setLateTemplateParsed(bool ILT = true) { IsLateTemplateParsed = ILT; } |
2027 | |
2028 | /// Whether this function is "trivial" in some specialized C++ senses. |
2029 | /// Can only be true for default constructors, copy constructors, |
2030 | /// copy assignment operators, and destructors. Not meaningful until |
2031 | /// the class has been fully built by Sema. |
2032 | bool isTrivial() const { return IsTrivial; } |
2033 | void setTrivial(bool IT) { IsTrivial = IT; } |
2034 | |
2035 | bool isTrivialForCall() const { return IsTrivialForCall; } |
2036 | void setTrivialForCall(bool IT) { IsTrivialForCall = IT; } |
2037 | |
2038 | /// Whether this function is defaulted per C++0x. Only valid for |
2039 | /// special member functions. |
2040 | bool isDefaulted() const { return IsDefaulted; } |
2041 | void setDefaulted(bool D = true) { IsDefaulted = D; } |
2042 | |
2043 | /// Whether this function is explicitly defaulted per C++0x. Only valid |
2044 | /// for special member functions. |
2045 | bool isExplicitlyDefaulted() const { return IsExplicitlyDefaulted; } |
2046 | void setExplicitlyDefaulted(bool ED = true) { IsExplicitlyDefaulted = ED; } |
2047 | |
2048 | /// Whether falling off this function implicitly returns null/zero. |
2049 | /// If a more specific implicit return value is required, front-ends |
2050 | /// should synthesize the appropriate return statements. |
2051 | bool hasImplicitReturnZero() const { return HasImplicitReturnZero; } |
2052 | void setHasImplicitReturnZero(bool IRZ) { HasImplicitReturnZero = IRZ; } |
2053 | |
2054 | /// \brief Whether this function has a prototype, either because one |
2055 | /// was explicitly written or because it was "inherited" by merging |
2056 | /// a declaration without a prototype with a declaration that has a |
2057 | /// prototype. |
2058 | bool hasPrototype() const { |
2059 | return HasWrittenPrototype || HasInheritedPrototype; |
2060 | } |
2061 | |
2062 | bool hasWrittenPrototype() const { return HasWrittenPrototype; } |
2063 | |
2064 | /// \brief Whether this function inherited its prototype from a |
2065 | /// previous declaration. |
2066 | bool hasInheritedPrototype() const { return HasInheritedPrototype; } |
2067 | void setHasInheritedPrototype(bool P = true) { HasInheritedPrototype = P; } |
2068 | |
2069 | /// Whether this is a (C++11) constexpr function or constexpr constructor. |
2070 | bool isConstexpr() const { return IsConstexpr; } |
2071 | void setConstexpr(bool IC) { IsConstexpr = IC; } |
2072 | |
2073 | /// \brief Whether the instantiation of this function is pending. |
2074 | /// This bit is set when the decision to instantiate this function is made |
2075 | /// and unset if and when the function body is created. That leaves out |
2076 | /// cases where instantiation did not happen because the template definition |
2077 | /// was not seen in this TU. This bit remains set in those cases, under the |
2078 | /// assumption that the instantiation will happen in some other TU. |
2079 | bool instantiationIsPending() const { return InstantiationIsPending; } |
2080 | void setInstantiationIsPending(bool IC) { InstantiationIsPending = IC; } |
2081 | |
2082 | /// \brief Indicates the function uses __try. |
2083 | bool usesSEHTry() const { return UsesSEHTry; } |
2084 | void setUsesSEHTry(bool UST) { UsesSEHTry = UST; } |
2085 | |
2086 | /// \brief Whether this function has been deleted. |
2087 | /// |
2088 | /// A function that is "deleted" (via the C++0x "= delete" syntax) |
2089 | /// acts like a normal function, except that it cannot actually be |
2090 | /// called or have its address taken. Deleted functions are |
2091 | /// typically used in C++ overload resolution to attract arguments |
2092 | /// whose type or lvalue/rvalue-ness would permit the use of a |
2093 | /// different overload that would behave incorrectly. For example, |
2094 | /// one might use deleted functions to ban implicit conversion from |
2095 | /// a floating-point number to an Integer type: |
2096 | /// |
2097 | /// @code |
2098 | /// struct Integer { |
2099 | /// Integer(long); // construct from a long |
2100 | /// Integer(double) = delete; // no construction from float or double |
2101 | /// Integer(long double) = delete; // no construction from long double |
2102 | /// }; |
2103 | /// @endcode |
2104 | // If a function is deleted, its first declaration must be. |
2105 | bool isDeleted() const { return getCanonicalDecl()->IsDeleted; } |
2106 | bool isDeletedAsWritten() const { return IsDeleted && !IsDefaulted; } |
2107 | void setDeletedAsWritten(bool D = true) { IsDeleted = D; } |
2108 | |
2109 | /// \brief Determines whether this function is "main", which is the |
2110 | /// entry point into an executable program. |
2111 | bool isMain() const; |
2112 | |
2113 | /// \brief Determines whether this function is a MSVCRT user defined entry |
2114 | /// point. |
2115 | bool isMSVCRTEntryPoint() const; |
2116 | |
2117 | /// \brief Determines whether this operator new or delete is one |
2118 | /// of the reserved global placement operators: |
2119 | /// void *operator new(size_t, void *); |
2120 | /// void *operator new[](size_t, void *); |
2121 | /// void operator delete(void *, void *); |
2122 | /// void operator delete[](void *, void *); |
2123 | /// These functions have special behavior under [new.delete.placement]: |
2124 | /// These functions are reserved, a C++ program may not define |
2125 | /// functions that displace the versions in the Standard C++ library. |
2126 | /// The provisions of [basic.stc.dynamic] do not apply to these |
2127 | /// reserved placement forms of operator new and operator delete. |
2128 | /// |
2129 | /// This function must be an allocation or deallocation function. |
2130 | bool isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() const; |
2131 | |
2132 | /// \brief Determines whether this function is one of the replaceable |
2133 | /// global allocation functions: |
2134 | /// void *operator new(size_t); |
2135 | /// void *operator new(size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
2136 | /// void *operator new[](size_t); |
2137 | /// void *operator new[](size_t, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
2138 | /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; |
2139 | /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; [C++1y] |
2140 | /// void operator delete(void *, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
2141 | /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; |
2142 | /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; [C++1y] |
2143 | /// void operator delete[](void *, const std::nothrow_t &) noexcept; |
2144 | /// These functions have special behavior under C++1y [expr.new]: |
2145 | /// An implementation is allowed to omit a call to a replaceable global |
2146 | /// allocation function. [...] |
2147 | /// |
2148 | /// If this function is an aligned allocation/deallocation function, return |
2149 | /// true through IsAligned. |
2150 | bool isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(bool *IsAligned = nullptr) const; |
2151 | |
2152 | /// \brief Determine whether this is a destroying operator delete. |
2153 | bool isDestroyingOperatorDelete() const; |
2154 | |
2155 | /// Compute the language linkage. |
2156 | LanguageLinkage getLanguageLinkage() const; |
2157 | |
2158 | /// \brief Determines whether this function is a function with |
2159 | /// external, C linkage. |
2160 | bool isExternC() const; |
2161 | |
2162 | /// \brief Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within, |
2163 | /// a C++ extern "C" linkage spec. |
2164 | bool isInExternCContext() const; |
2165 | |
2166 | /// \brief Determines whether this function's context is, or is nested within, |
2167 | /// a C++ extern "C++" linkage spec. |
2168 | bool isInExternCXXContext() const; |
2169 | |
2170 | /// \brief Determines whether this is a global function. |
2171 | bool isGlobal() const; |
2172 | |
2173 | /// \brief Determines whether this function is known to be 'noreturn', through |
2174 | /// an attribute on its declaration or its type. |
2175 | bool isNoReturn() const; |
2176 | |
2177 | /// \brief True if the function was a definition but its body was skipped. |
2178 | bool hasSkippedBody() const { return HasSkippedBody; } |
2179 | void setHasSkippedBody(bool Skipped = true) { HasSkippedBody = Skipped; } |
2180 | |
2181 | /// True if this function will eventually have a body, once it's fully parsed. |
2182 | bool willHaveBody() const { return WillHaveBody; } |
2183 | void setWillHaveBody(bool V = true) { WillHaveBody = V; } |
2184 | |
2185 | /// True if this function is considered a multiversioned function. |
2186 | bool isMultiVersion() const { return getCanonicalDecl()->IsMultiVersion; } |
2187 | |
2188 | /// Sets the multiversion state for this declaration and all of its |
2189 | /// redeclarations. |
2190 | void setIsMultiVersion(bool V = true) { |
2191 | getCanonicalDecl()->IsMultiVersion = V; |
2192 | } |
2193 | |
2194 | void setPreviousDeclaration(FunctionDecl * PrevDecl); |
2195 | |
2196 | FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
2197 | const FunctionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
2198 | return const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
2199 | } |
2200 | |
2201 | unsigned getBuiltinID() const; |
2202 | |
2203 | // ArrayRef interface to parameters. |
2204 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() const { |
2205 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
2206 | } |
2207 | MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() { |
2208 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
2209 | } |
2210 | |
2211 | // Iterator access to formal parameters. |
2212 | using param_iterator = MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::iterator; |
2213 | using param_const_iterator = ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::const_iterator; |
2214 | |
2215 | bool param_empty() const { return parameters().empty(); } |
2216 | param_iterator param_begin() { return parameters().begin(); } |
2217 | param_iterator param_end() { return parameters().end(); } |
2218 | param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return parameters().begin(); } |
2219 | param_const_iterator param_end() const { return parameters().end(); } |
2220 | size_t param_size() const { return parameters().size(); } |
2221 | |
2222 | /// Return the number of parameters this function must have based on its |
2223 | /// FunctionType. This is the length of the ParamInfo array after it has been |
2224 | /// created. |
2225 | unsigned getNumParams() const; |
2226 | |
2227 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const { |
2228 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2228, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2229 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
2230 | } |
2231 | ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) { |
2232 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2232, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2233 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
2234 | } |
2235 | void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo) { |
2236 | setParams(getASTContext(), NewParamInfo); |
2237 | } |
2238 | |
2239 | /// Returns the minimum number of arguments needed to call this function. This |
2240 | /// may be fewer than the number of function parameters, if some of the |
2241 | /// parameters have default arguments (in C++). |
2242 | unsigned getMinRequiredArguments() const; |
2243 | |
2244 | QualType getReturnType() const { |
2245 | assert(getType()->getAs<FunctionType>() && "Expected a FunctionType!")(static_cast <bool> (getType()->getAs<FunctionType >() && "Expected a FunctionType!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getType()->getAs<FunctionType>() && \"Expected a FunctionType!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2245, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2246 | return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(); |
2247 | } |
2248 | |
2249 | /// \brief Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
2250 | /// function return type. This may omit qualifiers and other information with |
2251 | /// limited representation in the AST. |
2252 | SourceRange getReturnTypeSourceRange() const; |
2253 | |
2254 | /// \brief Attempt to compute an informative source range covering the |
2255 | /// function exception specification, if any. |
2256 | SourceRange getExceptionSpecSourceRange() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// \brief Determine the type of an expression that calls this function. |
2259 | QualType getCallResultType() const { |
2260 | assert(getType()->getAs<FunctionType>() && "Expected a FunctionType!")(static_cast <bool> (getType()->getAs<FunctionType >() && "Expected a FunctionType!") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("getType()->getAs<FunctionType>() && \"Expected a FunctionType!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2260, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2261 | return getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getCallResultType(getASTContext()); |
2262 | } |
2263 | |
2264 | /// \brief Returns the WarnUnusedResultAttr that is either declared on this |
2265 | /// function, or its return type declaration. |
2266 | const Attr *getUnusedResultAttr() const; |
2267 | |
2268 | /// \brief Returns true if this function or its return type has the |
2269 | /// warn_unused_result attribute. |
2270 | bool hasUnusedResultAttr() const { return getUnusedResultAttr() != nullptr; } |
2271 | |
2272 | /// \brief Returns the storage class as written in the source. For the |
2273 | /// computed linkage of symbol, see getLinkage. |
2274 | StorageClass getStorageClass() const { return StorageClass(SClass); } |
2275 | |
2276 | /// \brief Determine whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this |
2277 | /// function. |
2278 | bool isInlineSpecified() const { return IsInlineSpecified; } |
2279 | |
2280 | /// Set whether the "inline" keyword was specified for this function. |
2281 | void setInlineSpecified(bool I) { |
2282 | IsInlineSpecified = I; |
2283 | IsInline = I; |
2284 | } |
2285 | |
2286 | /// Flag that this function is implicitly inline. |
2287 | void setImplicitlyInline() { |
2288 | IsInline = true; |
2289 | } |
2290 | |
2291 | /// \brief Determine whether this function should be inlined, because it is |
2292 | /// either marked "inline" or "constexpr" or is a member function of a class |
2293 | /// that was defined in the class body. |
2294 | bool isInlined() const { return IsInline; } |
2295 | |
2296 | bool isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible() const; |
2297 | |
2298 | bool isMSExternInline() const; |
2299 | |
2300 | bool doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition() const; |
2301 | |
2302 | /// Whether this function declaration represents an C++ overloaded |
2303 | /// operator, e.g., "operator+". |
2304 | bool isOverloadedOperator() const { |
2305 | return getOverloadedOperator() != OO_None; |
2306 | } |
2307 | |
2308 | OverloadedOperatorKind getOverloadedOperator() const; |
2309 | |
2310 | const IdentifierInfo *getLiteralIdentifier() const; |
2311 | |
2312 | /// \brief If this function is an instantiation of a member function |
2313 | /// of a class template specialization, retrieves the function from |
2314 | /// which it was instantiated. |
2315 | /// |
2316 | /// This routine will return non-NULL for (non-templated) member |
2317 | /// functions of class templates and for instantiations of function |
2318 | /// templates. For example, given: |
2319 | /// |
2320 | /// \code |
2321 | /// template<typename T> |
2322 | /// struct X { |
2323 | /// void f(T); |
2324 | /// }; |
2325 | /// \endcode |
2326 | /// |
2327 | /// The declaration for X<int>::f is a (non-templated) FunctionDecl |
2328 | /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For |
2329 | /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromFunction() will return |
2330 | /// the FunctionDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of |
2331 | /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the |
2332 | /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction(). |
2333 | FunctionDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() const; |
2334 | |
2335 | /// \brief What kind of templated function this is. |
2336 | TemplatedKind getTemplatedKind() const; |
2337 | |
2338 | /// \brief If this function is an instantiation of a member function of a |
2339 | /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
2340 | /// information. |
2341 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const; |
2342 | |
2343 | /// \brief Specify that this record is an instantiation of the |
2344 | /// member function FD. |
2345 | void setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, |
2346 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) { |
2347 | setInstantiationOfMemberFunction(getASTContext(), FD, TSK); |
2348 | } |
2349 | |
2350 | /// \brief Retrieves the function template that is described by this |
2351 | /// function declaration. |
2352 | /// |
2353 | /// Every function template is represented as a FunctionTemplateDecl |
2354 | /// and a FunctionDecl (or something derived from FunctionDecl). The |
2355 | /// former contains template properties (such as the template |
2356 | /// parameter lists) while the latter contains the actual |
2357 | /// description of the template's |
2358 | /// contents. FunctionTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the |
2359 | /// FunctionDecl that describes the function template, |
2360 | /// getDescribedFunctionTemplate() retrieves the |
2361 | /// FunctionTemplateDecl from a FunctionDecl. |
2362 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getDescribedFunctionTemplate() const; |
2363 | |
2364 | void setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template); |
2365 | |
2366 | /// \brief Determine whether this function is a function template |
2367 | /// specialization. |
2368 | bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() const { |
2369 | return getPrimaryTemplate() != nullptr; |
2370 | } |
2371 | |
2372 | /// \brief Retrieve the class scope template pattern that this function |
2373 | /// template specialization is instantiated from. |
2374 | FunctionDecl *getClassScopeSpecializationPattern() const; |
2375 | |
2376 | /// \brief If this function is actually a function template specialization, |
2377 | /// retrieve information about this function template specialization. |
2378 | /// Otherwise, returns NULL. |
2379 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *getTemplateSpecializationInfo() const; |
2380 | |
2381 | /// \brief Determines whether this function is a function template |
2382 | /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization that can |
2383 | /// be implicitly instantiated. |
2384 | bool isImplicitlyInstantiable() const; |
2385 | |
2386 | /// \brief Determines if the given function was instantiated from a |
2387 | /// function template. |
2388 | bool isTemplateInstantiation() const; |
2389 | |
2390 | /// \brief Retrieve the function declaration from which this function could |
2391 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template |
2392 | /// or a specialization, for example). |
2393 | FunctionDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
2394 | |
2395 | /// \brief Retrieve the primary template that this function template |
2396 | /// specialization either specializes or was instantiated from. |
2397 | /// |
2398 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization, |
2399 | /// returns NULL. |
2400 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getPrimaryTemplate() const; |
2401 | |
2402 | /// \brief Retrieve the template arguments used to produce this function |
2403 | /// template specialization from the primary template. |
2404 | /// |
2405 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization, |
2406 | /// returns NULL. |
2407 | const TemplateArgumentList *getTemplateSpecializationArgs() const; |
2408 | |
2409 | /// \brief Retrieve the template argument list as written in the sources, |
2410 | /// if any. |
2411 | /// |
2412 | /// If this function declaration is not a function template specialization |
2413 | /// or if it had no explicit template argument list, returns NULL. |
2414 | /// Note that it an explicit template argument list may be written empty, |
2415 | /// e.g., template<> void foo<>(char* s); |
2416 | const ASTTemplateArgumentListInfo* |
2417 | getTemplateSpecializationArgsAsWritten() const; |
2418 | |
2419 | /// \brief Specify that this function declaration is actually a function |
2420 | /// template specialization. |
2421 | /// |
2422 | /// \param Template the function template that this function template |
2423 | /// specialization specializes. |
2424 | /// |
2425 | /// \param TemplateArgs the template arguments that produced this |
2426 | /// function template specialization from the template. |
2427 | /// |
2428 | /// \param InsertPos If non-NULL, the position in the function template |
2429 | /// specialization set where the function template specialization data will |
2430 | /// be inserted. |
2431 | /// |
2432 | /// \param TSK the kind of template specialization this is. |
2433 | /// |
2434 | /// \param TemplateArgsAsWritten location info of template arguments. |
2435 | /// |
2436 | /// \param PointOfInstantiation point at which the function template |
2437 | /// specialization was first instantiated. |
2438 | void setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionTemplateDecl *Template, |
2439 | const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs, |
2440 | void *InsertPos, |
2441 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_ImplicitInstantiation, |
2442 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgsAsWritten = nullptr, |
2443 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()) { |
2444 | setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(getASTContext(), Template, TemplateArgs, |
2445 | InsertPos, TSK, TemplateArgsAsWritten, |
2446 | PointOfInstantiation); |
2447 | } |
2448 | |
2449 | /// \brief Specifies that this function declaration is actually a |
2450 | /// dependent function template specialization. |
2451 | void setDependentTemplateSpecialization(ASTContext &Context, |
2452 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Templates, |
2453 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
2454 | |
2455 | DependentFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo * |
2456 | getDependentSpecializationInfo() const; |
2457 | |
2458 | /// \brief Determine what kind of template instantiation this function |
2459 | /// represents. |
2460 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
2461 | |
2462 | /// \brief Determine what kind of template instantiation this function |
2463 | /// represents. |
2464 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
2465 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
2466 | |
2467 | /// \brief Retrieve the (first) point of instantiation of a function template |
2468 | /// specialization or a member of a class template specialization. |
2469 | /// |
2470 | /// \returns the first point of instantiation, if this function was |
2471 | /// instantiated from a template; otherwise, returns an invalid source |
2472 | /// location. |
2473 | SourceLocation getPointOfInstantiation() const; |
2474 | |
2475 | /// \brief Determine whether this is or was instantiated from an out-of-line |
2476 | /// definition of a member function. |
2477 | bool isOutOfLine() const override; |
2478 | |
2479 | /// \brief Identify a memory copying or setting function. |
2480 | /// If the given function is a memory copy or setting function, returns |
2481 | /// the corresponding Builtin ID. If the function is not a memory function, |
2482 | /// returns 0. |
2483 | unsigned getMemoryFunctionKind() const; |
2484 | |
2485 | /// \brief Returns ODRHash of the function. This value is calculated and |
2486 | /// stored on first call, then the stored value returned on the other calls. |
2487 | unsigned getODRHash(); |
2488 | |
2489 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2490 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2491 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
2492 | return K >= firstFunction && K <= lastFunction; |
2493 | } |
2494 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const FunctionDecl *D) { |
2495 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(D)); |
2496 | } |
2497 | static FunctionDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
2498 | return static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
2499 | } |
2500 | }; |
2501 | |
2502 | /// Represents a member of a struct/union/class. |
2503 | class FieldDecl : public DeclaratorDecl, public Mergeable<FieldDecl> { |
2504 | unsigned BitField : 1; |
2505 | unsigned Mutable : 1; |
2506 | mutable unsigned CachedFieldIndex : 30; |
2507 | |
2508 | /// The kinds of value we can store in InitializerOrBitWidth. |
2509 | /// |
2510 | /// Note that this is compatible with InClassInitStyle except for |
2511 | /// ISK_CapturedVLAType. |
2512 | enum InitStorageKind { |
2513 | /// If the pointer is null, there's nothing special. Otherwise, |
2514 | /// this is a bitfield and the pointer is the Expr* storing the |
2515 | /// bit-width. |
2516 | ISK_NoInit = (unsigned) ICIS_NoInit, |
2517 | |
2518 | /// The pointer is an (optional due to delayed parsing) Expr* |
2519 | /// holding the copy-initializer. |
2520 | ISK_InClassCopyInit = (unsigned) ICIS_CopyInit, |
2521 | |
2522 | /// The pointer is an (optional due to delayed parsing) Expr* |
2523 | /// holding the list-initializer. |
2524 | ISK_InClassListInit = (unsigned) ICIS_ListInit, |
2525 | |
2526 | /// The pointer is a VariableArrayType* that's been captured; |
2527 | /// the enclosing context is a lambda or captured statement. |
2528 | ISK_CapturedVLAType, |
2529 | }; |
2530 | |
2531 | /// If this is a bitfield with a default member initializer, this |
2532 | /// structure is used to represent the two expressions. |
2533 | struct InitAndBitWidth { |
2534 | Expr *Init; |
2535 | Expr *BitWidth; |
2536 | }; |
2537 | |
2538 | /// \brief Storage for either the bit-width, the in-class initializer, or |
2539 | /// both (via InitAndBitWidth), or the captured variable length array bound. |
2540 | /// |
2541 | /// If the storage kind is ISK_InClassCopyInit or |
2542 | /// ISK_InClassListInit, but the initializer is null, then this |
2543 | /// field has an in-class initializer that has not yet been parsed |
2544 | /// and attached. |
2545 | // FIXME: Tail-allocate this to reduce the size of FieldDecl in the |
2546 | // overwhelmingly common case that we have none of these things. |
2547 | llvm::PointerIntPair<void *, 2, InitStorageKind> InitStorage; |
2548 | |
2549 | protected: |
2550 | FieldDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2551 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2552 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable, |
2553 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle) |
2554 | : DeclaratorDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, T, TInfo, StartLoc), |
2555 | BitField(false), Mutable(Mutable), CachedFieldIndex(0), |
2556 | InitStorage(nullptr, (InitStorageKind) InitStyle) { |
2557 | if (BW) |
2558 | setBitWidth(BW); |
2559 | } |
2560 | |
2561 | public: |
2562 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2563 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
2564 | |
2565 | static FieldDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2566 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2567 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, |
2568 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, Expr *BW, bool Mutable, |
2569 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
2570 | |
2571 | static FieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2572 | |
2573 | /// Returns the index of this field within its record, |
2574 | /// as appropriate for passing to ASTRecordLayout::getFieldOffset. |
2575 | unsigned getFieldIndex() const; |
2576 | |
2577 | /// Determines whether this field is mutable (C++ only). |
2578 | bool isMutable() const { return Mutable; } |
2579 | |
2580 | /// Determines whether this field is a bitfield. |
2581 | bool isBitField() const { return BitField; } |
2582 | |
2583 | /// Determines whether this is an unnamed bitfield. |
2584 | bool isUnnamedBitfield() const { return isBitField() && !getDeclName(); } |
2585 | |
2586 | /// Determines whether this field is a |
2587 | /// representative for an anonymous struct or union. Such fields are |
2588 | /// unnamed and are implicitly generated by the implementation to |
2589 | /// store the data for the anonymous union or struct. |
2590 | bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const; |
2591 | |
2592 | Expr *getBitWidth() const { |
2593 | if (!BitField) |
2594 | return nullptr; |
2595 | void *Ptr = InitStorage.getPointer(); |
2596 | if (getInClassInitStyle()) |
2597 | return static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(Ptr)->BitWidth; |
2598 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Ptr); |
2599 | } |
2600 | |
2601 | unsigned getBitWidthValue(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
2602 | |
2603 | /// Set the bit-field width for this member. |
2604 | // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it). |
2605 | void setBitWidth(Expr *Width) { |
2606 | assert(!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField &&(static_cast <bool> (!hasCapturedVLAType() && ! BitField && "bit width or captured type already set") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField && \"bit width or captured type already set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2607, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
2607 | "bit width or captured type already set")(static_cast <bool> (!hasCapturedVLAType() && ! BitField && "bit width or captured type already set") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!hasCapturedVLAType() && !BitField && \"bit width or captured type already set\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2607, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2608 | assert(Width && "no bit width specified")(static_cast <bool> (Width && "no bit width specified" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Width && \"no bit width specified\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2608, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2609 | InitStorage.setPointer( |
2610 | InitStorage.getInt() |
2611 | ? new (getASTContext()) |
2612 | InitAndBitWidth{getInClassInitializer(), Width} |
2613 | : static_cast<void*>(Width)); |
2614 | BitField = true; |
2615 | } |
2616 | |
2617 | /// Remove the bit-field width from this member. |
2618 | // Note: used by some clients (i.e., do not remove it). |
2619 | void removeBitWidth() { |
2620 | assert(isBitField() && "no bitfield width to remove")(static_cast <bool> (isBitField() && "no bitfield width to remove" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("isBitField() && \"no bitfield width to remove\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2620, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2621 | InitStorage.setPointer(getInClassInitializer()); |
2622 | BitField = false; |
2623 | } |
2624 | |
2625 | /// Get the kind of (C++11) default member initializer that this field has. |
2626 | InClassInitStyle getInClassInitStyle() const { |
2627 | InitStorageKind storageKind = InitStorage.getInt(); |
2628 | return (storageKind == ISK_CapturedVLAType |
2629 | ? ICIS_NoInit : (InClassInitStyle) storageKind); |
2630 | } |
2631 | |
2632 | /// Determine whether this member has a C++11 default member initializer. |
2633 | bool hasInClassInitializer() const { |
2634 | return getInClassInitStyle() != ICIS_NoInit; |
2635 | } |
2636 | |
2637 | /// Get the C++11 default member initializer for this member, or null if one |
2638 | /// has not been set. If a valid declaration has a default member initializer, |
2639 | /// but this returns null, then we have not parsed and attached it yet. |
2640 | Expr *getInClassInitializer() const { |
2641 | if (!hasInClassInitializer()) |
2642 | return nullptr; |
2643 | void *Ptr = InitStorage.getPointer(); |
2644 | if (BitField) |
2645 | return static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(Ptr)->Init; |
2646 | return static_cast<Expr*>(Ptr); |
2647 | } |
2648 | |
2649 | /// Set the C++11 in-class initializer for this member. |
2650 | void setInClassInitializer(Expr *Init) { |
2651 | assert(hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer())(static_cast <bool> (hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasInClassInitializer() && !getInClassInitializer()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2651, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2652 | if (BitField) |
2653 | static_cast<InitAndBitWidth*>(InitStorage.getPointer())->Init = Init; |
2654 | else |
2655 | InitStorage.setPointer(Init); |
2656 | } |
2657 | |
2658 | /// Remove the C++11 in-class initializer from this member. |
2659 | void removeInClassInitializer() { |
2660 | assert(hasInClassInitializer() && "no initializer to remove")(static_cast <bool> (hasInClassInitializer() && "no initializer to remove") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("hasInClassInitializer() && \"no initializer to remove\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2660, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2661 | InitStorage.setPointerAndInt(getBitWidth(), ISK_NoInit); |
2662 | } |
2663 | |
2664 | /// \brief Determine whether this member captures the variable length array |
2665 | /// type. |
2666 | bool hasCapturedVLAType() const { |
2667 | return InitStorage.getInt() == ISK_CapturedVLAType; |
2668 | } |
2669 | |
2670 | /// \brief Get the captured variable length array type. |
2671 | const VariableArrayType *getCapturedVLAType() const { |
2672 | return hasCapturedVLAType() ? static_cast<const VariableArrayType *>( |
2673 | InitStorage.getPointer()) |
2674 | : nullptr; |
2675 | } |
2676 | |
2677 | /// \brief Set the captured variable length array type for this field. |
2678 | void setCapturedVLAType(const VariableArrayType *VLAType); |
2679 | |
2680 | /// Returns the parent of this field declaration, which |
2681 | /// is the struct in which this field is defined. |
2682 | const RecordDecl *getParent() const { |
2683 | return cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
2684 | } |
2685 | |
2686 | RecordDecl *getParent() { |
2687 | return cast<RecordDecl>(getDeclContext()); |
2688 | } |
2689 | |
2690 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2691 | |
2692 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this field. |
2693 | FieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2694 | const FieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2695 | |
2696 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2697 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2698 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstField && K <= lastField; } |
2699 | }; |
2700 | |
2701 | /// An instance of this object exists for each enum constant |
2702 | /// that is defined. For example, in "enum X {a,b}", each of a/b are |
2703 | /// EnumConstantDecl's, X is an instance of EnumDecl, and the type of a/b is a |
2704 | /// TagType for the X EnumDecl. |
2705 | class EnumConstantDecl : public ValueDecl, public Mergeable<EnumConstantDecl> { |
2706 | Stmt *Init; // an integer constant expression |
2707 | llvm::APSInt Val; // The value. |
2708 | |
2709 | protected: |
2710 | EnumConstantDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
2711 | IdentifierInfo *Id, QualType T, Expr *E, |
2712 | const llvm::APSInt &V) |
2713 | : ValueDecl(EnumConstant, DC, L, Id, T), Init((Stmt*)E), Val(V) {} |
2714 | |
2715 | public: |
2716 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2717 | |
2718 | static EnumConstantDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *DC, |
2719 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2720 | QualType T, Expr *E, |
2721 | const llvm::APSInt &V); |
2722 | static EnumConstantDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2723 | |
2724 | const Expr *getInitExpr() const { return (const Expr*) Init; } |
2725 | Expr *getInitExpr() { return (Expr*) Init; } |
2726 | const llvm::APSInt &getInitVal() const { return Val; } |
2727 | |
2728 | void setInitExpr(Expr *E) { Init = (Stmt*) E; } |
2729 | void setInitVal(const llvm::APSInt &V) { Val = V; } |
2730 | |
2731 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2732 | |
2733 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this enumerator. |
2734 | EnumConstantDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2735 | const EnumConstantDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2736 | |
2737 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2738 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2739 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == EnumConstant; } |
2740 | }; |
2741 | |
2742 | /// Represents a field injected from an anonymous union/struct into the parent |
2743 | /// scope. These are always implicit. |
2744 | class IndirectFieldDecl : public ValueDecl, |
2745 | public Mergeable<IndirectFieldDecl> { |
2746 | NamedDecl **Chaining; |
2747 | unsigned ChainingSize; |
2748 | |
2749 | IndirectFieldDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, |
2750 | DeclarationName N, QualType T, |
2751 | MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl *> CH); |
2752 | |
2753 | void anchor() override; |
2754 | |
2755 | public: |
2756 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
2757 | |
2758 | static IndirectFieldDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2759 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2760 | QualType T, llvm::MutableArrayRef<NamedDecl *> CH); |
2761 | |
2762 | static IndirectFieldDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2763 | |
2764 | using chain_iterator = ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::const_iterator; |
2765 | |
2766 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> chain() const { |
2767 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(Chaining, ChainingSize); |
2768 | } |
2769 | chain_iterator chain_begin() const { return chain().begin(); } |
2770 | chain_iterator chain_end() const { return chain().end(); } |
2771 | |
2772 | unsigned getChainingSize() const { return ChainingSize; } |
2773 | |
2774 | FieldDecl *getAnonField() const { |
2775 | assert(chain().size() >= 2)(static_cast <bool> (chain().size() >= 2) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("chain().size() >= 2", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2775, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2776 | return cast<FieldDecl>(chain().back()); |
2777 | } |
2778 | |
2779 | VarDecl *getVarDecl() const { |
2780 | assert(chain().size() >= 2)(static_cast <bool> (chain().size() >= 2) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("chain().size() >= 2", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 2780, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
2781 | return dyn_cast<VarDecl>(chain().front()); |
2782 | } |
2783 | |
2784 | IndirectFieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2785 | const IndirectFieldDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2786 | |
2787 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2788 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2789 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == IndirectField; } |
2790 | }; |
2791 | |
2792 | /// Represents a declaration of a type. |
2793 | class TypeDecl : public NamedDecl { |
2794 | friend class ASTContext; |
2795 | |
2796 | /// This indicates the Type object that represents |
2797 | /// this TypeDecl. It is a cache maintained by |
2798 | /// ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getTagDeclType, and |
2799 | /// ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType, and TemplateTypeParmDecl. |
2800 | mutable const Type *TypeForDecl = nullptr; |
2801 | |
2802 | /// The start of the source range for this declaration. |
2803 | SourceLocation LocStart; |
2804 | |
2805 | void anchor() override; |
2806 | |
2807 | protected: |
2808 | TypeDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
2809 | SourceLocation StartL = SourceLocation()) |
2810 | : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, Id), LocStart(StartL) {} |
2811 | |
2812 | public: |
2813 | // Low-level accessor. If you just want the type defined by this node, |
2814 | // check out ASTContext::getTypeDeclType or one of |
2815 | // ASTContext::getTypedefType, ASTContext::getRecordType, etc. if you |
2816 | // already know the specific kind of node this is. |
2817 | const Type *getTypeForDecl() const { return TypeForDecl; } |
2818 | void setTypeForDecl(const Type *TD) { TypeForDecl = TD; } |
2819 | |
2820 | SourceLocation getLocStart() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return LocStart; } |
2821 | void setLocStart(SourceLocation L) { LocStart = L; } |
2822 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
2823 | if (LocStart.isValid()) |
2824 | return SourceRange(LocStart, getLocation()); |
2825 | else |
2826 | return SourceRange(getLocation()); |
2827 | } |
2828 | |
2829 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2830 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2831 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstType && K <= lastType; } |
2832 | }; |
2833 | |
2834 | /// Base class for declarations which introduce a typedef-name. |
2835 | class TypedefNameDecl : public TypeDecl, public Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl> { |
2836 | struct LLVM_ALIGNAS(8)alignas(8) ModedTInfo { |
2837 | TypeSourceInfo *first; |
2838 | QualType second; |
2839 | }; |
2840 | |
2841 | /// If int part is 0, we have not computed IsTransparentTag. |
2842 | /// Otherwise, IsTransparentTag is (getInt() >> 1). |
2843 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair< |
2844 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, ModedTInfo *>, 2> |
2845 | MaybeModedTInfo; |
2846 | |
2847 | void anchor() override; |
2848 | |
2849 | protected: |
2850 | TypedefNameDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2851 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2852 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
2853 | : TypeDecl(DK, DC, IdLoc, Id, StartLoc), redeclarable_base(C), |
2854 | MaybeModedTInfo(TInfo, 0) {} |
2855 | |
2856 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TypedefNameDecl>; |
2857 | |
2858 | TypedefNameDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
2859 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
2860 | } |
2861 | |
2862 | TypedefNameDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
2863 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
2864 | } |
2865 | |
2866 | TypedefNameDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
2867 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
2868 | } |
2869 | |
2870 | public: |
2871 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
2872 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
2873 | |
2874 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
2875 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
2876 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
2877 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
2878 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
2879 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
2880 | |
2881 | bool isModed() const { |
2882 | return MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().is<ModedTInfo *>(); |
2883 | } |
2884 | |
2885 | TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { |
2886 | return isModed() ? MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<ModedTInfo *>()->first |
2887 | : MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<TypeSourceInfo *>(); |
2888 | } |
2889 | |
2890 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { |
2891 | return isModed() ? MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer().get<ModedTInfo *>()->second |
2892 | : MaybeModedTInfo.getPointer() |
2893 | .get<TypeSourceInfo *>() |
2894 | ->getType(); |
2895 | } |
2896 | |
2897 | void setTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *newType) { |
2898 | MaybeModedTInfo.setPointer(newType); |
2899 | } |
2900 | |
2901 | void setModedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *unmodedTSI, QualType modedTy) { |
2902 | MaybeModedTInfo.setPointer(new (getASTContext(), 8) |
2903 | ModedTInfo({unmodedTSI, modedTy})); |
2904 | } |
2905 | |
2906 | /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this typedef-name. |
2907 | TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2908 | const TypedefNameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); } |
2909 | |
2910 | /// Retrieves the tag declaration for which this is the typedef name for |
2911 | /// linkage purposes, if any. |
2912 | /// |
2913 | /// \param AnyRedecl Look for the tag declaration in any redeclaration of |
2914 | /// this typedef declaration. |
2915 | TagDecl *getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(bool AnyRedecl = false) const; |
2916 | |
2917 | /// Determines if this typedef shares a name and spelling location with its |
2918 | /// underlying tag type, as is the case with the NS_ENUM macro. |
2919 | bool isTransparentTag() const { |
2920 | if (MaybeModedTInfo.getInt()) |
2921 | return MaybeModedTInfo.getInt() & 0x2; |
2922 | return isTransparentTagSlow(); |
2923 | } |
2924 | |
2925 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2926 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2927 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
2928 | return K >= firstTypedefName && K <= lastTypedefName; |
2929 | } |
2930 | |
2931 | private: |
2932 | bool isTransparentTagSlow() const; |
2933 | }; |
2934 | |
2935 | /// Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via the 'typedef' |
2936 | /// type specifier. |
2937 | class TypedefDecl : public TypedefNameDecl { |
2938 | TypedefDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2939 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
2940 | : TypedefNameDecl(Typedef, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo) {} |
2941 | |
2942 | public: |
2943 | static TypedefDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2944 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2945 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2946 | static TypedefDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2947 | |
2948 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2949 | |
2950 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2951 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2952 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Typedef; } |
2953 | }; |
2954 | |
2955 | /// Represents the declaration of a typedef-name via a C++11 |
2956 | /// alias-declaration. |
2957 | class TypeAliasDecl : public TypedefNameDecl { |
2958 | /// The template for which this is the pattern, if any. |
2959 | TypeAliasTemplateDecl *Template; |
2960 | |
2961 | TypeAliasDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
2962 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) |
2963 | : TypedefNameDecl(TypeAlias, C, DC, StartLoc, IdLoc, Id, TInfo), |
2964 | Template(nullptr) {} |
2965 | |
2966 | public: |
2967 | static TypeAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
2968 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
2969 | IdentifierInfo *Id, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
2970 | static TypeAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
2971 | |
2972 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
2973 | |
2974 | TypeAliasTemplateDecl *getDescribedAliasTemplate() const { return Template; } |
2975 | void setDescribedAliasTemplate(TypeAliasTemplateDecl *TAT) { Template = TAT; } |
2976 | |
2977 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
2978 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
2979 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == TypeAlias; } |
2980 | }; |
2981 | |
2982 | /// Represents the declaration of a struct/union/class/enum. |
2983 | class TagDecl |
2984 | : public TypeDecl, public DeclContext, public Redeclarable<TagDecl> { |
2985 | public: |
2986 | // This is really ugly. |
2987 | using TagKind = TagTypeKind; |
2988 | |
2989 | private: |
2990 | // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl. |
2991 | /// The TagKind enum. |
2992 | unsigned TagDeclKind : 3; |
2993 | |
2994 | /// True if this is a definition ("struct foo {};"), false if it is a |
2995 | /// declaration ("struct foo;"). It is not considered a definition |
2996 | /// until the definition has been fully processed. |
2997 | unsigned IsCompleteDefinition : 1; |
2998 | |
2999 | protected: |
3000 | /// True if this is currently being defined. |
3001 | unsigned IsBeingDefined : 1; |
3002 | |
3003 | private: |
3004 | /// True if this tag declaration is "embedded" (i.e., defined or declared |
3005 | /// for the very first time) in the syntax of a declarator. |
3006 | unsigned IsEmbeddedInDeclarator : 1; |
3007 | |
3008 | /// True if this tag is free standing, e.g. "struct foo;". |
3009 | unsigned IsFreeStanding : 1; |
3010 | |
3011 | protected: |
3012 | // These are used by (and only defined for) EnumDecl. |
3013 | unsigned NumPositiveBits : 8; |
3014 | unsigned NumNegativeBits : 8; |
3015 | |
3016 | /// True if this tag declaration is a scoped enumeration. Only |
3017 | /// possible in C++11 mode. |
3018 | unsigned IsScoped : 1; |
3019 | |
3020 | /// If this tag declaration is a scoped enum, |
3021 | /// then this is true if the scoped enum was declared using the class |
3022 | /// tag, false if it was declared with the struct tag. No meaning is |
3023 | /// associated if this tag declaration is not a scoped enum. |
3024 | unsigned IsScopedUsingClassTag : 1; |
3025 | |
3026 | /// True if this is an enumeration with fixed underlying type. Only |
3027 | /// possible in C++11, Microsoft extensions, or Objective C mode. |
3028 | unsigned IsFixed : 1; |
3029 | |
3030 | /// Indicates whether it is possible for declarations of this kind |
3031 | /// to have an out-of-date definition. |
3032 | /// |
3033 | /// This option is only enabled when modules are enabled. |
3034 | unsigned MayHaveOutOfDateDef : 1; |
3035 | |
3036 | /// Has the full definition of this type been required by a use somewhere in |
3037 | /// the TU. |
3038 | unsigned IsCompleteDefinitionRequired : 1; |
3039 | |
3040 | private: |
3041 | SourceRange BraceRange; |
3042 | |
3043 | // A struct representing syntactic qualifier info, |
3044 | // to be used for the (uncommon) case of out-of-line declarations. |
3045 | using ExtInfo = QualifierInfo; |
3046 | |
3047 | /// \brief If the (out-of-line) tag declaration name |
3048 | /// is qualified, it points to the qualifier info (nns and range); |
3049 | /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is part of |
3050 | /// a typedef or alias, it points to the TypedefNameDecl (used for mangling); |
3051 | /// otherwise, if the tag declaration is anonymous and it is used as a |
3052 | /// declaration specifier for variables, it points to the first VarDecl (used |
3053 | /// for mangling); |
3054 | /// otherwise, it is a null (TypedefNameDecl) pointer. |
3055 | llvm::PointerUnion<TypedefNameDecl *, ExtInfo *> TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier; |
3056 | |
3057 | bool hasExtInfo() const { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.is<ExtInfo *>(); } |
3058 | ExtInfo *getExtInfo() { return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo *>(); } |
3059 | const ExtInfo *getExtInfo() const { |
3060 | return TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<ExtInfo *>(); |
3061 | } |
3062 | |
3063 | protected: |
3064 | TagDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3065 | SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id, TagDecl *PrevDecl, |
3066 | SourceLocation StartL) |
3067 | : TypeDecl(DK, DC, L, Id, StartL), DeclContext(DK), redeclarable_base(C), |
3068 | TagDeclKind(TK), IsCompleteDefinition(false), IsBeingDefined(false), |
3069 | IsEmbeddedInDeclarator(false), IsFreeStanding(false), |
3070 | IsCompleteDefinitionRequired(false), |
3071 | TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier((TypedefNameDecl *)nullptr) { |
3072 | assert((DK != Enum || TK == TTK_Enum) &&(static_cast <bool> ((DK != Enum || TK == TTK_Enum) && "EnumDecl not matched with TTK_Enum") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(DK != Enum || TK == TTK_Enum) && \"EnumDecl not matched with TTK_Enum\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3073, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
3073 | "EnumDecl not matched with TTK_Enum")(static_cast <bool> ((DK != Enum || TK == TTK_Enum) && "EnumDecl not matched with TTK_Enum") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("(DK != Enum || TK == TTK_Enum) && \"EnumDecl not matched with TTK_Enum\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3073, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3074 | setPreviousDecl(PrevDecl); |
3075 | } |
3076 | |
3077 | using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<TagDecl>; |
3078 | |
3079 | TagDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override { |
3080 | return getNextRedeclaration(); |
3081 | } |
3082 | |
3083 | TagDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override { |
3084 | return getPreviousDecl(); |
3085 | } |
3086 | |
3087 | TagDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override { |
3088 | return getMostRecentDecl(); |
3089 | } |
3090 | |
3091 | /// @brief Completes the definition of this tag declaration. |
3092 | /// |
3093 | /// This is a helper function for derived classes. |
3094 | void completeDefinition(); |
3095 | |
3096 | public: |
3097 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3098 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3099 | |
3100 | using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range; |
3101 | using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator; |
3102 | |
3103 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin; |
3104 | using redeclarable_base::redecls_end; |
3105 | using redeclarable_base::redecls; |
3106 | using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl; |
3107 | using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl; |
3108 | using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl; |
3109 | |
3110 | SourceRange getBraceRange() const { return BraceRange; } |
3111 | void setBraceRange(SourceRange R) { BraceRange = R; } |
3112 | |
3113 | /// Return SourceLocation representing start of source |
3114 | /// range ignoring outer template declarations. |
3115 | SourceLocation getInnerLocStart() const { return getLocStart(); } |
3116 | |
3117 | /// Return SourceLocation representing start of source |
3118 | /// range taking into account any outer template declarations. |
3119 | SourceLocation getOuterLocStart() const; |
3120 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3121 | |
3122 | TagDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override; |
3123 | const TagDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3124 | return const_cast<TagDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
3125 | } |
3126 | |
3127 | /// Return true if this declaration is a completion definition of the type. |
3128 | /// Provided for consistency. |
3129 | bool isThisDeclarationADefinition() const { |
3130 | return isCompleteDefinition(); |
3131 | } |
3132 | |
3133 | /// Return true if this decl has its body fully specified. |
3134 | bool isCompleteDefinition() const { |
3135 | return IsCompleteDefinition; |
3136 | } |
3137 | |
3138 | /// \brief Return true if this complete decl is |
3139 | /// required to be complete for some existing use. |
3140 | bool isCompleteDefinitionRequired() const { |
3141 | return IsCompleteDefinitionRequired; |
3142 | } |
3143 | |
3144 | /// Return true if this decl is currently being defined. |
3145 | bool isBeingDefined() const { |
3146 | return IsBeingDefined; |
3147 | } |
3148 | |
3149 | bool isEmbeddedInDeclarator() const { |
3150 | return IsEmbeddedInDeclarator; |
3151 | } |
3152 | void setEmbeddedInDeclarator(bool isInDeclarator) { |
3153 | IsEmbeddedInDeclarator = isInDeclarator; |
3154 | } |
3155 | |
3156 | bool isFreeStanding() const { return IsFreeStanding; } |
3157 | void setFreeStanding(bool isFreeStanding = true) { |
3158 | IsFreeStanding = isFreeStanding; |
3159 | } |
3160 | |
3161 | /// \brief Whether this declaration declares a type that is |
3162 | /// dependent, i.e., a type that somehow depends on template |
3163 | /// parameters. |
3164 | bool isDependentType() const { return isDependentContext(); } |
3165 | |
3166 | /// Starts the definition of this tag declaration. |
3167 | /// |
3168 | /// This method should be invoked at the beginning of the definition |
3169 | /// of this tag declaration. It will set the tag type into a state |
3170 | /// where it is in the process of being defined. |
3171 | void startDefinition(); |
3172 | |
3173 | /// Returns the TagDecl that actually defines this |
3174 | /// struct/union/class/enum. When determining whether or not a |
3175 | /// struct/union/class/enum has a definition, one should use this |
3176 | /// method as opposed to 'isDefinition'. 'isDefinition' indicates |
3177 | /// whether or not a specific TagDecl is defining declaration, not |
3178 | /// whether or not the struct/union/class/enum type is defined. |
3179 | /// This method returns NULL if there is no TagDecl that defines |
3180 | /// the struct/union/class/enum. |
3181 | TagDecl *getDefinition() const; |
3182 | |
3183 | void setCompleteDefinition(bool V) { IsCompleteDefinition = V; } |
3184 | |
3185 | void setCompleteDefinitionRequired(bool V = true) { |
3186 | IsCompleteDefinitionRequired = V; |
3187 | } |
3188 | |
3189 | StringRef getKindName() const { |
3190 | return TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(getTagKind()); |
3191 | } |
3192 | |
3193 | TagKind getTagKind() const { |
3194 | return TagKind(TagDeclKind); |
3195 | } |
3196 | |
3197 | void setTagKind(TagKind TK) { TagDeclKind = TK; } |
3198 | |
3199 | bool isStruct() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Struct; } |
3200 | bool isInterface() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Interface; } |
3201 | bool isClass() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Class; } |
3202 | bool isUnion() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Union; } |
3203 | bool isEnum() const { return getTagKind() == TTK_Enum; } |
3204 | |
3205 | /// Is this tag type named, either directly or via being defined in |
3206 | /// a typedef of this type? |
3207 | /// |
3208 | /// C++11 [basic.link]p8: |
3209 | /// A type is said to have linkage if and only if: |
3210 | /// - it is a class or enumeration type that is named (or has a |
3211 | /// name for linkage purposes) and the name has linkage; ... |
3212 | /// C++11 [dcl.typedef]p9: |
3213 | /// If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or enum), |
3214 | /// the first typedef-name declared by the declaration to be that |
3215 | /// class type (or enum type) is used to denote the class type (or |
3216 | /// enum type) for linkage purposes only. |
3217 | /// |
3218 | /// C does not have an analogous rule, but the same concept is |
3219 | /// nonetheless useful in some places. |
3220 | bool hasNameForLinkage() const { |
3221 | return (getDeclName() || getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()); |
3222 | } |
3223 | |
3224 | TypedefNameDecl *getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() const { |
3225 | return hasExtInfo() ? nullptr |
3226 | : TypedefNameDeclOrQualifier.get<TypedefNameDecl *>(); |
3227 | } |
3228 | |
3229 | void setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(TypedefNameDecl *TDD); |
3230 | |
3231 | /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name of this |
3232 | /// declaration, if it was present in the source. |
3233 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { |
3234 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier() |
3235 | : nullptr; |
3236 | } |
3237 | |
3238 | /// \brief Retrieve the nested-name-specifier (with source-location |
3239 | /// information) that qualifies the name of this declaration, if it was |
3240 | /// present in the source. |
3241 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { |
3242 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->QualifierLoc |
3243 | : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
3244 | } |
3245 | |
3246 | void setQualifierInfo(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc); |
3247 | |
3248 | unsigned getNumTemplateParameterLists() const { |
3249 | return hasExtInfo() ? getExtInfo()->NumTemplParamLists : 0; |
3250 | } |
3251 | |
3252 | TemplateParameterList *getTemplateParameterList(unsigned i) const { |
3253 | assert(i < getNumTemplateParameterLists())(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumTemplateParameterLists ()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumTemplateParameterLists()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3253, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3254 | return getExtInfo()->TemplParamLists[i]; |
3255 | } |
3256 | |
3257 | void setTemplateParameterListsInfo(ASTContext &Context, |
3258 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> TPLists); |
3259 | |
3260 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
3261 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3262 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K >= firstTag && K <= lastTag; } |
3263 | |
3264 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const TagDecl *D) { |
3265 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<TagDecl*>(D)); |
3266 | } |
3267 | |
3268 | static TagDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
3269 | return static_cast<TagDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
3270 | } |
3271 | }; |
3272 | |
3273 | /// Represents an enum. In C++11, enums can be forward-declared |
3274 | /// with a fixed underlying type, and in C we allow them to be forward-declared |
3275 | /// with no underlying type as an extension. |
3276 | class EnumDecl : public TagDecl { |
3277 | /// This represent the integer type that the enum corresponds |
3278 | /// to for code generation purposes. Note that the enumerator constants may |
3279 | /// have a different type than this does. |
3280 | /// |
3281 | /// If the underlying integer type was explicitly stated in the source |
3282 | /// code, this is a TypeSourceInfo* for that type. Otherwise this type |
3283 | /// was automatically deduced somehow, and this is a Type*. |
3284 | /// |
3285 | /// Normally if IsFixed(), this would contain a TypeSourceInfo*, but in |
3286 | /// some cases it won't. |
3287 | /// |
3288 | /// The underlying type of an enumeration never has any qualifiers, so |
3289 | /// we can get away with just storing a raw Type*, and thus save an |
3290 | /// extra pointer when TypeSourceInfo is needed. |
3291 | llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, TypeSourceInfo *> IntegerType; |
3292 | |
3293 | /// The integer type that values of this type should |
3294 | /// promote to. In C, enumerators are generally of an integer type |
3295 | /// directly, but gcc-style large enumerators (and all enumerators |
3296 | /// in C++) are of the enum type instead. |
3297 | QualType PromotionType; |
3298 | |
3299 | /// \brief If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration |
3300 | /// of a class template specialization, this is the member specialization |
3301 | /// information. |
3302 | MemberSpecializationInfo *SpecializationInfo = nullptr; |
3303 | |
3304 | EnumDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
3305 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl, |
3306 | bool Scoped, bool ScopedUsingClassTag, bool Fixed) |
3307 | : TagDecl(Enum, TTK_Enum, C, DC, IdLoc, Id, PrevDecl, StartLoc) { |
3308 | assert(Scoped || !ScopedUsingClassTag)(static_cast <bool> (Scoped || !ScopedUsingClassTag) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Scoped || !ScopedUsingClassTag", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3308, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3309 | IntegerType = (const Type *)nullptr; |
3310 | NumNegativeBits = 0; |
3311 | NumPositiveBits = 0; |
3312 | IsScoped = Scoped; |
3313 | IsScopedUsingClassTag = ScopedUsingClassTag; |
3314 | IsFixed = Fixed; |
3315 | } |
3316 | |
3317 | void anchor() override; |
3318 | |
3319 | void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(ASTContext &C, EnumDecl *ED, |
3320 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
3321 | public: |
3322 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3323 | |
3324 | EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { |
3325 | return cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getCanonicalDecl()); |
3326 | } |
3327 | const EnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { |
3328 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl(); |
3329 | } |
3330 | |
3331 | EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
3332 | return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>( |
3333 | static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
3334 | } |
3335 | const EnumDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
3336 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
3337 | } |
3338 | |
3339 | EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
3340 | return cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
3341 | } |
3342 | const EnumDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
3343 | return const_cast<EnumDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
3344 | } |
3345 | |
3346 | EnumDecl *getDefinition() const { |
3347 | return cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition()); |
3348 | } |
3349 | |
3350 | static EnumDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3351 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3352 | IdentifierInfo *Id, EnumDecl *PrevDecl, |
3353 | bool IsScoped, bool IsScopedUsingClassTag, |
3354 | bool IsFixed); |
3355 | static EnumDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3356 | |
3357 | /// When created, the EnumDecl corresponds to a |
3358 | /// forward-declared enum. This method is used to mark the |
3359 | /// declaration as being defined; its enumerators have already been |
3360 | /// added (via DeclContext::addDecl). NewType is the new underlying |
3361 | /// type of the enumeration type. |
3362 | void completeDefinition(QualType NewType, |
3363 | QualType PromotionType, |
3364 | unsigned NumPositiveBits, |
3365 | unsigned NumNegativeBits); |
3366 | |
3367 | // Iterates through the enumerators of this enumeration. |
3368 | using enumerator_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl>; |
3369 | using enumerator_range = |
3370 | llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<EnumConstantDecl>>; |
3371 | |
3372 | enumerator_range enumerators() const { |
3373 | return enumerator_range(enumerator_begin(), enumerator_end()); |
3374 | } |
3375 | |
3376 | enumerator_iterator enumerator_begin() const { |
3377 | const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition(); |
3378 | if (!E) |
3379 | E = this; |
3380 | return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_begin()); |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | enumerator_iterator enumerator_end() const { |
3384 | const EnumDecl *E = getDefinition(); |
3385 | if (!E) |
3386 | E = this; |
3387 | return enumerator_iterator(E->decls_end()); |
3388 | } |
3389 | |
3390 | /// Return the integer type that enumerators should promote to. |
3391 | QualType getPromotionType() const { return PromotionType; } |
3392 | |
3393 | /// Set the promotion type. |
3394 | void setPromotionType(QualType T) { PromotionType = T; } |
3395 | |
3396 | /// Return the integer type this enum decl corresponds to. |
3397 | /// This returns a null QualType for an enum forward definition with no fixed |
3398 | /// underlying type. |
3399 | QualType getIntegerType() const { |
3400 | if (!IntegerType) |
3401 | return QualType(); |
3402 | if (const Type *T = IntegerType.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) |
3403 | return QualType(T, 0); |
3404 | return IntegerType.get<TypeSourceInfo*>()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
3405 | } |
3406 | |
3407 | /// \brief Set the underlying integer type. |
3408 | void setIntegerType(QualType T) { IntegerType = T.getTypePtrOrNull(); } |
3409 | |
3410 | /// \brief Set the underlying integer type source info. |
3411 | void setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { IntegerType = TInfo; } |
3412 | |
3413 | /// \brief Return the type source info for the underlying integer type, |
3414 | /// if no type source info exists, return 0. |
3415 | TypeSourceInfo *getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() const { |
3416 | return IntegerType.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>(); |
3417 | } |
3418 | |
3419 | /// \brief Retrieve the source range that covers the underlying type if |
3420 | /// specified. |
3421 | SourceRange getIntegerTypeRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3422 | |
3423 | /// \brief Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
3424 | /// non-negative enumerators of this enum. |
3425 | unsigned getNumPositiveBits() const { |
3426 | return NumPositiveBits; |
3427 | } |
3428 | void setNumPositiveBits(unsigned Num) { |
3429 | NumPositiveBits = Num; |
3430 | assert(NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount")(static_cast <bool> (NumPositiveBits == Num && "can't store this bitcount" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("NumPositiveBits == Num && \"can't store this bitcount\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3430, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3431 | } |
3432 | |
3433 | /// \brief Returns the width in bits required to store all the |
3434 | /// negative enumerators of this enum. These widths include |
3435 | /// the rightmost leading 1; that is: |
3436 | /// |
3437 | /// MOST NEGATIVE ENUMERATOR PATTERN NUM NEGATIVE BITS |
3438 | /// ------------------------ ------- ----------------- |
3439 | /// -1 1111111 1 |
3440 | /// -10 1110110 5 |
3441 | /// -101 1001011 8 |
3442 | unsigned getNumNegativeBits() const { |
3443 | return NumNegativeBits; |
3444 | } |
3445 | void setNumNegativeBits(unsigned Num) { |
3446 | NumNegativeBits = Num; |
3447 | } |
3448 | |
3449 | /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration. |
3450 | bool isScoped() const { |
3451 | return IsScoped; |
3452 | } |
3453 | |
3454 | /// \brief Returns true if this is a C++11 scoped enumeration. |
3455 | bool isScopedUsingClassTag() const { |
3456 | return IsScopedUsingClassTag; |
3457 | } |
3458 | |
3459 | /// \brief Returns true if this is an Objective-C, C++11, or |
3460 | /// Microsoft-style enumeration with a fixed underlying type. |
3461 | bool isFixed() const { |
3462 | return IsFixed; |
3463 | } |
3464 | |
3465 | /// \brief Returns true if this can be considered a complete type. |
3466 | bool isComplete() const { |
3467 | // IntegerType is set for fixed type enums and non-fixed but implicitly |
3468 | // int-sized Microsoft enums. |
3469 | return isCompleteDefinition() || IntegerType; |
3470 | } |
3471 | |
3472 | /// Returns true if this enum is either annotated with |
3473 | /// enum_extensibility(closed) or isn't annotated with enum_extensibility. |
3474 | bool isClosed() const; |
3475 | |
3476 | /// Returns true if this enum is annotated with flag_enum and isn't annotated |
3477 | /// with enum_extensibility(open). |
3478 | bool isClosedFlag() const; |
3479 | |
3480 | /// Returns true if this enum is annotated with neither flag_enum nor |
3481 | /// enum_extensibility(open). |
3482 | bool isClosedNonFlag() const; |
3483 | |
3484 | /// \brief Retrieve the enum definition from which this enumeration could |
3485 | /// be instantiated, if it is an instantiation (rather than a non-template). |
3486 | EnumDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const; |
3487 | |
3488 | /// \brief Returns the enumeration (declared within the template) |
3489 | /// from which this enumeration type was instantiated, or NULL if |
3490 | /// this enumeration was not instantiated from any template. |
3491 | EnumDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum() const; |
3492 | |
3493 | /// \brief If this enumeration is a member of a specialization of a |
3494 | /// templated class, determine what kind of template specialization |
3495 | /// or instantiation this is. |
3496 | TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const; |
3497 | |
3498 | /// \brief For an enumeration member that was instantiated from a member |
3499 | /// enumeration of a templated class, set the template specialiation kind. |
3500 | void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
3501 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = SourceLocation()); |
3502 | |
3503 | /// \brief If this enumeration is an instantiation of a member enumeration of |
3504 | /// a class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization |
3505 | /// information. |
3506 | MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const { |
3507 | return SpecializationInfo; |
3508 | } |
3509 | |
3510 | /// \brief Specify that this enumeration is an instantiation of the |
3511 | /// member enumeration ED. |
3512 | void setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(EnumDecl *ED, |
3513 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) { |
3514 | setInstantiationOfMemberEnum(getASTContext(), ED, TSK); |
3515 | } |
3516 | |
3517 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3518 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Enum; } |
3519 | }; |
3520 | |
3521 | /// Represents a struct/union/class. For example: |
3522 | /// struct X; // Forward declaration, no "body". |
3523 | /// union Y { int A, B; }; // Has body with members A and B (FieldDecls). |
3524 | /// This decl will be marked invalid if *any* members are invalid. |
3525 | class RecordDecl : public TagDecl { |
3526 | friend class DeclContext; |
3527 | |
3528 | // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl. |
3529 | /// This is true if this struct ends with a flexible |
3530 | /// array member (e.g. int X[]) or if this union contains a struct that does. |
3531 | /// If so, this cannot be contained in arrays or other structs as a member. |
3532 | bool HasFlexibleArrayMember : 1; |
3533 | |
3534 | /// Whether this is the type of an anonymous struct or union. |
3535 | bool AnonymousStructOrUnion : 1; |
3536 | |
3537 | /// This is true if this struct has at least one member |
3538 | /// containing an Objective-C object pointer type. |
3539 | bool HasObjectMember : 1; |
3540 | |
3541 | /// This is true if struct has at least one member of |
3542 | /// 'volatile' type. |
3543 | bool HasVolatileMember : 1; |
3544 | |
3545 | /// Whether the field declarations of this record have been loaded |
3546 | /// from external storage. To avoid unnecessary deserialization of |
3547 | /// methods/nested types we allow deserialization of just the fields |
3548 | /// when needed. |
3549 | mutable bool LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage : 1; |
3550 | |
3551 | /// Basic properties of non-trivial C structs. |
3552 | bool NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize : 1; |
3553 | bool NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy : 1; |
3554 | bool NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy : 1; |
3555 | |
3556 | protected: |
3557 | RecordDecl(Kind DK, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3558 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3559 | IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl *PrevDecl); |
3560 | |
3561 | public: |
3562 | static RecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC, |
3563 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
3564 | IdentifierInfo *Id, RecordDecl* PrevDecl = nullptr); |
3565 | static RecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3566 | |
3567 | RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() { |
3568 | return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>( |
3569 | static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl()); |
3570 | } |
3571 | const RecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const { |
3572 | return const_cast<RecordDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl(); |
3573 | } |
3574 | |
3575 | RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() { |
3576 | return cast<RecordDecl>(static_cast<TagDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl()); |
3577 | } |
3578 | const RecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const { |
3579 | return const_cast<RecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl(); |
3580 | } |
3581 | |
3582 | bool hasFlexibleArrayMember() const { return HasFlexibleArrayMember; } |
3583 | void setHasFlexibleArrayMember(bool V) { HasFlexibleArrayMember = V; } |
3584 | |
3585 | /// Whether this is an anonymous struct or union. To be an anonymous |
3586 | /// struct or union, it must have been declared without a name and |
3587 | /// there must be no objects of this type declared, e.g., |
3588 | /// @code |
3589 | /// union { int i; float f; }; |
3590 | /// @endcode |
3591 | /// is an anonymous union but neither of the following are: |
3592 | /// @code |
3593 | /// union X { int i; float f; }; |
3594 | /// union { int i; float f; } obj; |
3595 | /// @endcode |
3596 | bool isAnonymousStructOrUnion() const { return AnonymousStructOrUnion; } |
3597 | void setAnonymousStructOrUnion(bool Anon) { |
3598 | AnonymousStructOrUnion = Anon; |
3599 | } |
3600 | |
3601 | bool hasObjectMember() const { return HasObjectMember; } |
3602 | void setHasObjectMember (bool val) { HasObjectMember = val; } |
3603 | |
3604 | bool hasVolatileMember() const { return HasVolatileMember; } |
3605 | void setHasVolatileMember (bool val) { HasVolatileMember = val; } |
3606 | |
3607 | bool hasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage() const { |
3608 | return LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage; |
3609 | } |
3610 | void setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(bool val) { |
3611 | LoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage = val; |
3612 | } |
3613 | |
3614 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C structs. |
3615 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const { |
3616 | return NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize; |
3617 | } |
3618 | |
3619 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() { |
3620 | NonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize = true; |
3621 | } |
3622 | |
3623 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const { |
3624 | return NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy; |
3625 | } |
3626 | |
3627 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() { |
3628 | NonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy = true; |
3629 | } |
3630 | |
3631 | bool isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy() const { |
3632 | return NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy; |
3633 | } |
3634 | |
3635 | void setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy() { |
3636 | NonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy = true; |
3637 | } |
3638 | |
3639 | /// \brief Determines whether this declaration represents the |
3640 | /// injected class name. |
3641 | /// |
3642 | /// The injected class name in C++ is the name of the class that |
3643 | /// appears inside the class itself. For example: |
3644 | /// |
3645 | /// \code |
3646 | /// struct C { |
3647 | /// // C is implicitly declared here as a synonym for the class name. |
3648 | /// }; |
3649 | /// |
3650 | /// C::C c; // same as "C c;" |
3651 | /// \endcode |
3652 | bool isInjectedClassName() const; |
3653 | |
3654 | /// \brief Determine whether this record is a class describing a lambda |
3655 | /// function object. |
3656 | bool isLambda() const; |
3657 | |
3658 | /// \brief Determine whether this record is a record for captured variables in |
3659 | /// CapturedStmt construct. |
3660 | bool isCapturedRecord() const; |
3661 | |
3662 | /// \brief Mark the record as a record for captured variables in CapturedStmt |
3663 | /// construct. |
3664 | void setCapturedRecord(); |
3665 | |
3666 | /// Returns the RecordDecl that actually defines |
3667 | /// this struct/union/class. When determining whether or not a |
3668 | /// struct/union/class is completely defined, one should use this |
3669 | /// method as opposed to 'isCompleteDefinition'. |
3670 | /// 'isCompleteDefinition' indicates whether or not a specific |
3671 | /// RecordDecl is a completed definition, not whether or not the |
3672 | /// record type is defined. This method returns NULL if there is |
3673 | /// no RecordDecl that defines the struct/union/tag. |
3674 | RecordDecl *getDefinition() const { |
3675 | return cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagDecl::getDefinition()); |
3676 | } |
3677 | |
3678 | // Iterator access to field members. The field iterator only visits |
3679 | // the non-static data members of this class, ignoring any static |
3680 | // data members, functions, constructors, destructors, etc. |
3681 | using field_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl>; |
3682 | using field_range = llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<FieldDecl>>; |
3683 | |
3684 | field_range fields() const { return field_range(field_begin(), field_end()); } |
3685 | field_iterator field_begin() const; |
3686 | |
3687 | field_iterator field_end() const { |
3688 | return field_iterator(decl_iterator()); |
3689 | } |
3690 | |
3691 | // Whether there are any fields (non-static data members) in this record. |
3692 | bool field_empty() const { |
3693 | return field_begin() == field_end(); |
3694 | } |
3695 | |
3696 | /// Note that the definition of this type is now complete. |
3697 | virtual void completeDefinition(); |
3698 | |
3699 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3700 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { |
3701 | return K >= firstRecord && K <= lastRecord; |
3702 | } |
3703 | |
3704 | /// \brief Get whether or not this is an ms_struct which can |
3705 | /// be turned on with an attribute, pragma, or -mms-bitfields |
3706 | /// commandline option. |
3707 | bool isMsStruct(const ASTContext &C) const; |
3708 | |
3709 | /// \brief Whether we are allowed to insert extra padding between fields. |
3710 | /// These padding are added to help AddressSanitizer detect |
3711 | /// intra-object-overflow bugs. |
3712 | bool mayInsertExtraPadding(bool EmitRemark = false) const; |
3713 | |
3714 | /// Finds the first data member which has a name. |
3715 | /// nullptr is returned if no named data member exists. |
3716 | const FieldDecl *findFirstNamedDataMember() const; |
3717 | |
3718 | private: |
3719 | /// \brief Deserialize just the fields. |
3720 | void LoadFieldsFromExternalStorage() const; |
3721 | }; |
3722 | |
3723 | class FileScopeAsmDecl : public Decl { |
3724 | StringLiteral *AsmString; |
3725 | SourceLocation RParenLoc; |
3726 | |
3727 | FileScopeAsmDecl(DeclContext *DC, StringLiteral *asmstring, |
3728 | SourceLocation StartL, SourceLocation EndL) |
3729 | : Decl(FileScopeAsm, DC, StartL), AsmString(asmstring), RParenLoc(EndL) {} |
3730 | |
3731 | virtual void anchor(); |
3732 | |
3733 | public: |
3734 | static FileScopeAsmDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3735 | StringLiteral *Str, SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
3736 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
3737 | |
3738 | static FileScopeAsmDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3739 | |
3740 | SourceLocation getAsmLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
3741 | SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; } |
3742 | void setRParenLoc(SourceLocation L) { RParenLoc = L; } |
3743 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
3744 | return SourceRange(getAsmLoc(), getRParenLoc()); |
3745 | } |
3746 | |
3747 | const StringLiteral *getAsmString() const { return AsmString; } |
3748 | StringLiteral *getAsmString() { return AsmString; } |
3749 | void setAsmString(StringLiteral *Asm) { AsmString = Asm; } |
3750 | |
3751 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3752 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == FileScopeAsm; } |
3753 | }; |
3754 | |
3755 | /// Pepresents a block literal declaration, which is like an |
3756 | /// unnamed FunctionDecl. For example: |
3757 | /// ^{ statement-body } or ^(int arg1, float arg2){ statement-body } |
3758 | class BlockDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
3759 | public: |
3760 | /// A class which contains all the information about a particular |
3761 | /// captured value. |
3762 | class Capture { |
3763 | enum { |
3764 | flag_isByRef = 0x1, |
3765 | flag_isNested = 0x2 |
3766 | }; |
3767 | |
3768 | /// The variable being captured. |
3769 | llvm::PointerIntPair<VarDecl*, 2> VariableAndFlags; |
3770 | |
3771 | /// The copy expression, expressed in terms of a DeclRef (or |
3772 | /// BlockDeclRef) to the captured variable. Only required if the |
3773 | /// variable has a C++ class type. |
3774 | Expr *CopyExpr; |
3775 | |
3776 | public: |
3777 | Capture(VarDecl *variable, bool byRef, bool nested, Expr *copy) |
3778 | : VariableAndFlags(variable, |
3779 | (byRef ? flag_isByRef : 0) | (nested ? flag_isNested : 0)), |
3780 | CopyExpr(copy) {} |
3781 | |
3782 | /// The variable being captured. |
3783 | VarDecl *getVariable() const { return VariableAndFlags.getPointer(); } |
3784 | |
3785 | /// Whether this is a "by ref" capture, i.e. a capture of a __block |
3786 | /// variable. |
3787 | bool isByRef() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isByRef; } |
3788 | |
3789 | /// Whether this is a nested capture, i.e. the variable captured |
3790 | /// is not from outside the immediately enclosing function/block. |
3791 | bool isNested() const { return VariableAndFlags.getInt() & flag_isNested; } |
3792 | |
3793 | bool hasCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr != nullptr; } |
3794 | Expr *getCopyExpr() const { return CopyExpr; } |
3795 | void setCopyExpr(Expr *e) { CopyExpr = e; } |
3796 | }; |
3797 | |
3798 | private: |
3799 | // FIXME: This can be packed into the bitfields in Decl. |
3800 | bool IsVariadic : 1; |
3801 | bool CapturesCXXThis : 1; |
3802 | bool BlockMissingReturnType : 1; |
3803 | bool IsConversionFromLambda : 1; |
3804 | |
3805 | /// A new[]'d array of pointers to ParmVarDecls for the formal |
3806 | /// parameters of this function. This is null if a prototype or if there are |
3807 | /// no formals. |
3808 | ParmVarDecl **ParamInfo = nullptr; |
3809 | unsigned NumParams = 0; |
3810 | |
3811 | Stmt *Body = nullptr; |
3812 | TypeSourceInfo *SignatureAsWritten = nullptr; |
3813 | |
3814 | const Capture *Captures = nullptr; |
3815 | unsigned NumCaptures = 0; |
3816 | |
3817 | unsigned ManglingNumber = 0; |
3818 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl = nullptr; |
3819 | |
3820 | protected: |
3821 | BlockDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation CaretLoc) |
3822 | : Decl(Block, DC, CaretLoc), DeclContext(Block), IsVariadic(false), |
3823 | CapturesCXXThis(false), BlockMissingReturnType(true), |
3824 | IsConversionFromLambda(false) {} |
3825 | |
3826 | public: |
3827 | static BlockDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L); |
3828 | static BlockDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
3829 | |
3830 | SourceLocation getCaretLocation() const { return getLocation(); } |
3831 | |
3832 | bool isVariadic() const { return IsVariadic; } |
3833 | void setIsVariadic(bool value) { IsVariadic = value; } |
3834 | |
3835 | CompoundStmt *getCompoundBody() const { return (CompoundStmt*) Body; } |
3836 | Stmt *getBody() const override { return (Stmt*) Body; } |
3837 | void setBody(CompoundStmt *B) { Body = (Stmt*) B; } |
3838 | |
3839 | void setSignatureAsWritten(TypeSourceInfo *Sig) { SignatureAsWritten = Sig; } |
3840 | TypeSourceInfo *getSignatureAsWritten() const { return SignatureAsWritten; } |
3841 | |
3842 | // ArrayRef access to formal parameters. |
3843 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() const { |
3844 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
3845 | } |
3846 | MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> parameters() { |
3847 | return {ParamInfo, getNumParams()}; |
3848 | } |
3849 | |
3850 | // Iterator access to formal parameters. |
3851 | using param_iterator = MutableArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::iterator; |
3852 | using param_const_iterator = ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *>::const_iterator; |
3853 | |
3854 | bool param_empty() const { return parameters().empty(); } |
3855 | param_iterator param_begin() { return parameters().begin(); } |
3856 | param_iterator param_end() { return parameters().end(); } |
3857 | param_const_iterator param_begin() const { return parameters().begin(); } |
3858 | param_const_iterator param_end() const { return parameters().end(); } |
3859 | size_t param_size() const { return parameters().size(); } |
3860 | |
3861 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; } |
3862 | |
3863 | const ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) const { |
3864 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3864, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3865 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
3866 | } |
3867 | ParmVarDecl *getParamDecl(unsigned i) { |
3868 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #")(static_cast <bool> (i < getNumParams() && "Illegal param #" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < getNumParams() && \"Illegal param #\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3868, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3869 | return ParamInfo[i]; |
3870 | } |
3871 | |
3872 | void setParams(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> NewParamInfo); |
3873 | |
3874 | /// True if this block (or its nested blocks) captures |
3875 | /// anything of local storage from its enclosing scopes. |
3876 | bool hasCaptures() const { return NumCaptures != 0 || CapturesCXXThis; } |
3877 | |
3878 | /// Returns the number of captured variables. |
3879 | /// Does not include an entry for 'this'. |
3880 | unsigned getNumCaptures() const { return NumCaptures; } |
3881 | |
3882 | using capture_const_iterator = ArrayRef<Capture>::const_iterator; |
3883 | |
3884 | ArrayRef<Capture> captures() const { return {Captures, NumCaptures}; } |
3885 | |
3886 | capture_const_iterator capture_begin() const { return captures().begin(); } |
3887 | capture_const_iterator capture_end() const { return captures().end(); } |
3888 | |
3889 | bool capturesCXXThis() const { return CapturesCXXThis; } |
3890 | bool blockMissingReturnType() const { return BlockMissingReturnType; } |
3891 | void setBlockMissingReturnType(bool val) { BlockMissingReturnType = val; } |
3892 | |
3893 | bool isConversionFromLambda() const { return IsConversionFromLambda; } |
3894 | void setIsConversionFromLambda(bool val) { IsConversionFromLambda = val; } |
3895 | |
3896 | bool capturesVariable(const VarDecl *var) const; |
3897 | |
3898 | void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context, ArrayRef<Capture> Captures, |
3899 | bool CapturesCXXThis); |
3900 | |
3901 | unsigned getBlockManglingNumber() const { |
3902 | return ManglingNumber; |
3903 | } |
3904 | |
3905 | Decl *getBlockManglingContextDecl() const { |
3906 | return ManglingContextDecl; |
3907 | } |
3908 | |
3909 | void setBlockMangling(unsigned Number, Decl *Ctx) { |
3910 | ManglingNumber = Number; |
3911 | ManglingContextDecl = Ctx; |
3912 | } |
3913 | |
3914 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
3915 | |
3916 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
3917 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
3918 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Block; } |
3919 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const BlockDecl *D) { |
3920 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<BlockDecl*>(D)); |
3921 | } |
3922 | static BlockDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
3923 | return static_cast<BlockDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
3924 | } |
3925 | }; |
3926 | |
3927 | /// Represents the body of a CapturedStmt, and serves as its DeclContext. |
3928 | class CapturedDecl final |
3929 | : public Decl, |
3930 | public DeclContext, |
3931 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<CapturedDecl, ImplicitParamDecl *> { |
3932 | protected: |
3933 | size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ImplicitParamDecl>) { |
3934 | return NumParams; |
3935 | } |
3936 | |
3937 | private: |
3938 | /// \brief The number of parameters to the outlined function. |
3939 | unsigned NumParams; |
3940 | |
3941 | /// \brief The position of context parameter in list of parameters. |
3942 | unsigned ContextParam; |
3943 | |
3944 | /// \brief The body of the outlined function. |
3945 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Stmt *, 1, bool> BodyAndNothrow; |
3946 | |
3947 | explicit CapturedDecl(DeclContext *DC, unsigned NumParams); |
3948 | |
3949 | ImplicitParamDecl *const *getParams() const { |
3950 | return getTrailingObjects<ImplicitParamDecl *>(); |
3951 | } |
3952 | |
3953 | ImplicitParamDecl **getParams() { |
3954 | return getTrailingObjects<ImplicitParamDecl *>(); |
3955 | } |
3956 | |
3957 | public: |
3958 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
3959 | friend class ASTDeclWriter; |
3960 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3961 | |
3962 | static CapturedDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
3963 | unsigned NumParams); |
3964 | static CapturedDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
3965 | unsigned NumParams); |
3966 | |
3967 | Stmt *getBody() const override; |
3968 | void setBody(Stmt *B); |
3969 | |
3970 | bool isNothrow() const; |
3971 | void setNothrow(bool Nothrow = true); |
3972 | |
3973 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return NumParams; } |
3974 | |
3975 | ImplicitParamDecl *getParam(unsigned i) const { |
3976 | assert(i < NumParams)(static_cast <bool> (i < NumParams) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3976, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3977 | return getParams()[i]; |
3978 | } |
3979 | void setParam(unsigned i, ImplicitParamDecl *P) { |
3980 | assert(i < NumParams)(static_cast <bool> (i < NumParams) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3980, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3981 | getParams()[i] = P; |
3982 | } |
3983 | |
3984 | // ArrayRef interface to parameters. |
3985 | ArrayRef<ImplicitParamDecl *> parameters() const { |
3986 | return {getParams(), getNumParams()}; |
3987 | } |
3988 | MutableArrayRef<ImplicitParamDecl *> parameters() { |
3989 | return {getParams(), getNumParams()}; |
3990 | } |
3991 | |
3992 | /// \brief Retrieve the parameter containing captured variables. |
3993 | ImplicitParamDecl *getContextParam() const { |
3994 | assert(ContextParam < NumParams)(static_cast <bool> (ContextParam < NumParams) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("ContextParam < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3994, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3995 | return getParam(ContextParam); |
3996 | } |
3997 | void setContextParam(unsigned i, ImplicitParamDecl *P) { |
3998 | assert(i < NumParams)(static_cast <bool> (i < NumParams) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("i < NumParams", "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 3998, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
3999 | ContextParam = i; |
4000 | setParam(i, P); |
4001 | } |
4002 | unsigned getContextParamPosition() const { return ContextParam; } |
4003 | |
4004 | using param_iterator = ImplicitParamDecl *const *; |
4005 | using param_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_iterator>; |
4006 | |
4007 | /// \brief Retrieve an iterator pointing to the first parameter decl. |
4008 | param_iterator param_begin() const { return getParams(); } |
4009 | /// \brief Retrieve an iterator one past the last parameter decl. |
4010 | param_iterator param_end() const { return getParams() + NumParams; } |
4011 | |
4012 | // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc. |
4013 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
4014 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Captured; } |
4015 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const CapturedDecl *D) { |
4016 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<CapturedDecl *>(D)); |
4017 | } |
4018 | static CapturedDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
4019 | return static_cast<CapturedDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext *>(DC)); |
4020 | } |
4021 | }; |
4022 | |
4023 | /// \brief Describes a module import declaration, which makes the contents |
4024 | /// of the named module visible in the current translation unit. |
4025 | /// |
4026 | /// An import declaration imports the named module (or submodule). For example: |
4027 | /// \code |
4028 | /// @import std.vector; |
4029 | /// \endcode |
4030 | /// |
4031 | /// Import declarations can also be implicitly generated from |
4032 | /// \#include/\#import directives. |
4033 | class ImportDecl final : public Decl, |
4034 | llvm::TrailingObjects<ImportDecl, SourceLocation> { |
4035 | friend class ASTContext; |
4036 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
4037 | friend class ASTReader; |
4038 | friend TrailingObjects; |
4039 | |
4040 | /// \brief The imported module, along with a bit that indicates whether |
4041 | /// we have source-location information for each identifier in the module |
4042 | /// name. |
4043 | /// |
4044 | /// When the bit is false, we only have a single source location for the |
4045 | /// end of the import declaration. |
4046 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Module *, 1, bool> ImportedAndComplete; |
4047 | |
4048 | /// \brief The next import in the list of imports local to the translation |
4049 | /// unit being parsed (not loaded from an AST file). |
4050 | ImportDecl *NextLocalImport = nullptr; |
4051 | |
4052 | ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
4053 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs); |
4054 | |
4055 | ImportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
4056 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4057 | |
4058 | ImportDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(Import, Empty) {} |
4059 | |
4060 | public: |
4061 | /// \brief Create a new module import declaration. |
4062 | static ImportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
4063 | SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
4064 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> IdentifierLocs); |
4065 | |
4066 | /// \brief Create a new module import declaration for an implicitly-generated |
4067 | /// import. |
4068 | static ImportDecl *CreateImplicit(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
4069 | SourceLocation StartLoc, Module *Imported, |
4070 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
4071 | |
4072 | /// \brief Create a new, deserialized module import declaration. |
4073 | static ImportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID, |
4074 | unsigned NumLocations); |
4075 | |
4076 | /// \brief Retrieve the module that was imported by the import declaration. |
4077 | Module *getImportedModule() const { return ImportedAndComplete.getPointer(); } |
4078 | |
4079 | /// \brief Retrieves the locations of each of the identifiers that make up |
4080 | /// the complete module name in the import declaration. |
4081 | /// |
4082 | /// This will return an empty array if the locations of the individual |
4083 | /// identifiers aren't available. |
4084 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> getIdentifierLocs() const; |
4085 | |
4086 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)); |
4087 | |
4088 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
4089 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Import; } |
4090 | }; |
4091 | |
4092 | /// \brief Represents a C++ Modules TS module export declaration. |
4093 | /// |
4094 | /// For example: |
4095 | /// \code |
4096 | /// export void foo(); |
4097 | /// \endcode |
4098 | class ExportDecl final : public Decl, public DeclContext { |
4099 | virtual void anchor(); |
4100 | |
4101 | private: |
4102 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
4103 | |
4104 | /// \brief The source location for the right brace (if valid). |
4105 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc; |
4106 | |
4107 | ExportDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExportLoc) |
4108 | : Decl(Export, DC, ExportLoc), DeclContext(Export), |
4109 | RBraceLoc(SourceLocation()) {} |
4110 | |
4111 | public: |
4112 | static ExportDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
4113 | SourceLocation ExportLoc); |
4114 | static ExportDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
4115 | |
4116 | SourceLocation getExportLoc() const { return getLocation(); } |
4117 | SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; } |
4118 | void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) { RBraceLoc = L; } |
4119 | |
4120 | SourceLocation getLocEnd() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
4121 | if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) |
4122 | return RBraceLoc; |
4123 | // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context |
4124 | // (if present). |
4125 | return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getLocEnd(); |
4126 | } |
4127 | |
4128 | SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { |
4129 | return SourceRange(getLocation(), getLocEnd()); |
4130 | } |
4131 | |
4132 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
4133 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Export; } |
4134 | static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const ExportDecl *D) { |
4135 | return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<ExportDecl*>(D)); |
4136 | } |
4137 | static ExportDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) { |
4138 | return static_cast<ExportDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC)); |
4139 | } |
4140 | }; |
4141 | |
4142 | /// Represents an empty-declaration. |
4143 | class EmptyDecl : public Decl { |
4144 | EmptyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L) : Decl(Empty, DC, L) {} |
4145 | |
4146 | virtual void anchor(); |
4147 | |
4148 | public: |
4149 | static EmptyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, |
4150 | SourceLocation L); |
4151 | static EmptyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID); |
4152 | |
4153 | static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); } |
4154 | static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Empty; } |
4155 | }; |
4156 | |
4157 | /// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending NamedDecl's |
4158 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
4159 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
4160 | const NamedDecl* ND) { |
4161 | DB.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND), |
4162 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl); |
4163 | return DB; |
4164 | } |
4165 | inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
4166 | const NamedDecl* ND) { |
4167 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(ND), |
4168 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_nameddecl); |
4169 | return PD; |
4170 | } |
4171 | |
4172 | template<typename decl_type> |
4173 | void Redeclarable<decl_type>::setPreviousDecl(decl_type *PrevDecl) { |
4174 | // Note: This routine is implemented here because we need both NamedDecl |
4175 | // and Redeclarable to be defined. |
4176 | assert(RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() &&(static_cast <bool> (RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && \"setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4177, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4177 | "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain")(static_cast <bool> (RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && "setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && \"setPreviousDecl on a decl already in a redeclaration chain\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4177, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4178 | |
4179 | if (PrevDecl) { |
4180 | // Point to previous. Make sure that this is actually the most recent |
4181 | // redeclaration, or we can build invalid chains. If the most recent |
4182 | // redeclaration is invalid, it won't be PrevDecl, but we want it anyway. |
4183 | First = PrevDecl->getFirstDecl(); |
4184 | assert(First->RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && "Expected first")(static_cast <bool> (First->RedeclLink.NextIsLatest( ) && "Expected first") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("First->RedeclLink.NextIsLatest() && \"Expected first\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4184, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4185 | decl_type *MostRecent = First->getNextRedeclaration(); |
4186 | RedeclLink = PreviousDeclLink(cast<decl_type>(MostRecent)); |
4187 | |
4188 | // If the declaration was previously visible, a redeclaration of it remains |
4189 | // visible even if it wouldn't be visible by itself. |
4190 | static_cast<decl_type*>(this)->IdentifierNamespace |= |
4191 | MostRecent->getIdentifierNamespace() & |
4192 | (Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Type); |
4193 | } else { |
4194 | // Make this first. |
4195 | First = static_cast<decl_type*>(this); |
4196 | } |
4197 | |
4198 | // First one will point to this one as latest. |
4199 | First->RedeclLink.setLatest(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)); |
4200 | |
4201 | assert(!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) ||(static_cast <bool> (!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast< decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast< decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4202, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
4202 | cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid())(static_cast <bool> (!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast< decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast< decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid()) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("!isa<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this)) || cast<NamedDecl>(static_cast<decl_type*>(this))->isLinkageValid()" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/AST/Decl.h" , 4202, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
4203 | } |
4204 | |
4205 | // Inline function definitions. |
4206 | |
4207 | /// Check if the given decl is complete. |
4208 | /// |
4209 | /// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in |
4210 | /// Type.h and Decl.h. |
4211 | inline bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *ED) { |
4212 | return ED->isComplete(); |
4213 | } |
4214 | |
4215 | /// Check if the given decl is scoped. |
4216 | /// |
4217 | /// We use this function to break a cycle between the inline definitions in |
4218 | /// Type.h and Decl.h. |
4219 | inline bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *ED) { |
4220 | return ED->isScoped(); |
4221 | } |
4222 | |
4223 | } // namespace clang |
4224 | |
4225 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECL_H |
1 | //===- PartialDiagnostic.h - Diagnostic "closures" --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
4 | // |
5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
7 | // |
8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
9 | // |
10 | /// \file |
11 | /// \brief Implements a partial diagnostic that can be emitted anwyhere |
12 | /// in a DiagnosticBuilder stream. |
13 | // |
14 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
15 | |
16 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H |
17 | #define LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H |
18 | |
19 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
20 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
21 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
22 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
23 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
24 | #include <cassert> |
25 | #include <cstdint> |
26 | #include <string> |
27 | #include <type_traits> |
28 | #include <utility> |
29 | |
30 | namespace clang { |
31 | |
32 | class DeclContext; |
33 | class IdentifierInfo; |
34 | |
35 | class PartialDiagnostic { |
36 | public: |
37 | enum { |
38 | // The MaxArguments and MaxFixItHints member enum values from |
39 | // DiagnosticsEngine are private but DiagnosticsEngine declares |
40 | // PartialDiagnostic a friend. These enum values are redeclared |
41 | // here so that the nested Storage class below can access them. |
42 | MaxArguments = DiagnosticsEngine::MaxArguments |
43 | }; |
44 | |
45 | struct Storage { |
46 | enum { |
47 | /// \brief The maximum number of arguments we can hold. We |
48 | /// currently only support up to 10 arguments (%0-%9). |
49 | /// |
50 | /// A single diagnostic with more than that almost certainly has to |
51 | /// be simplified anyway. |
52 | MaxArguments = PartialDiagnostic::MaxArguments |
53 | }; |
54 | |
55 | /// \brief The number of entries in Arguments. |
56 | unsigned char NumDiagArgs = 0; |
57 | |
58 | /// \brief Specifies for each argument whether it is in DiagArgumentsStr |
59 | /// or in DiagArguments. |
60 | unsigned char DiagArgumentsKind[MaxArguments]; |
61 | |
62 | /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions. |
63 | /// |
64 | /// This is used when the argument is not an std::string. The specific value |
65 | /// is mangled into an intptr_t and the interpretation depends on exactly |
66 | /// what sort of argument kind it is. |
67 | intptr_t DiagArgumentsVal[MaxArguments]; |
68 | |
69 | /// \brief The values for the various substitution positions that have |
70 | /// string arguments. |
71 | std::string DiagArgumentsStr[MaxArguments]; |
72 | |
73 | /// \brief The list of ranges added to this diagnostic. |
74 | SmallVector<CharSourceRange, 8> DiagRanges; |
75 | |
76 | /// \brief If valid, provides a hint with some code to insert, remove, or |
77 | /// modify at a particular position. |
78 | SmallVector<FixItHint, 6> FixItHints; |
79 | |
80 | Storage() = default; |
81 | }; |
82 | |
83 | /// \brief An allocator for Storage objects, which uses a small cache to |
84 | /// objects, used to reduce malloc()/free() traffic for partial diagnostics. |
85 | class StorageAllocator { |
86 | static const unsigned NumCached = 16; |
87 | Storage Cached[NumCached]; |
88 | Storage *FreeList[NumCached]; |
89 | unsigned NumFreeListEntries; |
90 | |
91 | public: |
92 | StorageAllocator(); |
93 | ~StorageAllocator(); |
94 | |
95 | /// \brief Allocate new storage. |
96 | Storage *Allocate() { |
97 | if (NumFreeListEntries == 0) |
98 | return new Storage; |
99 | |
100 | Storage *Result = FreeList[--NumFreeListEntries]; |
101 | Result->NumDiagArgs = 0; |
102 | Result->DiagRanges.clear(); |
103 | Result->FixItHints.clear(); |
104 | return Result; |
105 | } |
106 | |
107 | /// \brief Free the given storage object. |
108 | void Deallocate(Storage *S) { |
109 | if (S >= Cached && S <= Cached + NumCached) { |
110 | FreeList[NumFreeListEntries++] = S; |
111 | return; |
112 | } |
113 | |
114 | delete S; |
115 | } |
116 | }; |
117 | |
118 | private: |
119 | // NOTE: Sema assumes that PartialDiagnostic is location-invariant |
120 | // in the sense that its bits can be safely memcpy'ed and destructed |
121 | // in the new location. |
122 | |
123 | /// \brief The diagnostic ID. |
124 | mutable unsigned DiagID = 0; |
125 | |
126 | /// \brief Storage for args and ranges. |
127 | mutable Storage *DiagStorage = nullptr; |
128 | |
129 | /// \brief Allocator used to allocate storage for this diagnostic. |
130 | StorageAllocator *Allocator = nullptr; |
131 | |
132 | /// \brief Retrieve storage for this particular diagnostic. |
133 | Storage *getStorage() const { |
134 | if (DiagStorage) |
135 | return DiagStorage; |
136 | |
137 | if (Allocator) |
138 | DiagStorage = Allocator->Allocate(); |
139 | else { |
140 | assert(Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0)))(static_cast <bool> (Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 140, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
141 | DiagStorage = new Storage; |
142 | } |
143 | return DiagStorage; |
144 | } |
145 | |
146 | void freeStorage() { |
147 | if (!DiagStorage) |
148 | return; |
149 | |
150 | // The hot path for PartialDiagnostic is when we just used it to wrap an ID |
151 | // (typically so we have the flexibility of passing a more complex |
152 | // diagnostic into the callee, but that does not commonly occur). |
153 | // |
154 | // Split this out into a slow function for silly compilers (*cough*) which |
155 | // can't do decent partial inlining. |
156 | freeStorageSlow(); |
157 | } |
158 | |
159 | void freeStorageSlow() { |
160 | if (Allocator) |
161 | Allocator->Deallocate(DiagStorage); |
162 | else if (Allocator != reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))) |
163 | delete DiagStorage; |
164 | DiagStorage = nullptr; |
165 | } |
166 | |
167 | void AddSourceRange(const CharSourceRange &R) const { |
168 | if (!DiagStorage) |
169 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
170 | |
171 | DiagStorage->DiagRanges.push_back(R); |
172 | } |
173 | |
174 | void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const { |
175 | if (Hint.isNull()) |
176 | return; |
177 | |
178 | if (!DiagStorage) |
179 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
180 | |
181 | DiagStorage->FixItHints.push_back(Hint); |
182 | } |
183 | |
184 | public: |
185 | struct NullDiagnostic {}; |
186 | |
187 | /// \brief Create a null partial diagnostic, which cannot carry a payload, |
188 | /// and only exists to be swapped with a real partial diagnostic. |
189 | PartialDiagnostic(NullDiagnostic) {} |
190 | |
191 | PartialDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID, StorageAllocator &Allocator) |
192 | : DiagID(DiagID), Allocator(&Allocator) {} |
193 | |
194 | PartialDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &Other) |
195 | : DiagID(Other.DiagID), Allocator(Other.Allocator) { |
196 | if (Other.DiagStorage) { |
197 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
198 | *DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage; |
199 | } |
200 | } |
201 | |
202 | PartialDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic &&Other) |
203 | : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(Other.DiagStorage), |
204 | Allocator(Other.Allocator) { |
205 | Other.DiagStorage = nullptr; |
206 | } |
207 | |
208 | PartialDiagnostic(const PartialDiagnostic &Other, Storage *DiagStorage) |
209 | : DiagID(Other.DiagID), DiagStorage(DiagStorage), |
210 | Allocator(reinterpret_cast<StorageAllocator *>(~uintptr_t(0))) { |
211 | if (Other.DiagStorage) |
212 | *this->DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage; |
213 | } |
214 | |
215 | PartialDiagnostic(const Diagnostic &Other, StorageAllocator &Allocator) |
216 | : DiagID(Other.getID()), Allocator(&Allocator) { |
217 | // Copy arguments. |
218 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) { |
219 | if (Other.getArgKind(I) == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string) |
220 | AddString(Other.getArgStdStr(I)); |
221 | else |
222 | AddTaggedVal(Other.getRawArg(I), Other.getArgKind(I)); |
223 | } |
224 | |
225 | // Copy source ranges. |
226 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumRanges(); I != N; ++I) |
227 | AddSourceRange(Other.getRange(I)); |
228 | |
229 | // Copy fix-its. |
230 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Other.getNumFixItHints(); I != N; ++I) |
231 | AddFixItHint(Other.getFixItHint(I)); |
232 | } |
233 | |
234 | PartialDiagnostic &operator=(const PartialDiagnostic &Other) { |
235 | DiagID = Other.DiagID; |
236 | if (Other.DiagStorage) { |
237 | if (!DiagStorage) |
238 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
239 | |
240 | *DiagStorage = *Other.DiagStorage; |
241 | } else { |
242 | freeStorage(); |
243 | } |
244 | |
245 | return *this; |
246 | } |
247 | |
248 | PartialDiagnostic &operator=(PartialDiagnostic &&Other) { |
249 | freeStorage(); |
250 | |
251 | DiagID = Other.DiagID; |
252 | DiagStorage = Other.DiagStorage; |
253 | Allocator = Other.Allocator; |
254 | |
255 | Other.DiagStorage = nullptr; |
256 | return *this; |
257 | } |
258 | |
259 | ~PartialDiagnostic() { |
260 | freeStorage(); |
261 | } |
262 | |
263 | void swap(PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
264 | std::swap(DiagID, PD.DiagID); |
265 | std::swap(DiagStorage, PD.DiagStorage); |
266 | std::swap(Allocator, PD.Allocator); |
267 | } |
268 | |
269 | unsigned getDiagID() const { return DiagID; } |
270 | |
271 | void AddTaggedVal(intptr_t V, DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind Kind) const { |
272 | if (!DiagStorage) |
273 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
274 | |
275 | assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments &&(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 276, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
276 | "Too many arguments to diagnostic!")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 276, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
277 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs] = Kind; |
278 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsVal[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs++] = V; |
279 | } |
280 | |
281 | void AddString(StringRef V) const { |
282 | if (!DiagStorage) |
283 | DiagStorage = getStorage(); |
284 | |
285 | assert(DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments &&(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
286 | "Too many arguments to diagnostic!")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage ::MaxArguments && "Too many arguments to diagnostic!" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs < Storage::MaxArguments && \"Too many arguments to diagnostic!\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 286, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
287 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs] |
288 | = DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string; |
289 | DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs++] = V; |
290 | } |
291 | |
292 | void Emit(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB) const { |
293 | if (!DiagStorage) |
294 | return; |
295 | |
296 | // Add all arguments. |
297 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs; i != e; ++i) { |
298 | if ((DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[i] |
299 | == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string) |
300 | DB.AddString(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[i]); |
301 | else |
302 | DB.AddTaggedVal(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsVal[i], |
303 | (DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind)DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[i]); |
304 | } |
305 | |
306 | // Add all ranges. |
307 | for (const CharSourceRange &Range : DiagStorage->DiagRanges) |
308 | DB.AddSourceRange(Range); |
309 | |
310 | // Add all fix-its. |
311 | for (const FixItHint &Fix : DiagStorage->FixItHints) |
312 | DB.AddFixItHint(Fix); |
313 | } |
314 | |
315 | void EmitToString(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, |
316 | SmallVectorImpl<char> &Buf) const { |
317 | // FIXME: It should be possible to render a diagnostic to a string without |
318 | // messing with the state of the diagnostics engine. |
319 | DiagnosticBuilder DB(Diags.Report(getDiagID())); |
320 | Emit(DB); |
321 | DB.FlushCounts(); |
322 | Diagnostic(&Diags).FormatDiagnostic(Buf); |
323 | DB.Clear(); |
324 | Diags.Clear(); |
325 | } |
326 | |
327 | /// \brief Clear out this partial diagnostic, giving it a new diagnostic ID |
328 | /// and removing all of its arguments, ranges, and fix-it hints. |
329 | void Reset(unsigned DiagID = 0) { |
330 | this->DiagID = DiagID; |
331 | freeStorage(); |
332 | } |
333 | |
334 | bool hasStorage() const { return DiagStorage != nullptr; } |
335 | |
336 | /// Retrieve the string argument at the given index. |
337 | StringRef getStringArg(unsigned I) { |
338 | assert(DiagStorage && "No diagnostic storage?")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage && "No diagnostic storage?" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage && \"No diagnostic storage?\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 338, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
339 | assert(I < DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs && "Not enough diagnostic args")(static_cast <bool> (I < DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs && "Not enough diagnostic args") ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("I < DiagStorage->NumDiagArgs && \"Not enough diagnostic args\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 339, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
340 | assert(DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[I](static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[ I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && "Not a string arg" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && \"Not a string arg\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 341, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)) |
341 | == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && "Not a string arg")(static_cast <bool> (DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[ I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && "Not a string arg" ) ? void (0) : __assert_fail ("DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsKind[I] == DiagnosticsEngine::ak_std_string && \"Not a string arg\"" , "/build/llvm-toolchain-snapshot-7~svn326425/tools/clang/include/clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" , 341, __extension__ __PRETTY_FUNCTION__)); |
342 | return DiagStorage->DiagArgumentsStr[I]; |
343 | } |
344 | |
345 | friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
346 | unsigned I) { |
347 | PD.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_uint); |
348 | return PD; |
349 | } |
350 | |
351 | friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
352 | int I) { |
353 | PD.AddTaggedVal(I, DiagnosticsEngine::ak_sint); |
354 | return PD; |
355 | } |
356 | |
357 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
358 | const char *S) { |
359 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(S), |
360 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_c_string); |
361 | return PD; |
362 | } |
363 | |
364 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
365 | StringRef S) { |
366 | |
367 | PD.AddString(S); |
368 | return PD; |
369 | } |
370 | |
371 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
372 | const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
373 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(II), |
374 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_identifierinfo); |
375 | return PD; |
376 | } |
377 | |
378 | // Adds a DeclContext to the diagnostic. The enable_if template magic is here |
379 | // so that we only match those arguments that are (statically) DeclContexts; |
380 | // other arguments that derive from DeclContext (e.g., RecordDecls) will not |
381 | // match. |
382 | template<typename T> |
383 | friend inline |
384 | typename std::enable_if<std::is_same<T, DeclContext>::value, |
385 | const PartialDiagnostic &>::type |
386 | operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, T *DC) { |
387 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(DC), |
388 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_declcontext); |
389 | return PD; |
390 | } |
391 | |
392 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
393 | SourceRange R) { |
394 | PD.AddSourceRange(CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(R)); |
395 | return PD; |
396 | } |
397 | |
398 | friend inline const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
399 | const CharSourceRange &R) { |
400 | PD.AddSourceRange(R); |
401 | return PD; |
402 | } |
403 | |
404 | friend const PartialDiagnostic &operator<<(const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
405 | const FixItHint &Hint) { |
406 | PD.AddFixItHint(Hint); |
407 | return PD; |
408 | } |
409 | }; |
410 | |
411 | inline const DiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(const DiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
412 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
413 | PD.Emit(DB); |
414 | return DB; |
415 | } |
416 | |
417 | /// \brief A partial diagnostic along with the source location where this |
418 | /// diagnostic occurs. |
419 | using PartialDiagnosticAt = std::pair<SourceLocation, PartialDiagnostic>; |
420 | |
421 | } // namespace clang |
422 | |
423 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_BASIC_PARTIALDIAGNOSTIC_H |